How To Use Astrology Part.2

How to Learn Astrology: Part II
519
How To
Use
Astrology
Advanced
Part II
By
Michael Erlewine
520
An ebook from
Startypes.com
315 Marion Avenue
Big Rapids, Michigan 49307
Fist published 2006
©2006 Michael Erlewine
ISBN 978-0-9794970-2-5
All rights reserved. No part of the publication may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
permission of the publisher.
Some images © 2007JupiterImages Corporation
Cover photo by Margaret Erlewine.
Photos mostly by Margaret Erlewine. Some by Michael
Erlewine or Kate White.
521
This book is dedicated to

Margaret Erlewine
522
Table of Contents
Table of Contents .................................... 523

Cycle Phases ........................................... 536
Phases Keywords........................................... 536
Phase 1 90 Waxing ........................................ 537
Phase 2 120 Waxing ...................................... 538
Phase 3 135 Waxing ...................................... 539
Phase 4 Opposition ........................................ 540
Phase 5 135 Waning ...................................... 541
Phase 6 120 Waning ...................................... 542
Phase 7 90 Waning ........................................ 543
Phase 8 60 Waning ........................................ 544
Phase 9 45 Waning ........................................ 545
Phase 10 Conjunction .................................... 546
Phase 11 45 Waxing ...................................... 547
Phase 12 60 Waxing ...................................... 548
Cycles Continued .................................... 549
Cycle Phases ................................................. 550
Cycle of the Breath ......................................... 551
Inward and Outward Points of a Cycle ........... 553
Cycles: Four Main Phases ............................. 555
Cycles Are Organic ........................................ 556
Cycle Phases ........................................... 558
Conjunction - New Idea .................................. 562
Semisextile (Waxing) - Making Plans ............. 563
Semisquare (waxing) - Overcome Resistance 564
Sextile (waxing) - Paying the Dues................. 565
Square (waxing) - Positive Start ..................... 566
Trine (waxing) - Building................................. 567
Sequiquadrate (waxing) - Push On ................ 568
Inconjunct (waxing) - Connect Up .................. 569
Opposition - Result or Experience .................. 570
Inconjunct (waning) - Dawning ...................... 571
Sequiquadrate (waning) - Gather Things 1 ... 572
523
Trine (waning) - Conservation ....................... 573

Square (waning) - Responsibility ................... 574
Sextile (waning) - Analysis ............................ 575
Semisquare (waning) - Packing It In.............. 576
SemiSextile (waning) - Encapsulation ............ 577
The Study of Cycles ................................ 578
Life As Cycles ................................................ 580
A Tangle of Cycles ......................................... 582
Investment and Returns ................................. 583
Making Bodies ................................................ 585
As Below, So Above ....................................... 587
Who Is The Spaceman? ................................. 588
The Twelve Phases ................................. 591
Phase 10: Capricorn Phase ........................... 593
Phase 11: Aquarius Phase 6 .......................... 594
Phase 12: Pisces Phase ................................ 595
Phase 01: Aries Phase ................................... 596
Phase 02: Taurus Phase ................................ 597
Phase 03: Gemini Phase................................ 598
Phase 04: Cancer Phase ............................... 599
Phase 05: Leo Phase ..................................... 600
Phase 06: Virgo Phase................................... 601
Phase 07: Libra Phase ................................... 602
Phase 08: Scorpio Phase ............................... 603
Phase 09: Sagittarius Phase .......................... 604
Phase Details ........................................... 605
Phase 10 ........................................................ 606
Phase 11 ........................................................ 607
Phase 12 ........................................................ 608
Phase 01 ........................................................ 609
Phase 02 ........................................................ 610
Phase 03 ........................................................ 611
Phase 04 ........................................................ 612
Phase 05 ........................................................ 613
Phase 06 ........................................................ 614
Phase 07 ........................................................ 615
524
Phase 08 ........................................................ 616

Phase 09 ........................................................ 617
Transits .................................................... 618
Snapshot ........................................................ 618
Charting It....................................................... 619
The Bi-Wheel ................................................. 620
Transits on the Wheel .................................... 621
The Wheel of Houses ..................................... 622
Interpreting Transits ....................................... 623
Transits to the Natal Chart ............................. 624
The Quadrants or Sectors .............................. 626
The Saturn Cycle ..................................... 627
Saturn in Your Chart....................................... 628
Transits on the House Wheel 4 ...................... 629
Interpreting Transits ....................................... 631
Transits to the Natal Chart ............................. 632
The Quadrants or Sectors .............................. 633
Saturn Transits ............................................... 635
Saturn in Your Chart....................................... 636
The 2nd Sector: New Beginning ..................... 637
The 3rd Sector: Rising.................................... 639
The 4th Sector: Consolidation ........................ 640
The 1st Sector: The Obscure Sector 8 ........... 642
Saturn Cycle Summary ........................... 644
Your Natal Saturn ........................................... 646
Saturn on the First House Cusp 5 .................. 647
The Early Riser .............................................. 648
Saturn on the Fourth House Cusp .................. 650
Teen Prominence ........................................... 651
Saturn on the Descendant 7 ........................... 652
The Late Bloomer ........................................... 653
Saturn on the Angles .............................. 655
Saturn on the Tenth House Cusp ................... 655
Saturn 10th House ......................................... 656
More Thoughts ............................................... 657
525
Saturn Sectors ............................................... 658

The 2nd Sector: New Beginning ..................... 659
The 3rd Sector: Rising.................................... 661
The 4th Sector: Consolidation ........................ 662
The 1st Sector: The Obscure Sector 8 ........... 664
Saturn Cycle Summary .................................. 666
Saturn in the Natal Chart ........................ 668
Saturn on the First House Cusp ..................... 669
Saturn on the Fourth House Cusp .................. 671
Saturn on the Descendant.............................. 673
Saturn on the Tenth House Cusp ................... 675
Closing Thoughts ........................................... 676
Your Saturn Transits ............................... 677
Tenth House Saturn Transit ........................... 678
Eleventh House Saturn Transit ...................... 681
Eleventh House (Tomb-Sign) ........................ 683
Twelfth House Saturn Transit ......................... 684
First House Saturn Transit ............................. 686
Second House Saturn Transit ........................ 688
Second House (Tomb-Sign) .......................... 689
Third House Saturn Transit ............................ 690
Fourth House Saturn Transit .......................... 692
Fifth House Saturn Transit ............................. 694
Fifth House (Tomb Sign) ................................ 696
Sixth House Saturn Transit ............................ 697
Seventh House Saturn Transit ....................... 699
Eighth House Saturn Transit .......................... 701
Eighth House (Tomb Sign) ............................. 702
Ninth House Saturn Transit ............................ 703
The Saturn Passage ................................ 704
The Slow Curve .............................................. 705
The Closed Circle ........................................... 706
Awareness of the Saturn Return .................... 707
Forever Young ............................................... 709
The Turning Point ........................................... 710
526
Basic Chart Factors ................................ 712

The Four Elements ......................................... 712
Luck Element 7 .............................................. 714
Cautionary Element ........................................ 715
List of Signs and Elements ............................. 716
The Fire Element ............................................ 717
Want Fire - Your Luck Element ...................... 718
Have Fire - Your Cautionary Element............. 719
The Water Element ........................................ 720
Want Water - Your Luck Element ................... 721
Have Water - Your Cautionary Element ......... 722
The Air Element ............................................. 723
Want Air - Your Luck Element ........................ 724
Have Air - Your Cautionary Element .............. 725
The Earth Element ......................................... 726
Want Earth - Your Luck Element .................... 727
The Qudruplicities ................................... 728
Cardinal Signs ................................................ 730
Want Cardinal Signs....................................... 731
Above Average Cardinal Signs ...................... 732
Fixed Signs .................................................... 733
Want Fixed Signs ........................................... 734
Above Average Fixed Signs ........................... 735
Mutable Signs ................................................ 736
Want Mutable Signs ....................................... 737
Above Average Mutable Signs ....................... 738
Hemisphere Balance ............................... 739
East Hemisphere ............................................ 740
Wants East Hemisphere................................. 741
West Hemisphere ........................................... 742
Wants West Hemisphere ................................ 743
North Hemisphere .......................................... 744
Wants North Hemisphere ............................... 745
South Hemisphere.......................................... 746
Wants South Hemisphere .............................. 747
527
Dignities ................................................... 748

Rulership ........................................................ 749
The Ancient Rulership .................................... 750
The Modern Rulership .................................... 751
Exaltation ....................................................... 752
Planets in Detriment 2 .................................... 753
Planets in Fall................................................. 754
The Ancient Rulership .................................... 756
The Modern Rulership .................................... 757
Exaltation ....................................................... 758
Planets in Detriment ....................................... 759
Planets in Fall................................................. 760
Major Chart Patterns ............................... 761
StarType Patterns .......................................... 761
How StarTypes Came To Be .......................... 763
Sun-Centered Astrology ................................. 764
Two Indispensable Charts .............................. 766
Startypes Examines The Large-Scale Planetary
Patterns .......................................................... 767
Green Lines and Red Lines............................ 769
Major Patterns ................................................ 770
Sun Cross ...................................................... 772
The Receivers ................................................ 773
Major Chart Types .......................................... 774
Relationship Types ......................................... 775
The Four Main Relationship Types................. 776
Chart Types .................................................... 778
The Two Views ............................................... 779
The First Step ................................................. 780
Determining Your Chart Type ................. 781
The Lover Chart Type .................................... 783
The Independent or Blue-Line Chart Types ... 784
The Loved One Chart Type ............................ 785
The Four Chart Types .................................... 786
The Lover ....................................................... 788
In Service ....................................................... 789
528
Green-Bordered Types................................... 790

Compassion ................................................... 791
The Loved One: Red Lines ............................ 792
The Other Side ............................................... 793
The Independent (blue-borders) ..................... 794
Self-Sufficient ................................................. 796
An Island to Themselves ................................ 796
Multi-Relational Chart Type (maroon) ............ 798
Different Views of You ............................ 800
Inner and Outer .............................................. 800
Geocentric or Heliocentric? ............................ 801
The Geocentric Natal Chart (Outer Chart)...... 802
The Heliocentric Chart (Inner Chart) .............. 803
Two Views ...................................................... 804
The Perspective ............................................. 805
The Geocentric Chart (Outer Chart) ............... 806
The Heliocentric Chart (Inner Chart) .............. 807
The Comparison ............................................. 808
The Heliocentric Chart.................................... 809
Differences in Chart Patterns ......................... 810
Inner and Outer Comparison .......................... 812
Difference in Positions.................................... 813
The Other Shoe .............................................. 815
Astronomers and Astrologers ......................... 816
Your Astrological Toolbox...................... 818
The Toolbox ................................................... 818
The Lights, Planets, and Angles ..................... 819
The Signs of the Zodiac ................................. 820
The South ....................................................... 821
The North ....................................................... 822
The East ......................................................... 823
The West ........................................................ 824
The Twelve Houses........................................ 825
House Cusps .................................................. 826
The Twelve House Cusps .............................. 827
Putting in the Planets ..................................... 828
529
Astrology Chart Forms ................................... 829

The Standard Wheel of Twelve Houses ......... 830
Unequal Wheel of Houses .............................. 831
The Euro Wheel ............................................. 832
The 360-Degree Open Wheel ........................ 833
My Favorite Style Open Wheel ....................... 835
Astrological Symbols .............................. 837
The Planets .................................................... 837
The Sun Symbol ............................................. 838
The Moon Symbol .......................................... 839
Mercury Symbol ............................................. 840
Venus Symbol ................................................ 841
Mars Symbol .................................................. 842
Jupiter Symbol ............................................... 843
Saturn Symbol ................................................ 844
Uranus Symbol ............................................... 845
Neptune Symbol ............................................. 846
Pluto Symbol .................................................. 847
Earth Symbol .................................................. 848
The Signs ....................................................... 849
Aries Symbol .................................................. 850
Taurus Symbol ............................................... 851
Gemini Symbol ............................................... 852
Cancer Symbol ............................................... 853
Leo Symbol .................................................... 854
Virgo Symbol .................................................. 855
Libra Symbol .................................................. 856
Scorpio Symbol .............................................. 857
Sagittarius Symbol ......................................... 858
Capricorn Symbol ........................................... 859
Pisces Symbol................................................ 861
Astronomy for Astrologers..................... 862
The Solar System ........................................... 862
The Natal Chart .............................................. 863
Natal and Transit ............................................ 864
The Bi-Wheel ................................................. 865
530
The Obliquity of the Ecliptic ............................ 866

The Band of the Zodiac .................................. 868
Ecliptic Coordinate System ............................ 869
Equatorial Coordinates ................................... 872
Horizon Coordinate System ........................... 875
Astronomy of Astrology: The Earth's Tilt ........ 877
The Earth's Tilt ............................................... 878
The Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn ............ 879
The Earth's Tilt ............................................... 880
The Earth's Tilt ............................................... 881
Planet Longitude and Latitude ........................ 883
From the Sky to the Chart Form: Part 2 ......... 885
From the Sky to the Chart Form: Part 3 ......... 886
Snapshots of Earth at a Birth ......................... 887
The View at Birth ............................................ 888
The Ecliptic Sphere ........................................ 889
The Celestial/Equatorial Sphere ..................... 890
The Horizon Sphere ....................................... 892
The Tropical Zodiac or Ecliptic ....................... 893
Tropical Zodiac ............................................... 894
The Ecliptic Plane........................................... 895
The Ecliptic Sphere ........................................ 897
Geographic and Celestial Latitude ................. 898
Latitude .......................................................... 899
The Pole Star (North Star).............................. 900
Circles of Latitude........................................... 901
North and South Circles ................................. 902
Cities on the Same Meridian .......................... 903
Longitude and Latitude ................................... 904
Longitude Meridian ......................................... 905
Meridian Alignment......................................... 906
The Horizon .................................................... 908
The Horizon System ....................................... 910
The Straighter The Line, The Finer The Curve912
Time Spiral ..................................................... 913
Astrology as a Business ......................... 915
531
Setting Up an Astrological Practice ................ 915

Signs of Success ............................................ 915
Rites of Passage ............................................ 916
You Know You're an Astrologer When ........... 918
Amateur or Professional? ............................... 919
Clients Must Request ..................................... 921
The Home Office ............................................ 923
The Downtown Office ..................................... 924
Most Important Tool ....................................... 925
Other Tools You Need.................................... 927
Techniques..................................................... 928
Popular Techniques ....................................... 930
Birth Charts .................................................... 930
Transits, Directions, and Progressions ........... 931
Client Confidentiality....................................... 932
How Long a Session? .................................... 934
Documenting the Reading .............................. 936
Tell It Like It Is ................................................ 937
Techniques as Experience ............................. 939
Read from the Client or the Chart? ................ 941
Other Persons Present ................................... 942
Death and Medicine ....................................... 943
Astrological Jargon ......................................... 944
Friendship with Clients ................................... 946
Astrological Therapy....................................... 947
Setting up A Business .................................... 949
Word of Mouth ................................................ 951
Business Cards .............................................. 952
Your Web Page .............................................. 953
Other Advertising ........................................... 954
Paid Advertising ............................................. 955
Astrology Classes........................................... 956
Lectures ......................................................... 957
Newspaper and Radio Astrology .................... 958
Fellow Astrologers .......................................... 960
You the Author ............................................... 961
532
Your Computer Printout.................................. 962

Summary ........................................................ 962
Birth Data ................................................. 964
The Birth Time ................................................ 965
Time Changes ................................................ 966
Daylight Savings Time (DST) ......................... 967
The Birth Place ............................................... 968
World Time Zones .......................................... 969
The Astrology Reading ........................... 971
Midwife of the Psyche .................................... 973
Locked In........................................................ 974
Venting ........................................................... 976
Blowing Off Steam.......................................... 978
Getting It All Out ............................................. 980
Coming Down: Re-Entry................................. 982
Getting A Grip ................................................ 984
The Counselor's Role ..................................... 986
After the Release ........................................... 988
Accepting What Is .......................................... 990
The Turning Point ........................................... 992
Pressures of Counseling ................................ 994
The Rites of Passage ..................................... 996
The Moon ................................................. 997
Eastern Astrology: Lunation Cycle ................. 997
The Lunar Birthday ......................................... 998
The Cycle of the Sun and Moon ..................... 999
Lunar Gaps .................................................. 1001
Thirty Lunar Days ......................................... 1003
Moments of Clarity ....................................... 1004
Summary: Lunar Gaps ................................. 1006
Observation Times ....................................... 1007
Lunar Opportunities ...................................... 1008
Taking Advantage of the Lunar Cycle .......... 1010
Lunation Cycle in Western Astrology............ 1010
The Phases of the Moon .............................. 1012
Phase Cycles ............................................... 1013
533
New Moon .................................................... 1014

Second Quarter ............................................ 1015
Full Moon ..................................................... 1016
Fourth Quarter .............................................. 1017
Seed Impulse: Themes ................................ 1019
Eclipses ........................................................ 1020
The Vision of the Eclipse .............................. 1021
The Lunation Cycle: East and West ............. 1023
East and West .............................................. 1024
Gaps in the Clouds ....................................... 1025
The Thirty Lunar Days .................................. 1026
The Four Quarters ........................................ 1028
Protector Days ............................................. 1029
Days of Observation ..................................... 1031
Health and Healing ....................................... 1032
Purification Days .......................................... 1033
Insight Moments ........................................... 1034
Open Channels ............................................ 1036
East and West .............................................. 1037
Summary ...................................................... 1039
The Lunation Cycle ............................... 1040
Earth's Aura.................................................. 1041
Auroras......................................................... 1043
Rainfall ......................................................... 1044
Thunderstorms and Cosmic Radiation ......... 1045
The Moon and Geomagnetic Activity............ 1046
Polar Cap Absorption (PCA) ........................ 1048
Solar Sectors ................................................ 1049
Solar Flares .................................................. 1052
Summary ...................................................... 1053
Exoteric References ..................................... 1054
Mind Practice ............................................... 1057
Mind Practice ............................................... 1058
Sitting and Looking ....................................... 1059
The Techniques ........................................... 1060
The Retrograde Phenomenon .............. 1063
534
Burn Rate ..................................................... 1063

Psychometrists ............................................. 1065
Outer Planets Retrograde ............................ 1066
Inner Planets Retrograde ............................. 1068
Background .................................................. 1070
Geocentric and Heliocentric: Interface ......... 1071
Before and Behind........................................ 1073
The Burn Rate .............................................. 1075
The Past, Present, and Future ..................... 1077
Retrograde and Direct .................................. 1078
Inner and Outer ............................................ 1080
The Retrograde Loop: Conjunct ................... 1081
Sun Conjunct Planet..................................... 1082
Planet Retrogrades ...................................... 1083
Planet Retrograde Interpretation .................. 1084
Sun Opposition Planet.................................. 1085
Sun Opposition Planet Interpretation............ 1086
Planet Goes Direct in Motion ........................ 1087
Planet Direct Interpretation........................... 1088
Sun Conjunct Planet (again .......................... 1089
Sun Conjunct Planet Interpretation .............. 1090
Summary ...................................................... 1092
Astrologer Michael Erlewine ......................... 1093
Michael Erlewine .................................. 1095
A Brief Bio of Michael Erlewine .................... 1095
Example Astro*Image Card .......................... 1097
Personal Astrology Readings ....................... 1098
The Heart Center House ............................. 1098
Heart Center Library ..................................... 1099
The All-Music Guide / All-Movie Guide ......... 1100
Heart Center Meditation Room ..................... 1102
Heart Center Symbol .................................... 1103
Music Career ................................................ 1104
Email: ..................................................... 1107
535
Cycle Phases
Phases Keywords
Cycles can be (and are) broken down into smaller parts
called phases. It does not matter whether we are
looking at the phases of the Moon, the zodiac cycle, the
astrological houses, or the aspect cycle between any
two planets or bodies. The phases for any cycle are all
the same, and a number of introductory lessons on
cycles can be found elsewhere. What we have here are
a series of keywords and phrases relating to some of
the major cycle phases. Here twelve are detailed.
536
Phase 1 90 Waxing
090 Square Waxing
Turning Point
Transition
Theoretical to Practical
Signs of Progress
Make Statement
Do Something
Beyond Planning Stage
Concrete Step
537
Phase 2 120 Waxing

120 Trine Waxing
Taking Control
Practical Grasp
Directing Flow
Fruitful Energy
Controlled Progress
Forward Momentum
Solid Effort
Embodiment
Something Real
Building Infrastructure
Results Visible
538
Drive Forward
Phase 3 135 Waxing

135 SSQ Waxing
Overcome Resistance
Seize Control
Drive Forward
Don't Take No
Completion
Finish Up
Attend to Details
Make Connections
Dot the "I"s
Don't Expand
539
Phase 4 Opposition
180 Opposition
Stop Driving Forward
Don't Push
Experience It
Fulfillment
Let Go
Manifestation
Completed
Materialization
540
Phase 5 135 Waning

135 SSQ Waning
Awareness
Dawning
Getting A Handle
Explain to Others
Growing Confidence
Pride
Don't Push
Relax
Enjoy
Deal With
Work with Obstacles
541
Aikido Style
Passive Handling
Phase 6 120 Waning

120 Trine Waning
Working Energy
Energy to Handle Things
But Work From Outside In
Don't Expand
Conservation
Dwindling Resources
Cap the Wells
Conserve Energy
Understanding Grows
542
Phase 7 90 Waning
090 Square Waning
Turning Point
From Outside, In
Subjective to Objective
Personal to Impartial
Growing Up
Objectivity
Responsible
Reflecting
Managing
Public
Personal to Public
543
Phase 8 60 Waning
060 Sextile Waning
Critical
Can See Problems
Analysis
Energy Surge
Energy to Act
Working-With Energy
Remove Excess
Pruning
Purge
Cut Back
544
Phase 9 45 Waning
045 Semi-Square waning
Encapsulate
Seed Time
Essence
Bare Bones
Endurance
Long Lasting
Kernel of Truth
545
Phase 10 Conjunction
Conjunction
A Vision
New Ideas
Clarity
Clear Seeing
Big Picture
New Beginning
Fresh Start
Seed Impulse
Tone
Single Purpose
Conjunction
546
Phase 11 45 Waxing
045 Semisquare
Planning
Community Vision
Co-Working
Blueprints
Future Goals
Overcome Obstacles
Strive
Push Forward
Deal With Habits
547
Phase 12 60 Waxing
060 Sextile Waxing
Working Energy
Constructive
Forward Momentum
Implementing Plans
Obstacles
Accept Limitations
Patience
Sacrifice
Put Up With
548
Cycles Continued
The signs of the zodiac follow each other, endlessly, in
a circle or cycle. The earth makes one complete circle
(completes one cycle) in the course of a year. Taurus
follows Aries, Gemini follows Taurus, and so on. In any
cycle, there is no particular point that is the beginning or
the end. You can start at any point and continue on
around. All cycles do, however, have phases, and we
can start at any phase and follow it through the round of
changes.
It is customary to measure the cycle from the beginning
of Aries, but many cultures consider the summer and
winter solstices as more important, and start from there.
Philosophically, any point or degree of the circle is a
potential starting point. It is not of crucial importance
which point is used.
549
What is important to keep in mind is the particular phase

of the cycle that each point or section of the zodiac
represents, so we need to discuss this.
One fact that really makes this learning curve easier is
that all cycles have the same phase structure - all of
them. That goes for the cycle of the breath, the
heartbeat, the lunar phases, the seasons of the year,
and on and on. Once you understand something about
cycle phases, you will automatically know a lot about all
cycles. That means not only the cycle of the zodiac
cycles, but also the twelve houses, the cycle of the
phases of the Moon, and all planetary aspect cycles.
One size fits all.
Cycle Phases
Any cycle can be divided into as many phases as you
find helpful. For example, the cycle of the Moon's
phases is typically divided into four main phases (New
550
Moon, 1st Quarter, Full Moon, and 4th Quarter), but

some astrologers use eight phases, and Asian
astrologers divide the lunar cycle into 30 distinct
phases. It all depends on your use. And of course,
some astrologers interpret all 360 degrees of the
zodiac, each with a different meaning, so it is possible to
divide any cycle into as many phases as makes sense,
as you find useful. But let's start with a very simple
cycle, like the breath.
Cycle of the Breath

The cycle of the breath is a cycle we carry around with
us, so it is easy for anyone to check it out. Although we
could take any part of the cycle to examine, it is usual to
start with two distinct phases, that of being fully inhaled
and that of being fully exhaled. The fully exhaled phase
is analogous to the zodiac sign Capricorn or the New
Moon phase or the Midheaven (10th house). The fully
inhaled phase (holding the breath) is analogous to the
551
zodiac sign Cancer, the Full Moon phase, and the I.C.
(4th house). The breath is all breathed in (inhaled and
expanded) or the breath is all breathed out (exhaled and
depleted).
If we want to analyze the cycle of the breath using four
phases, instead of two, then we add a phase for the
process of inhaling (the air coming in) and a phase for
the process of exhaling (the air going out). So the four
phases being considered right now are: exhaled,
inhaling, inhaled, and exhaling, at the four corners of a
square, as far as position. We could easily turn this into
an eightfold phase analysis by adding four more phases
at the 45-degree points, and this is frequently done, in
particular with the lunar cycle. And each of these
phases has a meaning, something to tell us. Let's go
over a simple cycle.
552
Inward and Outward Points of a Cycle

The point of greatest inwardness, inside-ness, or
whatever we could agree to call it, marks the beginning
of the cycle (our choice here), the point where
everything is withdrawn to its very smallest point. This is
often called the "seed" or kernel, as it represents, like
the acorn to the oak tree, the point from which
everything to come later stems from. It is the seed.
As mentioned, with the cycle of the breath or the
heartbeat, this is the point of complete exhalation or
when the heart is closed. With the zodiac signs in the
northern hemisphere, it is the sign Capricorn and the
dead of Winter, when everything is inside and still.
Astrologers agree that this is the seed point or seed
essence, sometimes called the solar tone or start.
Everything expands from this point outward. It is our
most inward or seed point.
553
On the other extreme, the point of greatest outward-

ness or expansion represents the most physical or outer
form that this cycle will bring. If we are talking about the
cycle of the breath, then it is when we have filled our
lungs with air, and are fully expanded. If it is the cycle of
the lunar phases we are looking at, then it is the Full
Moon, and so forth. With the zodiac signs, it is the
summer sign Cancer, when at least in the Northern
hemisphere everything is in bloom and full. If we are
looking at the cycle of aspect phases between two
planets, then it is the opposition, when the two planets
are fully extended and on opposite sides from one
another. Whatever the cycle, small or large, the
expanded phase is as outward and external as it gets
for this round. It cannot get more expanded, and it is
only downhill from a physical standpoint from this point
forward.
554
Cycles: Four Main Phases

Let's take a quick look at two other phase points we
might add, the phase of going outward (waxing) and the
phase of going inward (waning). Using the zodiac cycle
then, the sign Aries becomes the strongest point of
going outward and, as we know, Aries has always been
the sign of action, assertion, making a statement, and
so on. On the other hand, Libra, the strongest point of
going inward, has always been associated with leaving
the personal, going social, and finding a partner,
someone other than your self.
Perhaps you can see already how even a little
knowledge of cycle phases makes it easier to
understand the zodiac signs. With just a little familiarity
and practice, you will soon be able not only to
understand why certain signs have certain attributes,
but able to generate keywords and concepts yourself for
them. This is why I mentioned that it is much easier to
555
learn a little about cycles than to spend years

memorizing what each sign means and still not know
why this is so.
Let's recap a bit. What we have learned so far is that
many of the major astrological factors are cycles
(cyclical), that is: they either repeat themselves
endlessly, like the year cycle of the zodiac or the phases
of the Moon or they complete a 360-degree cycle of
phases, such as the aspect phase points created by any
two planets, similar to the lunar cycle, the cycle of the
Sun and the Moon aspects.
Cycles Are Organic

Let's stop being analytical for a moment. Cycles are
organic, like the heart beating or the lungs breathing, in
and out, open and close. The earth orbiting the sun, and
the moon orbiting the earth are also organic. We are
studying these cycles and trying to understand how they
work, and phase analysis is a tool to help our
556
understanding. Astrology is analytical. These organic

cycles don't actually pause or stop at the various phase
points we are studying, except perhaps at the top and
bottom of the cycle, the expanded point and the
contracted point, which are actually some kind of event.
All points in between are just a smooth movement,
expanding or contracting, moving, and so forth.
On the other hand, our analysis and the phases we
have pointed out are not just theoretical or made up.
Electrical engineers have definitely isolated the four 45-
degree points as critical points in electrical cycles. The
two 90-degree or square points are also considered
major points, and so on, through as many phases as we
find useful.
The fact that so many astrological factors are cycles
makes learning astrology much easier than it otherwise
might be. If we learn a little about how cycles work, and
what their phases represent, we can then understand
any astrological cycle, including: the signs of the zodiac,
the twelve houses, the lunar cycle, and any two-planet
aspect cycle. These alone make up the main
astrological factors used by astrology.
557
Cycle Phases
Let's go through a cycle phase by phase, which is a
good way to understand and see how the whole cycle
works, as well as to learn about each phase. Since all
cycles are roughly the same, it does not matter what
cycle we look at, but since most of us are used to the
yearly cycle of the sun signs, we can start there. As for
phases, why not just use the standard set of aspects
that most astrologers use, being careful to distinguish
between waxing and waning aspects. In other words:
full-phase aspects.
The diagram shows the familiar zodiac wheel, complete
with the major aspect phases we are going to take a
look at. Our starting point will be zero degrees of
Capricorn, the winter solstice, and the most indrawn or
seed-essence point.
The flow of the phases is in a counter-clockwise
direction, moving from Capricorn to Aquarius to Pisces,
558
and on around. As you can see, aside from the

conjunction and opposition aspects (top and bottom
center), there are two of each aspect, one set on the left
or waxing side of the chart and one set on the right or
waning side of the chart. The aspects proceed from
conjunction (0 degrees) to semisquare (45 degrees) to
sextile (60 degrees) to square (90 degrees) to trine (120
degrees) to sesquiquadrate (135 degrees) to inconjunct
(150 degreees) to opposition (180 degrees) and back.
In any cycle, the movement is from the most inward
point to the most outward point and back again. This is
true for all cycles, the cycle of the heartbeat, the cycle of
the breath, the 24-hour cycle of earth's rotation, the
lunar cycle, the yearly cycle of the signs, and so on with
still larger cycles, like the Sun orbiting the Galactic
Center, which takes millions of years.
559
Cycle Keywords/ 0101
CYCLE KEYWORDS
Conjunction - New Idea
Semisquare (waxing) - Overcoming Resistance
Sextile (waxing) - Making Plans
Square (waxing) - Positive Start
Trine (waxing) - Building
Sequiquadrate (waxing) - Push On
Inconjunct (waxing) - Connect Up
Opposition - Result or Experience
Inconjunct (waning) - Dawning
Sequiquadrate (waning) - Gather Things
560
Trine (waning) - Conservation

Square (waning) - Responsibility
Sextile (waning) - Analysis
Semisquare (waning) - Encapsulation
Too Many Words
I have given you keywords and illustrations to help in
understanding cycles and how they work. I have done
my best to just point out the nature of cycles. If this
pointing out did not work, I have no other recourse but
to write more detailed descriptions.
For some, it may be helpful to read these descriptions of
each phase. I do this with mixed feelings, knowing how
utterly wordy and abstract such descriptions are. Even
as I write this out, I can see it is just too much - too
many words. You can always skip over this section.
However, for some of you, it may be helpful to have
many words, and the chance to say the same thing in
several ways, a kind of verbal therapy. Anyway, here
they are:
561
Conjunction - New Idea

In a word, the seed impulse, pure potential.
This is the most encapsulated moment, the most
indrawn point, and the vibration that starts a new cycle,
that sends out a pulse, a new beginning, a beginning
made from the end and the result of the previous cycle.
It is an idea in its purest or most direct form, pure
thought.
It is clarity, but very pure, and seminal. Above all, it is
something new that is strong enough to overcome and
rise above the past and assert itself, however subtly. It
cannot be denied. It will have its day. This is a vision
point.
562
Semisextile (Waxing) - Making Plans

The seed impulse or tone of this cycle is working. This is
a good point to plan out a project or to begin to grasp
what must be done or accomplished. The purity of
purpose, and one-pointedness makes sharing the vision
communal, and co-workers easy to come by and to
have solidarity with. There is a definite sense of "can
do" and let's just go and do it.
563
Semisquare (waxing) - Overcome Resistance

Here some, perhaps token, resistance to forward motion
must be negotiated. It could be residue from the past,
whatever might rise up and block passage to progress.
It is to be expected, and since this is the waxing or
outgoing phase, it is appropriate to push hard at this
point and wade through whatever it is. This is not a
place to back off or take no for an answer. Gentle, but
persistent, forward motion is recommended. This is a
waxing phase or upswing, moving outward.
564
Sextile (waxing) - Paying the Dues

The first real burst of energy and perhaps the sense of
being freed up, with real space to move, and to make
progress. There is also the confidence and strength to
put up with and to endure petty problems and
hindrances that will get in your way, for the sake of
accomplishing the greater goal and good. Self-sacrifice
is easier here than elsewhere.
565
Square (waxing) - Positive Start

This is one of the four cardinal points, a transition or
turning point, and in this case, one that is part of the
waxing phase, good for moving forward, making a
statement, and manifesting something new that is
visible for all to see. This is the first step out of the
planning or theoretical stage into the arena of action.
Here something can be done and made to appear.
Positive.
566
Trine (waxing) - Building

Now past the starting point, here there is energy and
space/room to really accomplish things, to build
something solid. The actual embodiment of plans into
something real is what takes place now, drawing around
oneself whatever form fits the seed idea that you started
with, that is being carried forward here and made
manifest. It is where we draw things to and around us.
Possessions.
567
Sequiquadrate (waxing) - Push On

Another push comes to shove point, where various
resistance or obstacles may appear on the path. This
should not be a major problem, since we should already
be on a roll here, and so this is the point to press on, to
push forward, and not one to withdraw or hold back.
One has the control, energy, and forward momentum
push forward, the strength to overcome obstacles and
blockage. Gaining control and confidence.
568
Inconjunct (waxing) - Connect Up

This is the last point at which to push forward, and
actually any action or drive should be devoted to
connecting things, to tying up loose ends, and bringing
whatever is already in the works to completion. Not a
time to start anything new or to push too hard. Finish it
up, and use a light touch. Connectivity. Exploration.
569
Opposition - Result or Experience

The result or full manifestation of whatever has been
building up to this point is here. This is it, the full
experience, the ride, whatever it can be. This is not a
time to push, not a time to start anything new, and not a
time to speculate or think. Rather, it is a time to savor
the experience or more simply: to live it. The
experience.
570
Inconjunct (waning) - Dawning

We are past the experience, past the opposition, and
just far enough past so that there can be some
awareness of what it was all about dawning, and
coming to mind. We can begin to get a handle on what
has just taken place, and perhaps have some sense of
accomplishment and pride in a job well down, in the
experience. Also, perhaps the desire to share or tell this
to others, even to teach and explain. No more push.
The secret here is to let things arise and come to you,
rather than to push to get them.
571
Sequiquadrate (waning) - Gather Things 1

Another resistance point, but one that will not respond
to further pushing. We are now on the waning side of
things, so rather than push for what we want, we learn
to respond, to give in, and to work with and manipulate
what confronts us. We work things through us, in the
sense of Aikido, helping things to pass, rather than
confronting them headlong. Facilitation.
572
Trine (waning) - Conservation

A rush of useful energy, and enough space to use it in,
but not the kind of energy for building things or driving
forward. Rather, here is energy for removing the
scaffolding, conserving, and hanging on to what you can
from the current situation. Salvaging. The party is over
and you are taking down the decorations, saving what is
significant.
573
Square (waning) - Responsibility

Another cardinal or turning point, this time away from
the outside and toward the inside, away from the
personal and toward the impersonal, impartial, and the
objective. There is here a sense of responsibility,
responding to what is - reflecting rather than initiating,
managing a situation, rather than creating one.
Reflection, mirroring.
574
Sextile (waning) - Analysis

An expansive time and increased energy, and the sense
of being on the outside looking in. Here there are
extreme critical faculties, and the ability to analyze and
to criticize, seeing what should be kept and what can be
pruned away - purging what is unessential. This is not a
time to begin new things or to push, rather to receive,
observe, and consolidate.
575
Semisquare (waning) - Packing It In

This is a resistant point, not a place to push, but rather a
place to make effort, as in bearing down or collecting
everything together, packing things down.
576
SemiSextile (waning) - Encapsulation

This is a drawing down time, having removed what
should be removed, a time to pack it in, and salvage
what is essential, reducing it into its most compact form.
Not a time to push, but one to consolidate. Building the
kernel.
577
The Study of Cycles

For now, we could define Astrology as the study and
practice of the cycles we can find present in our life. We
study astrology and cycles to get a better idea as to
what is happening to us in our lives, and we practice or
put to use what we have found through our study and
understanding. It will do no harm to start with the
dictionary definition of a cycle, although we will soon get
much less formal.
The Oxford Universal Dictionary states:
Cycle : A circle or orbit in the heavens. A recurrent
period in a definite period of years. A period in which a
certain round of events or phenomena is completed,
recurring in the same order in equal succeeding
periods. A long, indefinite period, an age. A round,
course or period through which anything runs to its
completion. Etc.
578
Therefore, a cycle is something that happens in our life

again and again, and always in roughly the same form
or format. Each of us cycles through periods of feeling
good or normal and feeling bad and not-so-good. This is
a cycle none of us seem to be able to avoid. We
experience all kinds of cycles all the time. The first step
is to be aware of that fact.
Cycles are so important to the study of astrology that
understanding what the dictionary has to say about
them is but a start, and quite abstract at that. We must
extend and deepen this understanding until we can see
cycles not just as formal concepts, but as they are
happening to us right now, and at work around us in our
day-to-day life. Understanding these cycles in our lives
may come slowly at first, but they are not that difficult
see.
It can take a little time to pick up on these ideas, much
less to experience them happening in life around us, but
it is well worth our effort. Without becoming aware of the
cycles in our life that we have always been
experiencing, and learning to recognize them as they
occur, our understanding of cycles remains just an
abstract idea - a bunch of words. Let's go over this
again.
579
Life As Cycles
Our life is filled with cycles. There are very short cycles,
short cycles, long cycles, and very long cycles. All
cycles repeat or return on themselves - happen again.
Some examples of convenient-sized cycles that we can
understand and measure with our mind include the
cycle of our breath, the cycle of the seasons or year,
and the cycle of day and night. The cycle of our heart
beating is almost too small and fast for us to keep in
mind. Smaller cycles yet include cellular cycles and, of
course, atomic and sub-atomic cycles. These smaller
cycles happen so often or fast that they are a blur to our
mind. They fall through or beneath our awareness and
make up the ground of our consciousness.
When we look for long cycles, the planets provide good
examples. We live through and experience the two-year
cycle of the planet Mars, the 12-year Jupiter cycle, and
even the 30-year Saturn cycle. However, many people
580
don't live through the 84-year Uranus cycle, much less

the much longer cycles of Neptune and Pluto. While it is
possible to grasp the meaning or import of these longer
sized cycles with our mind, it can be very hard to bring
home the meaning of these long cycles - to practice
them consciously on a day-to-day level. Then there are
cycles, like that of our Sun orbiting the Galactic Center,
that take so many millions of years that, for our
purposes, these cycles assume the proportions of a
straight line. The portion of these larger size circles or
cycles that we can witness or comprehend in our
lifetime are so small as to appear like a straight line. We
can't even see the curve of the line, much less the
return.
Thus our awareness is bounded on the one hand by the
incessant hum of smaller cycles and the long-theme
straight-lined cycles on the other. This leaves us with
our awareness or consciousness of those cycles that we
CAN recognize and appreciate. At this point, it is
important for you to be beginning to understand that our
entire life is cyclic. It is all cycles - nothing else. I will
explain.
581
A Tangle of Cycles
For now, let's not even try to sort out the tangle of
cycles in which we are embedded, and say "This is the
Mars cycle doing this, that is the Jupiter cycle over
there," and so on. It is quite enough to become aware
that our moods, capabilities, attitudes, etc. come and go
in a very regular manner. We can wake up minutes,
hours, days, months, or years later and remember that
we have been here before, have been going through a
patch just like this. We may not have felt this good in
years. These are cycles that we are seeing at these
times, although they have been there all along.
Many people have no awareness of the cycles they are
going through each day or month. They may not even
recognize that they don't feel very good or that they do
feel very good, so embedded in the tangle of life's
cycles are they. That is why the first step is to develop
582
an awareness of how you do feel and begin to be aware

of the cycles in life.
Investment and Returns

Our heart beats, cycle after cycle. Our lungs open and
close our whole life, in the cycle of the breath. Expand,
contract, expand, contract. These cycles last as long as
life. They return or repeat each second. We live on their
returns. We count on them for life.
In a similar, but more abstract way, our whole life
depends on this same kind of return or continued
repetition. Success means succession, simple
continuing. The return of the sun to the eastern horizon
each morning, the return of the springs rains each year,
the return of youth in the form of the next generation. As
you study astrology, you will find that in a very real
sense, we are made up of these returns. We ARE and
continue to be by means of these returns. We are
conscious only of what returns on itself or restates itself.
583
Anything that does not return or repeat itself is soon

forgotten and (from our point of view) is not - has no
more reality.
For example: investment and returns. If we make
investments which bring us no return, they are lost to
us. We have lost that investment. In fact, if we are
smart, we cease investing, when? At the point of no
return, of course. We are habituated to investing in
something (even a friendship) and receiving some
return, sowing and reaping, but usually getting
something back. What's in it for me? If nothing comes
back, we stop investing in that person or project. We
invest in our life in the same manner, and this concept is
key to understanding how astrology works.
584
Making Bodies
The situation we each face in day-to-day living follows
all the laws of cycles - of investment and returns. It is
very important that this be perceived and understood.
You are investing time in reading this article. We all are
looking for a return of some sort in most of the things
that we do. You want to get something out of it,
something back for your effort. It is not as simple as
saying, "What's in it for me?" It is not simple selfishness,
but like a blind person feeling their way along a corridor;
this is how we feel our way through life, by experiencing
and feeling for the returns.
Even now, while reading this, you are creating a body of
knowledge, called astrology, through your efforts to
understand what I am writing. I apologize if this sounds
too abstract. I am trying to say it simply.
585
This concept of bodies, how they are made and

unmade, is important. We are used to thinking of a body
as our physical body. The body of a cat, a dog, a
person, etc. And yet, we often speak of a body of
knowledge or a body of thought. We may feel that this
or that idea embodies our hopes and dreams, and so
on.
These alternate uses for the word 'body' are very
important for our work here with astrology. It is important
to recognize that there are many different kinds of
bodies, that bodies are created with the mind as well as
the flesh, and that these bodies (all bodies) hold
together for a while, and then gradually come apart.
Everything under the sun only lasts so long and no
longer. How long something lasts depends on how well
it was made or put together, like a well-made guitar.
Learning to see these many kinds of bodies in our lives,
in their creation and formation, duration, and eventual
dissolution can provide instant access to such difficult to
understand concepts as re-incarnation, karma, and the
like. If you have always wanted to understand re-
incarnation, than this approach is one key to doing that.
586
As Below, So Above
When we try to understand everything in relation to our
physical body and personal lifetime, our own life and
death, we are biting off a very large chunk. It is hard to
understand and grasp the meaning of our whole
lifetime, since we are right in the middle of it. Most of us
can't seem to remember life before our birth and have
trouble grasping what life after death might be, and we
can be left with some very large questions - some real
doubts.
The very same process of birth, life, and death is
happening all around us in countless examples. In fact,
there is nothing else. We can be said to have lifetimes
within lifetimes within our personal lifetime. And it is
possible to examine these smaller lives or cycles in their
entirety and, by analogy, to get a picture of what our
personal lifetime too must be like. If we spend
considerable time now on these concepts, it is because
587
any real understanding of astrology depends upon

grasping the essential nature of these cycles and
lifetimes - their value. Without this understanding, we
are left with rote memorization. The primary goal of
these articles is to enable you to generate the details of
astrology yourself, rather than to just memorize them.
In the first part, we have stated that, in this course, we
are busy creating a body of knowledge for ourselves
called 'astrology'. This body of knowledge is an example
of a mini-incarnation. We are creating a body or vehicle
in which to live and experience astrology. It is hoped
that astrology can become a way for us to know and
experience life from a new perspective.
Who Is The Spaceman?

Here is the story of how I first began to understand this
idea. It was back in the early 1970s, and I was studying
and cataloguing all the objects out there in the heavens,
and there were all kinds of them: bright stars, clusters,
588
nebulae, black holes, quasars, - you name it. This was

before home computers were available, so I was busy
calculating the positions of all of these celestial objects
on a hand calculator, transforming them from
astronomical to astrological coordinates, and seeing
where they fit into astrology charts. Eventually I
published a book of all these points, calling it
"Astrophysical Directions." That was in 1976.
The more I studied and learned about all of the
countless objects in space, the more I gradually realized
that they were all one form or another of stars. Not only
that, but that all of astronomy was about the birth, life,
and death of stars - all of it. They came into being and
were born, lasted so long, and finally died away, in one
way or another. Some of them went out with a bang,
and others with a whimper, as they say. Of course, it did
not escape me that our lives here on earth are very
similar, and that we are born, live for a time, and then
die. Moreover, every thing we do in life begins, endures
for a while, and then comes apart. And the energy that
was put into any form lasts until the end of that form and
then is released. It breaks up.
The lives of the stars and every celestial object out there
and the lives of all of us here on earth are identical; they
follow the very same pattern. Out there, written across
the heavens, down here, acted out here on earth, the
same. There was nothing foreign or exotic out there in
space that was not also right here in my life. All was of
the same stuff. Along with this realization came another
one, with much more important implications and that
was:
There is no different intelligence out there than there is
down here. In fact, we are already, all of us, out there, in
space. We are as much a part of space, the solar
system, the galaxy, and anything we could imagine out
589
there as anything else. We are out there right now,

sitting on earth, as it travels 67,000 miles an hour
through space. What could be more out there than that?
This understanding helped me to overcome a feeling
and a fear that I had since childhood that man was but a
tiny warm speck in an endless somewhat alien and cold
universe. I understood, gradually for sure, that whatever
I was or was not, I was an equal part not only of
creation, but of all the universe. In other words, I was
(and we are) the intelligent life that we look to find in
outer space. I was the spaceman. Out there and in here
became the same for me. That understanding has
helped.
590
The Twelve Phases

What we are presenting here is a way to look at aspects
between any two planets or bodies, and how that aspect
might be interpreted. In this example, we will use the
monthly cycle of the Moon moving around the earth in a
360-degree cycle and circle. However, you can use this
type of interpretive approach for any two bodies where
the faster planet or body makes aspects to the slower.
In these diagrams, the slower body is fixed in the 12-
o'clock position at the top of the chart (Sun), and the
faster-moving planet (Moon) moves through the cycle.
Any aspect cycle, like that of the monthly cycle of the
Sun and Moon, describes a circle of 360 degrees. In
other words, the Moon starts from a conjunction with the
Sun (New Moon) at zero degrees (they both are in the
same zodiac place), and the Moon starts to move away
from the Sun, day by day, and degree by degree. This is
the solunar cycle.
591
This 360-degree cycle is usually divided into some

number of phases. Here we are using the standard
twelve 30-degree sections. To make it (I hope) easier to
remember, I am giving them here the names of the
twelve zodiac signs, but please note this does NOT
mean that the Moon is in that sign.
What it does mean is that the Moon is at the phase, like
a clock, it would be at, if the Sun is considered fixed at
the Capricorn position, at the top of the chart. Look at
the diagram at your upper-left, and the diagrams for
each successive phase.
Understanding this approach can be very useful in
interpreting any kind of aspect.
592
Phase 10: Capricorn Phase
Aspect: 0 to 30 Degrees
You should be able to sense a new beginning, with
some fresh ideas burning brightly, lighting up this time
with clarity and visions of what can be accomplished.
You can see what needs to be done right now, and also
farther on up the road. You may feel inspired.
593
Phase 11: Aquarius Phase 6

Putting new ideas to work is important here, using any
and all the help you can get - very much community
oriented. You want the new plans you are making to
succeed and manifest. However, this could be a
moment where push may come to shove and things get
stuck or a little sticky. Here is a chance to move beyond
old habits, whatever may be obstructing your way, and
actually get moving on things that need to be done. But
it may not be easy.
594
Phase 12: Pisces Phase

If you are looking for a time, when things free up a bit,
and the going could be easier, this is it. Plan things out
and get a better grip on the forces around you. For the
sake of what you care for, better to let outmoded or
unimportant things pass, and to look toward the goal.
Keep your eye on the ball. This may require acceptance
of "what is," a not perfect situation, in order to get your
new plans launched.
595
Phase 01: Aries Phase

This is one of those critical points, where continued
effort and action on your part can make the difference
and bring about real change, producing something that
can't be easily ignored. The result of your plans and
ideas should have established a foothold here. No time
for hesitating, just do it.
596
Phase 02: Taurus Phase

By this point, things should be not only started, but well
on their way, a good time to take control, and point
things where you want them to go. This is a point of
least resistance and solid momentum, so making a solid
effort will take you a long way. Also this is the time to
embody your ideas, to build them physically into
something solid.
597
Phase 03: Gemini Phase

Connect it up. Establish communications. Complete the
detailed infrastructure. This is not so much a time to
continue expanding, but rather one in which to do the
finish work, and wrap the project up. Explore all the
nooks and crannies, while you have the energy.
598
Phase 04: Cancer Phase

Stop the engines, because this is it! Don't push on
farther, because you have accomplished what is
possible for this round. From here, you coast and
experience things for a while. This is the fullness you
have worked for, such as it can be. Just let go and ride.
599
Phase 05: Leo Phase

You are in the thick of things, perhaps just starting to
get a handle on what is going on around you, and this
may be a sticking point. This is not the time for action, to
do more, but rather a time to let things take their course.
You should be able to get a better idea of what will
come out of this, by just riding it out. And now is when
you can own this event, and feel confidence and pride in
what you have done.
600
Phase 06: Virgo Phase

A time to take stock, step back, while you have plenty of
energy and a growing understanding of your situation.
Things are throttling down, so
you may want to conserve your gains, and plug some of
the leaks. Conservation.
601
Phase 07: Libra Phase

A major turning point, where you can just let go and find
it easy to turn away from purely personal worries and
memories, and take a more reflective and impersonal
point of view. You could feel a growing sense of
responsibility, and a willingness to just grow up.
602
Phase 08: Scorpio Phase

You should be able to not only see the problems at
hand, but have the insight and energy to actually do
something about them, separating the good parts and
culling out the whatever is excessive and holding you
back.
603
Phase 09: Sagittarius Phase

Aspect: 330 to 360 (zero) Degrees
At more inward time, ignoring the external world, and
give attention to the things the really matter, and that
will last.
604
Phase Details
The signs, houses, aspects, and many other astrological
cycles can be divided into the various phases that make
them up. All cycles share the same phase structure, so
if we learn about the basic phases of one cycle, we
automatically know about them for any other cycle. Let's
go over them.
605
Phase 10
000 Degrees
The Vision (CJN)
Idea time. Something new sparks forth and perhaps
inspires plans and an effort to get the word out.
606
Phase 11
045 Degrees
Community Plans (SSQ)
New plans and fresh ideas meet resistance from the
past and have to be worked with. Getting more involved.
607
Phase 12
060 Degrees
Paying the Dues (SXT)
An easier time, perfect to move things ahead, and one
which should be made use of. Any progress, however,
will depend on putting up with some major and minor
inconveniences that stand in the way. Getting more
involved.
608
Phase 01
090 Degrees
Making a Start (SQR)
Getting plans and new ideas through to actuality,
making a visible start. Something to be seen. Obstacles
will appear. Getting more involved.
609
Phase 02
120 Degrees
Embodying It (TRI)
A time of increased ease or energy, when ideas can be
embodied, and real progress with implementing or
building infrastructure can take place. Getting more
involved.
610
Phase 03
150 Degrees
Making Connections (INC)
A time to complete or finish things, and to extend and
follow out connections, down to the last detail. Not a
time for starting anything new. Getting more involved.
611
Phase 04
180 Degrees
The Experience (OPP)
A time to experience and to feel something in its
fullness, no past and no future. Take it in.
612
Phase 05
225 Degrees
Awareness and Use (SQQ)
Getting something out of an experience, perhaps pride
and awareness, and also learning how to handle things
related to it. Reflecting and stepping back.
613
Phase 06
240 Degrees
Conservation and Care (TRI)
An easier time, one where we learn to care for an
experience, and perhaps to salvage or save what we
can in a situation. Reflecting and stepping back.
614
Phase 07
270 Degrees
Objectivity and Response (SQR)
A turning point, away form a more personal point of view
and toward a more public, impersonal, objective
viewpoint. Reflecting and stepping back.
615
Phase 08
300 Degrees
Analyzing and Excess (SXT)
Critical powers of observation, focusing on detail,
looking to pick out the good and throw away the rest.
Reflecting and stepping back.
616
Phase 09
330 Degrees
Seed Encapsulation (SSX)
Boiling things down to the essence. Encapsulating
experience. Reflecting and stepping back.
617
Transits
Transits
Snapshot
The astrology chart is a snapshot of the solar system at
the moment of your birth, but the Sun, Moon and
planets don't stop moving. They are not frozen in time
like your birth chart. They continue moving in the
heavens, day by day, and year by year. Today, as you
read this, they are out there, somewhere, moving
steadily ahead through space and time. Do they still
affect us? How do they impact our natal chart? This is
what we will cover in this section.
618
Transits
Charting It
At this point, you should be familiar with your natal
chart, whether geocentric or heliocentric does not
matter. The natal chart is fixed in time, freeze-framed, a
snapshot of the solar system at your birth. In the
diagram above, we see my helio natal chart in the
center. Around it, on the outer band, are the planets
right now, today, April 7, 2007. The familiar band of the
zodiac is show on the outside, so that you have some
reference point.
We can see my natal planets (chart center) and the
transiting planets (outer) band, as they are placed
against the zodiac for April 7th.
619
Transits
The Bi-Wheel
Here are both sets of planets placed in a single chart
form, which is how astrologers like to look at transits
and natal positions. This is called a bi-wheel chart form.
The natal planets are in the center; the transiting
planets (today) are on the outside. For clarity's sake
here, I have not drawn in the degree, zodiac, sign, and
minutes for either the Sun, Moon, and planets or the
house cusps, but in a standard chart, they would be
present.
620
Transits
Transits on the Wheel

Here is a typical bi-wheel chart, with the natal chart on
the inside, and the transiting planets on the outside.
Here we are using the heliocentric natal chart form my
birth, as an example. Note that on the outer ring of
transiting planets, we have only drawn in the planet
symbol, the sign the planet is in, and the degrees. We
have left out the minutes, as they tend to clutter up the
chart too much. This is the usual method of displaying
transits, not showing the minutes.
As you can see, by looking at any of the transiting
planets (outer ring), you can see where it is today in
relationship to the natal or birth chart. For example, we
can see at a glance that transiting Mars is about to
conjoin (make a conjunction aspect) with my natal Pluto.
Or we could note that transiting Neptune is forming a
waning square with my natal Saturn. In fact, we could
note all kinds of aspects. That is what a transit to natal
621
Transits
bi-wheel chart is all about, letting us see how what is

happening today affects our natal chart.
The Wheel of Houses

Many of you many be more familiar with looking at
transits on the traditional wheel of houses, so let's look
at my natal geocentric chart in the standard bi-wheel
format. Here you see my natal planets placed in the
twelve houses, while the transiting (geocentric) planets
have been placed on the outer ring. All planets are
placed approximately where they belong in the zodiac,
which is shown in color in the middle ring.
We easily can see which of the natal houses each
transiting planet is in. Keep in mind that while the natal
wheel stays fixed in time, that the transiting planets will
continue to move through the signs in a counter-
clockwise motion, each day a little farther in motion.
622
Transits
Using a computer program or any standard ephemeris

table, we can track each planet as it moves through the
houses. Please note that all of these bodies, the Sun,
Moon, and planets move at different speeds. The Moon
moves so fast that most astrologers don't even bother to
track it in a chart form like this bi-wheel. On the other
hand, the slowest moving planet, Pluto, can spend
years in one house. Which brings us to our next topic:
how do we interpret these transiting planets through our
houses?
Interpreting Transits
As mentioned above, when astrologers speak of
transits, they are referring to the Sun, Moon, and
planets as they exist today in the heavens above us, in
other words: what is happening right now. A chart wheel
with today's transiting planets is identical to a natal chart
for someone born today. The two kinds of charts are the
same and they are interpreted using the same
623
Transits
astrological techniques: planets, houses, aspects, and

what-have-you? Another use of the word "transits" by
astrologers involves looking at the planets in the sky
today as they compare/relate to your birth or natal chart.
This is probably the most common use of the term, and
a most popular astrological technique: transits to a natal
chart.
Transits to the Natal Chart

No astrological technique that I am aware of is as much
used as that of looking at your natal chart by transits.
We only have one natal chart, but we have transits
every day of our lives, and we can compare today's
transits to our natal configurations as often as we feel
the need. It is important for us to understand how to
best use transits, to get the most possible use from
them.
As introduced earlier, the natal chart is a snapshot
frozen in time. Around this we put the transiting planets
624
Transits
to see how they relate by aspects, house, and sign

positions to the birth chart. We can watch the transiting
planets move through the natal houses and the zodiac
signs. The standard way to do this is to show the natal
chart in the familiar wheel of 12 houses, but with the
zodiac signs also shown, as in the above diagram.
As you can see from this chart form, we can see the
transiting planets in the zodiac signs where they are at
present. By placing the wheel of the zodiac along with
the twelve natal house cusps, both the houses and the
signs are as they were in the birth chart. Therefore, the
positions of the transiting planets appear against the
natal signs and houses. We can see at a glance what
sign and house the current (transiting) planets are in the
natal chart. In the example above, transiting Mars is
near the end of the sign Gemini, in the seventh house,
soon to conjunct the natal Mercury. I trust this is clear.
625
Transits
The Quadrants or Sectors

In studying transits, we watch the transiting planets
move around the circle of the twelve houses of the natal
chart wheel, house by house. Most astrologers feel that
the most important house cusps for transits are what are
called the Angular Houses, the first, fourth, seventh, and
tenth. Also called the Angles, these are the main
crossing points to be aware of as we observe transits.
In my opinion, the most important book written on
transits to date is one called "Astrology for the Millions,"
by the astrologer Grant Lewi. It is a must-read for every
astrologer and lays down what I feel is the definitive
understanding of how to use transits. Lewi divides the
houses of the natal chart into four quadrants, which he
calls "sectors." They are shown in the above diagram
Ignoring the inner house cusps, as many astrologers do,
Lewi concentrates on the angular houses as the starting
points of each sector/quadrant. We can observe the
626
Transits
transit of any of the planets, the Sun, and the Moon

through these quadrants, but in his book Lewi
concentrates mainly on the planet Saturn, since it rules
the circumstances and obstacles that life confronts us
with. In fact, the cycles of Saturn, the Saturn Cycle, is
used by many (if not most) professional astrologers. It is
one of the real gems of astrological technique. Let's
take a look at it.
The Saturn Cycle

In ancient and traditional astrology, the planet Saturn is
the great malefic, confronting each of us with obstacles
and defining what we have to work or pass through (the
stuff that we must face) in our lives. Modern astrology is
a little more kind, and sees Saturn as the great form
giver, molding and shaping our lives by setting limits
and boundaries that we must each negotiate. It has also
been said that Saturn is the prince of the material world
and rules all things physical.
627
Transits
The cycle of Saturn through the houses of our natal

chart takes about 30 years (29.4 years), which is
considered one generation. We all have heard the
phrase that young people use "never trust anyone over
thirty." Why this is so is a subject for esoteric astrology,
but it relates to the Saturn cycle. Here we will stick to
the exoteric or more obvious fact that astrologers have
for centuries monitored the passage of Saturn through
the charts. I should add my two cents. I have used the
cycles of Saturn for over thirty years, and with great
satisfaction. It is one of the few astrological techniques
that always work for me, and not vice versa.
Saturn in Your Chart

To begin with, locate the position of Saturn in your natal
chart by sign and house, but for what we will be doing
here (in particular) by house. That is where we start, at
birth. Yet Saturn keeps moving, always
counterclockwise, through the houses of our chart. As it
628
Transits
moves, it crosses over (conjuncts) the various planets in

our chart, and also each of the house cusps. Most
important, we want to note when it crosses one of the
four angular house cusps: 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th. These
four points mark the sectors or quadrants and they have
a particular meaning, which we shall look at.
Transits on the House Wheel 4

Many of you many be more familiar with looking at
transits on the traditional wheel of houses, so let's look
at my natal geocentric chart in the standard bi-wheel
format. Here you see my natal planets placed in the
twelve houses, while the transiting (geocentric) planets
have been placed on the outer ring. All planets are
placed approximately where they belong in the zodiac,
which is shown in color in the middle ring.
We easily can see which of the natal houses each
transiting planet is in. Keep in mind that while the natal
wheel stays fixed in time, that the transiting planets will
629
Transits
continue to move through the signs in a counter-

clockwise motion, each day a little farther in motion.
Using a computer program or any standard ephemeris
table, we can track each planet as it moves through the
houses. Please note that all of these bodies, the Sun,
Moon, and planets move at different speeds. The Moon
moves so fast that most astrologers don't even bother to
track it in a chart form like this bi-wheel. On the other
hand, the slowest moving planet, Pluto, can spend
years in one house. Which brings us to our next topic:
how do we interpret these transiting planets through our
houses?
630
Transits
Interpreting Transits
As mentioned above, when astrologers speak of

transits, they are referring to the Sun, Moon, and
planets as they exist today in the heavens above us, in
other words: what is happening right now. A chart wheel
with today's transiting planets is identical to a natal chart
for someone born today. The two kinds of charts are the
same and they are interpreted using the same
astrological techniques: planets, houses, aspects, and
what-have-you? Another use of the word "transits" by
astrologers involves looking at the planets in the sky
today as they compare/relate to your birth or natal chart.
This is probably the most common use of the term, and
a most popular astrological technique: transits to a natal
chart.
631
Transits
Transits to the Natal Chart

No astrological technique that I am aware of is as much
used as that of looking at your natal chart by transits.
We only have one natal chart, but we have transits
every day of our lives, and we can compare today's
transits to our natal configurations as often as we feel
the need. It is important for us to understand how to
best use transits, to get the most possible use from
them.
As introduced earlier, the natal chart is a snapshot
frozen in time. Around this we put the transiting planets
to see how they relate by aspects, house, and sign
positions to the birth chart. We can watch the transiting
planets move through the natal houses and the zodiac
signs. The standard way to do this is to show the natal
chart in the familiar wheel of 12 houses, but with the
zodiac signs also shown, as in the above diagram.
632
Transits
As you can see from this chart form, we can see the
transiting planets in the zodiac signs where they are at
present. By placing the wheel of the zodiac along with
the twelve natal house cusps, both the houses and the
signs are as they were in the birth chart. Therefore, the
positions of the transiting planets appear against the
natal signs and houses. We can see at a glance what
sign and house the current (transiting) planets are in the
natal chart. In the example above, transiting Mars is
near the end of the sign Gemini, in the seventh house,
soon to conjunct the natal Mercury. I trust this is clear.
The Quadrants or Sectors

In studying transits, we watch the transiting planets
move around the circle of the twelve houses of the natal
chart wheel, house by house. Most astrologers feel that
the most important house cusps for transits are what are
called the Angular Houses, the first, fourth, seventh, and
633
Transits
tenth. Also called the Angles, these are the main

crossing points to be aware of as we observe transits.
In my opinion, the most important book written on
transits to date is one called "Astrology for the Millions,"
by the astrologer Grant Lewi. It is a must-read for every
astrologer and lays down what I feel is the definitive
understanding of how to use transits. Lewi divides the
houses of the natal chart into four quadrants, which he
calls "sectors." They are shown in the above diagram.
Ignoring the inner house cusps, as many astrologers do,
Lewi concentrates on the angular houses as the starting
points of each sector/quadrant. We can observe the
transit of any of the planets, the Sun, and the Moon
through these quadrants, but in his book Lewi
concentrates mainly on the planet Saturn, since it rules
the circumstances and obstacles that life confronts us
with. In fact, the cycles of Saturn, the Saturn Cycle, is
used by many (if not most) professional astrologers. It is
one of the real gems of astrological technique. Let's
take a look at it.
634
Transits
Saturn Transits
In ancient and traditional astrology, the planet Saturn is
the great malefic, confronting each of us with obstacles
and defining what we have to work or pass through (the
stuff that we must face) in our lives. Modern astrology is
a little more kind, and sees Saturn as the great form
giver, molding and shaping our lives by setting limits
and boundaries that we must each negotiate. It has also
been said that Saturn is the prince of the material world
and rules all things physical.
The cycle of Saturn through the houses of our natal
chart takes about 30 years (29.4 years), which is
considered one generation. We all have heard the
phrase that young people use "never trust anyone over
thirty." Why this is so is a subject for esoteric astrology,
but it relates to the Saturn cycle. Here we will stick to
the exoteric or more obvious fact that astrologers have
for centuries monitored the passage of Saturn through
635
Transits
the charts. I should add my two cents. I have used the

cycles of Saturn for over thirty years, and with great
satisfaction. It is one of the few astrological techniques
that always work for me, and not vice versa.
Saturn in Your Chart

636
Transits
The 2nd Sector: New Beginning

When Saturn by transits crosses over the 4th house
cusp, what is called the I.C. (imum Coelum), it enters
the 2nd quadrant, and this marks a new beginning, a
fresh start. The 2nd quadrant includes the 4th, 5th, and
6th astrological houses. This transit of the 4th house
cusp marks the end of a period of some seven years
during which Saturn was transiting the 1st quadrant -
the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd houses. The 1st sector or
quadrant is also called the private or obscure sector, a
time when we are very concentrated or inward oriented,
and in sort of a building or formative phase, working on
and building ourselves. I call this 1st sector, the
"Formative Sector."
When the 4th house cusp is reached, we begin to
emerge from the formative sector and things gradually
take off. I used to tell my students that it is like watching
the snowflakes fall on the grass. For the longest time,
637
Transits
the flakes fall and melt. But then, there is a point when
suddenly they don't melt, but stick to the grass, hold,
and start to build. Saturn's crossing of the 4th house
cusp is like that, a point where, after a long time of our
putting things into action, but with nothing coming back,
they suddenly catch, hold, and we very slowly begin to
move forward. We start to get some return out of our life
investment, starting with an awareness of our self and
what we have been doing. It is, however, slow, like the
Sun coming up, the dawn.
What is great about this transit of the 4th house cusp is
that, from that point forward, everything you do well
accumulates for you. Your awareness grows, and you
can actually see and feel this from day to day.
Confidence from this point onward builds, and each day
brings more assurance. Saturn crossing this point is a
major turning point, astrologically, in this 30-year cycle.
638
Transits
The 3rd Sector: Rising

When Saturn crosses the 7th house cusp, the
descendant, it leaves the lower part of the chart wheel,
the first six houses, and rises into the elevated houses,
those above the horizon; the 7th through the 12th. If
things have gone well during the 2nd sector (houses 4,
5, and 6), then they will go even better now, as Saturn
crosses over into the seventh house. This sector is the
one everyone looks forward to, because not only are
you on an upswing, but whatever you have been
working on during the last seven years or so, suddenly
comes to public attention. This is the harvest time for all
your effort. Other people can see your value, appreciate
what you have done. At long last, you are visible to the
public. Everyone can see what you have accomplished,
if in fact you have made the effort.
Saturn's transit through the 3rd sector marks a high-
water mark for success, for reaping the rewards of a
639
Transits
vocation or a business, and for accumulating wealth or

attention - storing it away. This is when the spotlight is
on you, and a good time to make hay while the Sun
shines. This is the lucky third sector, Saturn transiting
through the natal houses 7, 8, and 9.
The 4th Sector: Consolidation

When Saturn, by transit, crosses the Midheaven or 10th
house cusp, this represents the end of any physical
power and influence in the chart for the last many years,
whatever you have been referencing and harvesting
from the last 14 years or so. This is the tip of the top, as
they say, when it comes to garnering rewards. All this
time, you have been looking back to what you have
done and reaping whatever rewards and enlightenment
from it. Now you will begin to look forward again. From
the point of view of the past, all that former period is
over, and will gradually go into decline, fade away in
640
Transits
importance, and be forgotten. Something new will, very

slowly, be getting your attention.
This 4th sector is one during which we may be
consolidating and living on what we did in the past or
earned up to this point. This entire 4th sector is one of
gradually turning away from the outer, the physical, and
toward a more inward time - monitoring a new impulse.
Our interest in fame and fortune wanes, and we
discover another tune, and begin to march to a different
drummer. Something inside us is calling and, very
gradually, we are able to listen and act on what we are
sensing within us. This marks a new inspiration.
During the 4th sector, we turn away from all that we
have accomplished up to that point, and take a more
inward course. Inward, in the sense that we have new
ideas inspiring us, and we will have to work these into
the fabric of our life, before they can show on the
outside and turn into something solid.
So, in this sector, we make the most of what we have
built up to that point, and gradually allow the past to do
just that, to pass. Meanwhile our mind is ever
increasingly taken up by an inner voice, something
641
Transits
The 1st Sector: The Obscure Sector 8

"Obscure" is Lewi's word, and it may be a tad too harsh.
Perhaps, "private" or "formative" might describe it better.
When Saturn hits the ascendant or 1st house cusp, this
is the most abrupt or marked point of change in the
entire 30-year cycle, according to the experts. The past,
outer, and public life comes to an end, and is just
dropped... or we let it drop away.
And it does seem a fact to me that during this 1st sector
(1st, 2nd, and 3rd houses), we really are on our own in
a new way. We are deep in there, deep within
ourselves, and others may have a very difficult time
reaching us, and offering us any help. For a time, we
are somehow beyond reach, just in there on our own.
We have to figure it out for ourselves.
It has been written, and it seems so, that this sector
tends to be the hardest to work through for all of us.
Something new or fresh is working within us, but by
642
Transits
definition, it is so new that even we have little idea of

what it means, much less are we able to explain or
show it to others. That might be a good way to describe
it: we cannot show or prove what we know to others. In
this sense, it can be a very lonely period, for it pretty
much defines aloneness. We are busy pouring
ourselves into what we are, but nothing is coming back
yet. As my teacher used to say: "Michael, we know how
to get the rabbit out of the hat, but how did it get in there
to begin with." Here we are putting the rabbit into the
hat, all by ourselves.
This 1st sector lasts some seven years, until Saturn hits
the cusp or beginning of the 4th house, after which we
begin to emerge from our inward time of investment.
643
Transits
Saturn Cycle Summary

While all transiting planets follow the same counter-
clockwise motion through the signs and houses of our
natal chart, astrologers tend to focus on Saturn, due to
the fact that it controls form - everything physical in the
chart, and in the life. Saturn measures generations and
its return at about 29.4 years marks the threshold of
young and old, of inner and outer. Saturn marks some
of the major rites of passage.
The cycle of Saturn through the houses of the chart
follows the form all cycles, in going from a point of
greatest vision or outside-looking-in to a point of
greatest experience, inside-looking-out. The tenth
house cusp is the point of greatest vision (Outside-
looking-In) and the fourth house cusp is the point of
greatest experience (inside-looking-out).
The left six houses (10, 11, 12, 1, 2, and 3) chart the
path of Saturn going down, from the top of the chart, to
644
Transits
the bottom, from an idea or impulse, to carrying that

idea into actuality, building or making something of it.
The right six house (4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9) chart the path
of Saturn progressively coming out of whatever
experience was built during the first half, and
increasingly becoming aware of what that experience
was, and meant.
In other words, we have a thirty-year cycle, with about
14 years of investment (putting an idea into action), and
14 years of returns (getting something out of that
investment. The basic structure and phases of cycles
have been detailed elsewhere. Here we want to look at
the placement of Saturn in the natal chart and what it
can mean.
645
Transits
Your Natal Saturn

In each of our natal charts, provided we know our birth
time, Saturn resides in one of the twelve houses, and it
is from that point that, from the moment of our birth, it
continues to move around the chart, always in a clock-
wise direction. Earlier in this article, we have learned of
the four sectors and something about what each of
them are about during the transit of Saturn to each area.
Here we are looking at the idea that Saturn starts in a
particular sector (and house) of your chart at the
moment of your birth, and that this can tell us something
about how the flow of the life can go. In other words, for
some of us, Saturn may start out at the bottom of our
chart, say the 4th house cusp, and go up during the first
15 years of our life, thus entering the first or obscure
sector when we are around 21 years of age. This is very
different than a birth chart with Saturn starting at the top
of the chart, and going downward the first 15 years of
the life, rising to the 7th house cusp when we are
646
Transits
around 21 years old. These are very different scenarios.

To make this clear, let's go over how we might look at
Saturn in various parts of the natal chart.
Saturn on the First House Cusp 5

If Saturn is on the ascendant, the first house cusp, or
somewhere in that vicinity, this has been called the
chart of an "Early Riser." This suggests that during the
first years of this life, Saturn will be in the Formative
Sector, very inwardly directed, as it moves through
houses one, two, and three. At around 7 or 8 years of
age, it will arrive at the fourth-house cusp, which always
marks a major turning point, upward in the chart. From
this point forward, for the next 15 or so years, Saturn will
be rising in the chart, as it moves through the houses 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.
In fact, from the time Saturn crosses the fourth-house
cusp (I.C.), there will gradually be an ever increasing
sense of confidence that builds within the child, turning
647
Transits
away from a more inward and formative time, toward a

more outward and social experience. By the time Saturn
reaches the 7th house cusp and moves into the upper
houses, the child will be a teenage, coming into a more
outward and aware time, socially, at quite an early age.
This young person may very well be socially prominent,
perhaps a class leader or the center of social attention.
This is why this Saturn placement is called the "Early
Riser."
The Early Riser

This social momentum continues to rise until Saturn
reaches the very top of chart, so around 21 years of age
this person is flying high, having rising to some kind of
fruition prominence early on. But we should also point
out that as Saturn crests the top of the chart, this marks
a turning point, the end of the rising part of the cycle
and the beginning of a new cycle, as Saturn moves
downward through the chart. Many early-riser types
648
Transits
have to be counseled to let the past go, and not to

attempt to drive forward, because things will not go on
just as they have been - always rising.
Instead, there will a turning away from what was, the
past success, and, very gradually of course, learning to
listen to a new, and more inner, message, a message
that will grow stronger as Saturn moves downward in
the chart, eventually leading to an entirely new cycle of
personal investment, and eventual return.
So it should not surprise us that at around 30 years of
age, just as everyone else seems to be launched firmly
in one direction or another, the early-riser types take a
turn inward, going back to school so to speak, and gets
busy building or investing, while others seem to be
harvesting the results of their work. The result stage of
the early rise is delayed until later in their 30s, when
Saturn crosses the 4th house cusp once again, and
begins to rise through the chart, bringing a new cycle of
social prominence and the results of all the investment
work.
649
Transits
Saturn on the Fourth House Cusp

By now you should be understanding how the Saturn
cycle works to know that this early rise to outward-ness
is certain to peak in the mid-teens, which the young
adult is 14-15 years of age, which time it very easily
could be the end of the prodigy, and the begin of
another phase of life for this young person. They came
up early, and they change their life direction quite early,
and head off in a new direction, in this case one that is
more inward.
>From the mid-teens until around the age of 21, this
person is moving more away from whatever it was that
came before, during their early years, and taking up
some new theme or idea and working with that. In fact,
around and after 21 years of age, a further deepening of
intent and concentration, as they plunge into the
formative sector, pouring everything into the
650
Transits
development of whatever is moving them, and looking

outside very little.
Teen Prominence
This time of serious study or investment concludes
around 30 years of age, as Saturn rounds the tip of the
4th house cusp and begins its climb upward through the
chart once again. In this case, this formative period of
years was experience at the last possible time for
someone growing up, that is: before the age of 30,
which marks Saturn's return. This second rise through
the 4th, 5th, and 6th houses should be very successful
and pronounced in itself, and mark a period of quickly
increasing self confidence and mastery.
This will, of course, really take fire as Saturn crosses
over the 7th house cusp, and above the horizon of the
natal chart, bring a somewhat late, but very
accomplished section of time, of prominence, success,
651
Transits
and the harvesting of these many years of investment.

This middle section of life will be very successful.
Saturn on the Descendant 7

When Saturn is around the descendant (7th house
cusp), either in the late 6th house or early 7th house, at
birth, we have what we will call a "Late Bloomer," and
we can explain why that is. At birth, Saturn is already
not only on the rise, but crossing over (or about to) the
7th house into the most outward or successful (harvest
time) part of the chart. For a toddler, this means a very
happy early childhood, for sure, but other than that,
there is not a lot a kid can do with early success. But
note that a happy early childhood is a treasure in itself
and makes for a great start on life.
Saturn will cross the top of the chart around 7-8 years of
age, sending the youngster into the beginning of a much
more inward time and series of years. This will reach a
major turning point around 14-15 years of age, just
652
Transits
when most kids are looking to learn about others,

socially. In this case, we have just the reverse
happening, our late bloomer is entering the formative or
obscure sector, when everyone else around them is
enjoying some kind of social adjustment or success.
The Late Bloomer

So the years from 14 to around 21 years of age will be
more inward and, for a teenager, perhaps even very
lonely, because they are zigging when everyone else is
zagging. During this formative sector, each of us are
very much on our own, sort of out of touch with our
social sense, and just about as far away from being
recognized and successful as one can get. The first
sector is opposite the third or social sector. In this
sense, it is hard for anyone to come to our aid, because
we don't know ourselves at this point. We are in an
experience that we are not yet out of enough to be
aware of. That idea.
653
Transits
However, at 21 years of age or so, as Saturn crosses

the 4th house cusp, all this changes and a much
belated process of self discovery takes place, thus the
title: Late Bloomer. Our late bloomer makes up for lost
time, and in the strength of their early twenties
increasing builds self-confidence at a rapid rate. This
rapid growth takes greater fire as Saturn crests the 7th
house cusp around thirty years of age and moves into
what astrologers have called the most successful
sector, that of harvesting - getting a return for our
investment.
And we can look forward and see that around 37-38
years of age, Saturn will cross the tenth house cusp,
ending this part of the success cycle, and marking the
advent of yet another one.
654
Transits
Saturn on the Angles
Saturn on the Tenth House Cusp

Saturn on or around the tenth house cusps points to a
quiet or more inward childhood and early teens. With no
outward climb, the child from birth is more inwardly
directed, and this grows very much stronger as Saturn
crosses the 1st house cusp, somewhere around 7-8
years of age. So all the formative years, until around 14-
15 years of age are very much, as the old saying goes,
formative - building infrastructure. It is not social or out-
turned.
Of course this changes as Saturn rounds the 4th house
cusp, at 14-15 years of age, and begins its climb
upward through the chart. What may have been a very
inward child, becomes increasingly more outward, and
this type of Saturn placement frequently become class
leaders or otherwise very social, if not in their high-
school years, then in their college years.
655
Transits
Saturn 10th House

Saturn will cross the 7th house around 21 years of age,
bring this person into the most socially outward and
successful years up to that point. In their early to mid
twenties, things should be going great guns, and this
will continue to around the age of 30 years of age, as
Saturn contacts its natal position and crosses over the
tenth house cusp.
At this point, there should be a turning away from the
more outward recent past, and the beginning of an
interest in a more inward reality, something that should
gradually assert itself over the next few years.
656
Transits
More Thoughts
The above scenarios should give you an idea of how to
interpret the Saturn in your own natal chart. Of course,
Saturn in your chart may not be conveniently placed on
one of the chart angles (1st, 4th, 7th, or 10th house
cusps), but somewhere else within one of the sectors.
This means that you will have to adjust the dates and
compensate for how far off your natal Saturn is to one of
these four angles. Keep in mind that Saturn's cycle is
roughly 30 years long, no matter where Saturn is in your
chart, so about every seven years Saturn will be about
90-degrees farther along in the zodiac than it was at
birth. This should help you come up with approximate
dates when it crosses the angle.
657
Transits
Saturn Sectors
658
Transits
The 2nd Sector: New Beginning

When Saturn by transits crosses over the 4th house
cusp, what is called the I.C. (imum Coelum), it enters
the 2nd quadrant, and this marks a new beginning, a
fresh start. The 2nd quadrant includes the 4th, 5th, and
6th astrological houses. This transit of the 4th house
cusp marks the end of a period of some seven years
during which Saturn was transiting the 1st quadrant -
the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd houses. The 1st sector or
quadrant is also called the private or obscure sector, a
time when we are very concentrated or inward oriented,
and in sort of a building or formative phase, working on
and building ourselves. I call this 1st sector, the
"Formative Sector."
When the 4th house cusp is reached, we begin to
emerge from the formative sector and things gradually
take off. I used to tell my students that it is like watching
the snowflakes fall on the grass. For the longest time,
659
Transits
the flakes fall and melt. But then, there is a point when
suddenly they don't melt, but stick to the grass, hold,
and start to build. Saturn's crossing of the 4th house
cusp is like that, a point where, after a long time of our
putting things into action, but with nothing coming back,
they suddenly catch, hold, and we very slowly begin to
move forward. We start to get some return out of our life
investment, starting with an awareness of our self and
what we have been doing. It is, however, slow, like the
Sun coming up, the dawn.
What is great about this transit of the 4th house cusp is
that, from that point forward, everything you do well
accumulates for you. Your awareness grows, and you
can actually see and feel this from day to day.
Confidence from this point onward builds, and each day
brings more assurance. Saturn crossing this point is a
major turning point, astrologically, in this 30-year cycle.
660
Transits
The 3rd Sector: Rising

When Saturn crosses the 7th house cusp, the
descendant, it leaves the lower part of the chart wheel,
the first six houses, and rises into the elevated houses,
those above the horizon; the 7th through the 12th. If
things have gone well during the 2nd sector (houses 4,
5, and 6), then they will go even better now, as Saturn
crosses over into the seventh house. This sector is the
one everyone looks forward to, because not only are
you on an upswing, but whatever you have been
working on during the last seven years or so, suddenly
comes to public attention. This is the harvest time for all
your effort. Other people can see your value, appreciate
what you have done. At long last, you are visible to the
public. Everyone can see what you have accomplished,
if in fact you have made the effort.
Saturn's transit through the 3rd sector marks a high-
water mark for success, for reaping the rewards of a
661
Transits
vocation or a business, and for accumulating wealth or

attention - storing it away. This is when the spotlight is
on you, and a good time to make hay while the Sun
shines. This is the lucky third sector, Saturn transiting
through the natal houses 7, 8, and 9.
The 4th Sector: Consolidation

When Saturn, by transit, crosses the Midheaven or 10th
house cusp, this represents the end of any physical
power and influence in the chart for the last many years,
whatever you have been referencing and harvesting
from the last 14 years or so. This is the tip of the top, as
they say, when it comes to garnering rewards. All this
time, you have been looking back to what you have
done and reaping whatever rewards and enlightenment
from it. Now you will begin to look forward again. From
the point of view of the past, all that former period is
over, and will gradually go into decline, fade away in
662
Transits
importance, and be forgotten. Something new will, very

slowly, be getting your attention.
This 4th sector is one during which we may be
consolidating and living on what we did in the past or
earned up to this point. This entire 4th sector is one of
gradually turning away from the outer, the physical, and
toward a more inward time - monitoring a new impulse.
Our interest in fame and fortune wanes, and we
discover another tune, and begin to march to a different
drummer. Something inside us is calling and, very
gradually, we are able to listen and act on what we are
sensing within us. This marks a new inspiration.
During the 4th sector, we turn away from all that we
have accomplished up to that point, and take a more
inward course. Inward, in the sense that we have new
ideas inspiring us, and we will have to work these into
the fabric of our life, before they can show on the
outside and turn into something solid.
So, in this sector, we make the most of what we have
built up to that point, and gradually allow the past to do
just that, to pass. Meanwhile our mind is ever
increasingly taken up by an inner voice, something we
want to devote a lot of time to understanding.
663
Transits
The 1st Sector: The Obscure Sector 8

"Obscure," is Lewi's word, and it may be a tad too
harsh. Perhaps, "private" or "formative" might describe it
better. When Saturn hits the ascendant or 1st house
cusp, this is the most abrupt or marked point of change
in the entire 30-year cycle, according to the experts. The
past, outer, and public life comes to an end, and is just
dropped... or we let it drop away.
And it does seem a fact to me that during this 1st sector
(1st, 2nd, and 3rd houses), we really are on our own in
a new way. We are deep in there, deep within
ourselves, and others may have a very difficult time
reaching us, and offering us any help. For a time, we
are somehow beyond reach, just in there on our own.
We have to figure it out for ourselves.
It has been written, and it seems so, that this sector
tends to be the hardest to work through for all of us.
Something new or fresh is working within us, but by
664
Transits
definition, it is so new that even we have little idea of

what it means, much less are we able to explain or
show it to others. That might be a good way to describe
it: we cannot show or prove what we know to others. In
this sense, it can be a very lonely period, for it pretty
much defines aloneness. We are busy pouring
ourselves into what we are, but nothing is coming back
yet. As my teacher used to say: "Michael, we know how
to get the rabbit out of the hat, but how did it get in there
to begin with." Here we are putting the rabbit into the
hat, all by ourselves.
This 1st sector lasts some seven years, until Saturn hits
the cusp or beginning of the 4th house, after which we
begin to emerge from our inward time of investment.
665
Transits
Saturn Cycle Summary

While all transiting planets follow the same counter-
clockwise motion through the signs and houses of our
natal chart, astrologers tend to focus on Saturn, due to
the fact that it controls form - everything physical in the
chart, and in the life. Saturn measures generations and
its return at about 29.4 years marks the threshold of
young and old, of inner and outer. Saturn marks some
of the major rites of passage.
The cycle of Saturn through the houses of the chart
follows the form all cycles, in going from a point of
greatest vision or outside-looking-in to a point of
greatest experience, inside-looking-out. The tenth
house cusp is the point of greatest vision (outside-
looking-in), and the fourth house cusp is the point of
greatest experience (inside-looking-out).
The left six houses (10, 11, 12, 1, 2, and 3) chart the
path of Saturn going down, from the top of the chart, to
666
Transits
the bottom, from an idea or impulse, to carrying that

idea into actuality, building or making something of it.
The right six house (4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9) chart the path
of Saturn progressively coming out of whatever
experience was built during the first half, and
increasingly becoming aware of what that experience
was, and meant.
In other words, we have a thirty-year cycle, with about
14 years of investment (putting an idea into action), and
14 years of returns (getting something out of that
investment. The basic structure and phases of cycles
have been detailed elsewhere. Here we want to look at
the placement of Saturn in the natal chart and what it
can mean.
667
Transits
Saturn in the Natal Chart

In each of our natal charts, provided we know our birth
time, Saturn resides in one of the twelve houses, and it
is from that point that, from the moment of our birth, it
continues to move around the chart, always in a clock-
wise direction. Earlier in this article, we have learned of
the four sectors and something about what each of
them are about during the transit of Saturn to each area.
Here we are looking at the idea that Saturn starts in a
particular sector (and house) of your chart at the
moment of your birth, and that this can tell us something
about how the flow of the life can go. In other words, for
some of us, Saturn may start out at the bottom of our
chart, say the 4th house cusp, and go up during the first
15 years of our life, thus entering the first or obscure
sector when we are around 21 years of age. This is very
different from a birth chart with Saturn starting at the top
of the chart, and going downward the first 15 years of
the life, rising to the 7th house cusp when we are
668
Transits
around 21 years old. These are very different scenarios.

To make this clear, let's go over how we might look at
Saturn in various parts of the natal chart.
Saturn on the First House Cusp

If Saturn is on the ascendant, the first house cusp, or
somewhere in that vicinity, this has been called the
chart of an "Early Riser." This suggests that during the
first years of this life, Saturn will be in the Formative
Sector, very inwardly directed, as it moves through
houses one, two, and three. At around 7 or 8 years of
age, it will arrive at the fourth-house cusp, which always
marks a major turning point, upward in the chart. From
this point forward, for the next 15 or so years, Saturn will
be rising in the chart, as it moves through the houses 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.
In fact, from the time Saturn crosses the fourth-house
cusp (I.C.), there will gradually be an ever-increasing
sense of confidence that builds within the child, turning
669
Transits
away from a more inward and formative time, toward a

more outward and social experience. By the time Saturn
reaches the 7th house cusp and moves into the upper
houses, the child will be a teenager, coming into a more
outward and aware time, socially, at quite an early age.
This young person may very well be socially prominent,
perhaps a class leader or the center of social attention.
This is why this Saturn placement is called the "Early
Riser."
This social momentum continues to rise until Saturn
reaches the very top of chart, so around 21 years of age
this person is flying high, having rising to some kind of
fruition prominence early on. But we should also point
out that as Saturn crests the top of the chart, this marks
a turning point, the end of the rising part of the cycle
and the beginning of a new cycle, as Saturn moves
downward through the chart. Many early-riser types
have to be counseled to let the past go, and not to
attempt to drive forward, because things will not go on
just as they have been - always rising.
Instead, there will a turning away from what was, the
past success, and, very gradually of course, learning to
listen to a new, and more inner, message, a message
that will grow stronger as Saturn moves downward in
the chart, eventually leading to an entirely new cycle of
personal investment, and eventual return.
So it should not surprise us that at around 30 years of
age, just as everyone else seems to be launched firmly
in one direction or another, the early-riser types take a
turn inward, going back to school so to speak, and gets
busy building or investing, while others seem to be
harvesting the results of their work. The result stage of
the early rise is delayed until later in their 30s, when
Saturn crosses the 4th house cusp once again, and
begins to rise through the chart, bringing a new cycle of
670
Transits
social prominence and the results of all the investment

work.
Saturn on the Fourth House Cusp

With Saturn at the bottom of the chart at birth, in or
around the 4th house cusp, we have a somewhat
different scenario, in that the child, from day one, is
already on an upswing, moving upward through the
right-hand side of the chart. So, at around 7-8 years of
age, we have a very socially prominent child, already
reaping some sort of success at an early age, perhaps
some sort of prodigy.
By now you should be understanding how the Saturn
cycle works to know that this early rise to outward-ness
is certain to peak in the mid-teens, which the young
adult is 14-15 years of happy childhage, at which time it
very easily could be the end of the prodigy, and the
beginning of another phase of life for this young person.
They came up early, and they change their life direction
671
Transits
quite early, and head off in a new direction, in this case

one that is more inward.
>From the mid-teens until around the age of 21, this
person is moving more away from whatever it was that
came before, during their early years, and taking up
some new theme or idea and working with that. In fact,
around and after 21 years of age, a further deepening of
intent and concentration, as they plunge into the
formative sector, pouring everything into the
development of whatever is moving them, and looking
outside very little.
This time of serious study or investment concludes
around 30 years of age, as Saturn rounds the tip of the
4th house cusp and begins its climb upward through the
chart once again. In this case, this formative period of
years was experience at the last possible time for
someone growing up, that is: before the age of 30,
which marks Saturn's return. This second rise through
the 4th, 5th, and 6th houses should be very successful
and pronounced in itself, and mark a period of quickly
increasing self-confidence and mastery.
This will, of course, really take fire as Saturn crosses
over the 7th house cusp, and above the horizon of the
natal chart, bring a somewhat late, but very
accomplished section of time, of prominence, success,
and the harvesting of these many years of investment.
This middle section of life will be very successful.
672
Transits
Saturn on the Descendant

When Saturn is around the descendant (7th house
cusp), either in the late 6th house or early 7th house, at
birth, we have what we will call a "Late Bloomer," and
we can explain why that is. At birth, Saturn is already
not only on the rise, but crossing over (or about to) the
7th house into the most outward or successful (harvest
time) part of the chart. For a toddler, this means a very
happy early childhood, for sure, but other than that,
there is not a lot a kid can do with early success. But
note that a happy early childhood is a treasure in itself
and makes for a great start on life.
Saturn will cross the top of the chart around 7-8 years of
age, sending the youngster into the beginning of a much
more inward time and series of years. This will reach a
major turning point around 14-15 years of age, just
when most kids are looking to learn about others,
socially. In this case, we have just the reverse
673
Transits
happening, our late bloomer is entering the formative or

obscure sector, when everyone else around them is
enjoying some kind of social adjustment or success.
So the years from 14 to around 21 years of age will be
more inward and, for a teenager, perhaps even very
lonely, because they are zigging when everyone else is
zagging. During this formative sector, each of us is very
much on our own, sort of out of touch with our social
sense, and just about as far away from being
recognized and successful as one can get. The first
sector is opposite the third or social sector. In this
sense, it is hard for anyone to come to our aid, because
we don't know ourselves at this point. We are in an
experience that we are not yet out of enough to be
aware of. That idea.
However, at 21 years of age or so, as Saturn crosses
the 4th house cusp, all this changes and a much
belated process of self discovery takes place, thus the
title: Late Bloomer. Our late bloomer makes up for lost
time, and in the strength of their early twenties
increasing builds self-confidence at a rapid rate. This
rapid growth takes greater fire as Saturn crests the 7th
house cusp around thirty years of age and moves into
what astrologers have called the most successful
sector, that of harvesting - getting a return for our
investment.
And we can look forward and see that around 37-38
years of age, Saturn will cross the tenth house cusp,
ending this part of the success cycle, and marking the
advent of yet another one.
674
Transits
Saturn on the Tenth House Cusp

Saturn on or around the tenth house cusps points to a
quiet or more inward childhood and early teens. With no
outward climb, the child from birth is more inwardly
directed, and this grows very much stronger as Saturn
crosses the 1st house cusp, somewhere around 7-8
years of age. So all the formative years, until around 14-
15 years of age are very much, as the old saying goes,
formative - building infrastructure. It is not social or out-
turned.
Of course this changes as Saturn rounds the 4th house
cusp, at 14-15 years of age and begins its climb upward
through the chart. What may have been a very inward
child, becomes increasingly more outward, and this type
of Saturn placement frequently become class leaders or
otherwise very social, if not in their high-school years,
then in their college years.
675
Transits
Saturn will cross the 7th house around 21 years of age,

bring this person into the most socially outward and
successful years up to that point. In their early to mid-
twenties, things should be going great guns, and this
will continue to around the age of 30 years of age, as
Saturn contacts its natal position and crosses over the
tenth house cusp.
At this point, there should be a turning away from the
more outward recent past, and the beginning of an
interest in a more inward reality, something that should
gradually assert itself over the next few years.
Closing Thoughts
The above scenarios should give you an idea of how to
interpret the Saturn in your own natal chart. Of course,
Saturn in your chart may not be conveniently placed on
one of the chart angles (1st, 4th, 7th, or 10th house
cusps), but somewhere else within one of the sectors.
This means that you will have to adjust the dates and
676
Transits
compensate for how far off your natal Saturn is to one of

these four angles. Keep in mind that Saturn's cycle is
roughly 30 years long, no matter where Saturn is in your
chart, so about every seven years Saturn will be about
90-degrees farther along in the zodiac than it was at
birth. This should help you come up with approximate
dates when it crosses the angle.
Your Saturn Transits

Transits are the key to what is going on today in the
skies, as well as how these transits reflect on your birth
chart and planets. For most astrologers, the most
important transit to watch is that of the planet Saturn
through the twelve houses of your natal chart. Saturn,
as the ruler of time and the physical form, governs pretty
much all that happens, at least on the exterior. It is
worth a careful study.
Saturn's 30-year trek through the twelve houses maps
out the basic up and down flow of the major life events.
677
Transits
Since the cycle of the houses (and signs) is a circle, it

has no absolute beginning or end point, so we could
start anywhere. Here, we will start at the very top of your
chart, the tenth house cusp and move in the directions
of the houses.
Tenth House Saturn Transit

In Brief: End of rewards or harvest, beginning of
investment. Turning away from the public, turning
toward inner voice.
This transit marks a major turning point, the end of the
long preceding cycle, and the very gradual beginning of
a new cycle of experience. The tenth house cusp, the
tip of the top of the natal chart, marks the peak of
Saturn's rise through the chart, which starts when it
crossed the 4th house cusp, and this is the beginning of
its descent to meet that 4th house cusp again.
678
Transits
What is being left behind, and which should be easy to

see and understand, is all of the success or returns you
have achieved over the last 14 years or so, whatever
they may be. This last number of years saw you
increasingly taking control of your life and
circumstances, with the vision and clear-sightedness to
make the right decisions, separate the wheat from the
chaff, and gather together the rewards you have
earned. These should have been years of some
success, a harvesting of whatever seeds you had sown
many years before. So, point one is that you are done
with this period and should not expect more of the same
to continue. It's done. You have made your push, sown
your seeds, and reaped your return or harvest, whatever
it may be. While you can expect to continue to benefit
from what you have put in motion up to this point, this is
NOT the time to push on or to start anything new.
The second and more important point is that you WILL
be experiencing something new, but it will be coming up
from within you, not coming from the outside as you
have come to expect things during these last number of
years. You will absolutely want to take advantage of
everything you have learned up to this point, and benefit
from your success up to now, but it is key that you let go
of what has driven you forward to this point, and begin
to take a different and more receptive attitude.
By receptive, what is meant here is that it is time to
begin listening to your own inner voice. It can be easy to
ignore at first, but this inner message will grow
increasingly stronger as time passes, so it is to your
advantage to learn to hear it early on and to begin
working with it. It will, in time, be persistent, and
eventually will be unavoidable, if you do not willing bring
it forth, so you might as well go to meet your maker, in
this case a new voice calling you from within. The
679
Transits
outside world will increasingly become more

bewildering, while this inner voice will grow stronger.
The point: stop reading from the outside world, and start
reading from within.
In summary, there will be a shift of perspective away
from the outer, external world of success (and perhaps
power) that you have enjoyed (or not) over these last
seven or eight years, and a shift toward taking a more
receptive (and perhaps humble) approach to life,
acknowledging your own inner life. It is this inner life that
will increasingly interest you, and this period marks its
advent.
680
Transits
Eleventh House Saturn Transit

In brief: A new inner direction takes hold, and becomes
a plan for action.
As Saturn comes into and passes through your
Eleventh House, you should, by this point, be actively
listening to the inner message that began reaching you
as Saturn moved into the Tenth House. Above all, this
inner message brings something new into your life,
perhaps more of a feeling or tone... or a simple
vibration, but something that your whole being
resonates to. More than anything, this new experience
is something of a vision. Many see a whole new life plan
at this point.
A vision is an experience or insight we have that is more
real or important to us than the rest of our life
surrounding it, both before and after that event. In a
moment of vision, we take into ourselves or absorb
seminal information that is more than we can simply
681
Transits
understand with our mind. It may take weeks, months,

or years to decipher and realize what it means. It is
analogous to what we read about in some of the sacred
texts, where they speak of receiving a secret scroll into
the mind, and reading (understanding) it over time. We
take in a vision, and we bring it to mind, again and
again, until we have absorbed its content, until we
understand it.
Saturn's transit of the 11th house is a time when we are
fueled and fired by something coming from within our
own mind and self, an idea, thought, plan - a strong
stimulus or message of some kind. And in this house,
that original stimulus or insight turns into a plan, some
attempt on our part of implement whatever idea is
moving us, and make it real. "For spirit must be made to
matter," is a line I wrote years ago that describes what I
am getting at here. We are inspired or driven to design a
plan to make our inner vision real, to make it matter in
our day-to-day life.
And to do that, we look everywhere around us for help,
for anyone willing to move these plans forward. In this
sense, we are very community minded, not particular
about who can help, but embracing all and any means
to make these dreams real. Here we are perhaps at our
most visionary or altruistic, way beyond any selfish or
personal motives, and sincerely making an effort to help
make something happen.
682
Transits
Eleventh House (Tomb-Sign)

This is a point within the Eleventh House, at the 45-
degree point from our starting point at the 10th house,
which the Tibetan astrologers refer to as one of the four
Tomb Signs, the center of the fixed signs. This is the
point where our dreams and plans meet up with some
form of resistance, whether than be material from our
past that rises up to block us or whatever. The point
here is: we are pushing forward, trying to implement
whatever vision we have in mind and to make it real,
and we run into some form of blockage that may slow
our progress to a standstill. The question is: what to do
at this point?
The answer is: push on. This is not a point to take "no"
for an answer, and to cease and desist, perhaps giving
up our effort or trying to go back the way we came. This
resistance is normal and this is a point to gently, but
683
Transits
firmly, push on, push past the resistance and on to

implementing our vision. This is a push point.
Twelfth House Saturn Transit

In brief: Meet obstacles to action with patience and
kindness, for the sake of moving forward.
Saturn passing through the twelfth house, sometimes
called the "House of Undoing," marks a different kind of
challenge, one that requires not force, but patience and
forbearance on our parts. Ever since Saturn crossed
into the tenth, and during its passage of the eleventh
house, we have been leaving the past of the previous
cycle behind us and, increasingly, listening more to a
different voice coming from within. We are now
marching to the beat of a different drummer, with some
life plan firmly in mind, and a will to carry that plan out
into action.
684
Transits
This is the last house that is above the horizon, and we

are about to move into the thick of the first house, the
house of action, and enter what is called the obscure or
formative sector. The twelfth house can represent the
test of our resolve to make our vision matter enough to
get beyond the planning stages (thinking about it) and
actually start making it happen in the external world.
As you might expect, as we move to action, we will have
to get through whatever remains of our past that might
rise to block or distract us. For most of us, this means
some form of compromise, for all manner of
annoyances and distractions will surround us, like gnats,
and fight for our attention. At this point, descending into
the sphere of argument, justification, complaining, and
what-have-you, would be a major distraction and not
move us toward our goal - making our dreams real.
Here what are required are forbearance, calmness, and
patience. All the dues of the past rise up and want to be
paid at once, and it is best to handle these distractions,
one by one, as they emerge." Render unto Caesar that
which is Caesar's," sort of thing. This transit typically
requires not only patience, but sacrifice and the
embracing of whatever is our reality, for the sake of
trying to make our vision matter and to make a
difference.
The twelfth house is the house of sacrifice and personal
compromise, putting up with all manner of indignities,
with patience, keeping our eye on the goal.
685
Transits
First House Saturn Transit

In brief: The first step in making our dreams real, doing
it.
Saturn to the cusp of the first house is a major event.
Astrologer Grant Lewi writes of this crossing as it being
perhaps the most portentous and earth shaking of the
major angles. He goes on to write how, as Saturn
moves into the first house, one enters what he calls the
"obscure sector," seven years or so of a sort of minor
oblivion. I have not found this to true. It is a fact that in
this sector we are about as far away from public praise
and success as is possible, but in this sector mostly we
are very, very busy. Let me describe my understanding
of this transit.
As Saturn hits the ascendant, it leaves the realm of the
outer or above-the-horizon houses (7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and
12) and plunges into what are called the "Personal
Houses" (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6), those houses under or
686
Transits
beneath the horizon. We move from the world of ideas

and plans, to that where plans are implemented and
made real. Something happens!
The seven years during which Saturn transited the 10th,
11th, and 12th houses, were years during which a new
urge arose within us, giving way to ideas and plans that
we wanted to make real. Everything that could possibly
stop us rose up and blocked our way, and we had to
negotiate through whatever that happened to be. We
may have lost a lot of energy and even some of our will
to make a difference during this journey, but the
moment we enter the first house, whatever we have
managed to hold together of our original impulse
manifests. It appears and rises into view. This is why
this point is called the ascendant or Rising Sign.
This result may be small, but it is a first step, and
whatever action we have made flows over the detritus of
our past and into the present as something concrete.
This is the first concrete sign of our making our dreams
happen.
And this point marks our plunge into doing something
about our dreams, the point where we begin to walk the
talk. It gets real here. And yes, this house and the next
two do represent our turning away from our past, from
what we have been and done, and from the social or
outer environment we have been in. But it is not about
our being lost in some minor form of oblivion. We are
just busy, involved!
We are involved in doing something, and Saturn
through the first house sees us totally involved in taking
action, making it happen.
687
Transits
Second House Saturn Transit

In brief: Building a vehicle.
The second house is one of real productivity, where the
energy needed to proceed is at hand, and the
momentum is in the direction of the fulfillment of our
plans. This is the time to really lay into it, put the pedal
to the medal, and drive things forward. It is another of
the formative houses (1, 2, and 3), where we are
investing or putting something in, rather than one of the
houses for social or outward success - getting things
out. We know how the rabbit gets out of the hat, but this
is how the rabbit gets into the hat, through hard work
and sustained effort - investment.
The second house is traditionally the house of
possessions and possessing. This makes good sense,
because it is here that the initial idea that was brought
across into the world of action at the first house, draws
around it a response, whatever body of response is
688
Transits
appropriate to the idea. This is where the building gets

done, the body gets formed. As mentioned, this is the
formative sector, where things are built and embodied.
We are fashioning a new experience.
Second House (Tomb-Sign)

As mentioned earlier, the 45-degree point of the fixed
signs is what the Tibetan astrologers call one of the
Tomb Signs. It is a sticking point, where some
resistance to our efforts can be expected, so we should
be prepared for it. The question is: how are we to
respond to this blockage or resistance?
In this case, where we are already about as much on a
roll as we will ever be, the answer is simple: press on.
This is the time to take control and gently press forward.
This is not a time to give up or back off. A productive
time like this will not soon come again, so regardless of
what appears, we should expect to continue to move
forward. However, we are well past the point where we
689
Transits
should be making any major new starts. We did that.

For better or for worse, we are already started. For the
foreseeable future, we should be guiding and finishing
up (correcting?) what we have already put in motion,
rather than looking to begin any major new undertaking.
Third House Saturn Transit

In brief: Completing our inward push, making the
connections, finishing up.
This is the 3rd and last of the houses in the formative
sector, so it is mostly about finishing up and completing
whatever it is we have going for us. This is not a time to
undertake a major new effort, but one to connect up and
make the final adjustments, put the finishing touches on
what we are already working on.
And this is about as far into a project or effort as we will
ever get, and as far away from receiving credit or
acknowledgement as we can get. We are deep in there,
690
Transits
working on the inside, from within the project, which is

our life. If we are thinking "lonely" or separated, then this
is as far away from common kindness and recognition
as we are likely to get. We are on our own here,
fashioning our own future, for better or for worse. We
are too far in to see out, so we can feel very isolated.
Here is where we do the detail or finishing work. The
main bulk of the growth or productivity is over. At this
point, we are making all the connections, going into it as
far as we will get, exploring our creation down to the last
detail. This is as totally involved in something as we can
ever get. We are nearing the 4th house cusp, which
marks the end development for us - the physical limits of
our efforts.
691
Transits
Fourth House Saturn Transit

In brief: The living end or experience.
The fourth house marks the end work, the result, of all
our effort over the last 14 years or so. It has been one
long period of investing on our part, always putting more
in, and never getting anything back. And the thing that
we have most put in all this time is our very self; "We"
have gone in there in person or gotten deep in there,
and there has so far been no return from there, no
return for us. And the major return from this point
onward will be our self. We will return from this very
inward-directed period of time. That return starts here,
as Saturn crosses the 4th house cusp.
This crossing marks the farthest point of our complete
involvement and the living experience of being deep in
there. In the cycle of the signs, the tarot card for the
fourth sign, Cancer, is called "The Chariot," and that fits,
for here is the pure ride of the senses, the living end
692
Transits
(our self) of all this investment and work - our

experience. This is it, and marks a major turning point,
upward in the chart. From this point, we will gradually
begin to emerge or come out, and become aware of
what we have been in and going through all these last
years. Awareness begins to dawn here, although very,
very slowly at first. Our life is changing.
And although it tends to be very gradual, each passing
day brings increasing awareness. It is like the Sun
coming up, or winter turning into spring, very slowly, but
always there is more light. This transition marks the end
of all the years of our effort and investment. We have
put the rabbit into the hat; now we can begin to take it
out. And, above all, keep in mind that it is we who are
coming out. If anything is coming out of all of this, it is
our self. We begin to discover our self and what we
have done, who we are.
Saturn at this point in the chart begins to rise, and that
rise will take some 14-15 years, until it crests at the 10th
house cusp, and these are years when we can
increasingly take charge of our own life, for our
understanding and awareness of our self and how to
use what is available to us in the world grows during this
time. Our manipulating skills increase: We slowly will
learn to use the world and everything in it.
693
Transits
Fifth House Saturn Transit

In brief: Growing awareness and ownership.
If the fourth house was more of the pure thrill of
experience, with perhaps a gradual sense of growing
awareness and confidence in ourselves. Then as Saturn
passes into the fifth house, that confidence grows into a
real awareness, as we begin more to get hold of and
grasp the nature our own experience, who we are and
what we have just been through. Here we start to get a
handle on and to develop awareness of what we have
been going through all these many years, as Saturn
moved down through the first three houses.
That experience is over and, as we move through the
fifth house, our understanding and awareness of what
we have been through continues to increase. This is a
process of discovery, in this case self discovery, or at
least a growing awareness of our self and what we have
been through the last seven or eight years. We are
694
Transits
coming out of that period, and are just catching on to

what it all meant. It is like waking up. We have a
growing sense of confidence, ownership, and even
pride in who we are and what we have done and been
through. This new sense of confidence may not yet be
apparent to those around us (the world can't yet see
us), but it is very clear to the most important person, our
self. We feel a confidence that has been missing for
many years. We know we are on an upswing.
And all of this is very fresh and exciting for us. We are
proud of what we have been through, and who we are
becoming, and this is something that we may want to
express and share with those around us. This can be a
period of years when the teacher or enthusiast within us
may reach a high-water mark, resulting in an outpouring
of creative expression, whether in some artistic form or
through teaching and expressing our experience to
others. We are on fire and can't contain our enthusiasm.
695
Transits
Fifth House (Tomb Sign)

The 45-degree mark in this sector, what the Tibetans
call the Tomb Sign, is one of the four major resistance
points in the 30-year cycle, where push may come to
shove. Some obstacles may appear. And this is a time
for action, but not a time to push on ahead. The push or
move we want here is not a step forward, but rather a
step back. This is not a point to be aggressive or to
force things forward, when we feel blocked, but one to
give in, to make allowances, to act by accepting, by
facilitation. As the Bible says, "This came to pass." Well,
here is a point to let whatever came to pass, just pass.
Step out of the way. Don't confront it.
696
Transits
Sixth House Saturn Transit

In brief: Caring for our self.
As Saturn passes through the sixth house, the
awareness that began to dawn in the fourth house, and
the growing self confidence that built through the fifth
house, begins to be tempered, and to slow down. The
rabbit is out of the hat, and that first flash of exhilaration
has died away, and is not as strong now, as it was then.
The initial rush of enthusiasm as we discover ourselves,
which we shared so freely with everyone, is now more
like a trickle than a geyser, and our thoughts turn toward
maintaining, rather than any further gratuitous outreach.
It is not that we are into a downswing, but just that that
first flush of enthusiasm has passed. The bloom is off
the rose.
Saturn is still rising through the chart, and we continue
to become more in control of our self with each passing
day, but we have lost that initial rush of energy, which is
697
Transits
only natural. It is like being at a party, when you realize

you are not having as much fun as you were an hour
before, and you find your thoughts turning to more
mundane matters, like going home or getting a cup of
coffee. That is what is happening, but here on a much
larger scale.
What was previously done with sheer enthusiasm is
perhaps now done quite methodically, and has become
almost routine. It is much like when we experience a
new-found sense of ourselves, some kind of
breakthrough, and assume that we will have that kind of
strength from this day forward, only to find that it too
was a passing phase in an endless cycle, as we come
down from it, back to our old self. Here too, there is
more a sense of coming down to earth, taking care of
the details, and in general being more conservative.
So the overall experience is a growing awareness that
the fullness of the experience, whatever it was, will not
last, and that some attempt to preserve, conserve, and
protect our resources is in order - a "we won't live
forever," sort of thing. All of the above gives way to an
interest in healing, taking care of what we already have,
and looking to stockpile or prepare for that rainy day.
698
Transits
Seventh House Saturn Transit

In brief: Become less personal, more objective, and
embrace others as same.
Saturn's transit of the 7th house cusp (the descendant)
carries the upswing beyond what are called the
personal houses (lower half of chart) and into the
impersonal or public houses (upper half). This is one of
the four angles and thus a major turning point, a
separation from a more internal and purely personal
experience, and an opening out into a more public or
outward time. From this point onward, as Saturn climbs
toward the Midheaven, we move beyond our personal
fears and history, and begin to identify with what we
share and have in common with all other beings. Here
we begin to respond to others, and to reflect others.
This is the house of partners, marriage, and union, for
we have let go of our personal ties, since we have
understood that, by itself, we are not going any farther.
699
Transits
We have pushed it as far as it will go, and it is time to let

it go, take what we can from it, and rise on. As we turn
away from a purely personal focus, we discover the
world of other people and cooperation. We take a less
personal and more objective view of life.
This is considered by many to be the favored sector,
because it is here that we become objective enough to
actually make clear and impartial choices, one's not
based solely on our selfish interests. Here we begin to
reap our rewards, for better or for worse. The outer and
external world appears, and our personal existence (the
lower six houses) is somehow left behind or takes a
back seat to a more public or cooperative life - we
partner.
It is from this point forward that we draw whatever
conclusions we can from this entire cycle of existence,
for we are moving out and socially upward, and ever
more able to see what is useful from what is non-
essential. This is the house of responsibility, and it is
here that we can fully respond, perhaps for the first time,
to whatever we have been and done. We take
responsibility, in that we can get our arms around and
somehow step outside our personality. This is the
opposite point from the ascendant, which is considered
by astrologers to be the most personal point in the
chart. If that is so, then this is the most impersonal or
public point in the chart, where everything is seen and
shared, where we reflect.
700
Transits
Eighth House Saturn Transit

In brief: Removing the excess.
Saturn's transit of the eighth house takes us even
farther from the body of our personal experience, and
gives us still greater powers of observation and
analysis. This indeed is the house of business, if by
business we mean making the right calls, picking the
winners from the losers, separating the treasure from
the trash. This will be a time when we are at our
sharpest, in a business sense, when we have enough
analytical powers to know what is good for us and what
to avoid, a talent we may have sorely needed up to this
point.
This is the point where we strip bare any
misconceptions and illusions we may have had about
ourselves, exposing the naked bare bones of whatever
reality we do have. There is very little sentimentality
701
Transits
here. This is about getting down to the nitty-gritty and

making the tough calls.
This is not a time to start new things or to push for
change, but one to withdraw wisely, and to reap
whatever we can, to accrue the results, and to appraise
our situation with a cold eye to the future. We are talking
Aikido here, not Judo, about taking advantage of the
forces already in motion, rather than taking new
initiatives. We are manipulators, not the manipulated.
Eighth House (Tomb Sign)

The 45-degree point in this house is what the Tibetans
call one of the Tomb Signs, a point where we should
expect some kind of resistance or obstacles in our path.
Our response here to being blocked should be very
passive, making way (instead of opposing),
accommodating, and making room for whatever is an
obstruction to pass out of the system. Give way. This is
702
Transits
not a point to start new projects, or to take any action

other than the action of helping things to pass.
Ninth House Saturn Transit

In brief: Encapsulation.
As Saturn moves into and through the Ninth House, we
complete our withdrawal from the entire previous cycle.
We have moved out of and beyond that experience, and
we are drawing whatever conclusions we can from it.
We are in fact concluding it, for it is winding down to the
very end. We are beyond the observation so clear in the
seventh house, and finished using our analytical powers
as we did in the eighth house. We are down to seeds
and stems, as they say, picking the kernels of truth from
the chaff, and hanging on to them.
We try here to keep the essence, be it wisdom or reality,
of everything we have been through, and what remains,
good or bad, will be the seeds for our next cycle. We are
703
Transits
talking here of essential things, of the things that

endure, whatever lasts longest, the very truth (for us)
itself. This truth kernel that we have accumulated is
what must serve to start our future. It is the seed
essence of our experience.
As Saturn crosses the 10th house cusp, that seed
sprouts or releases its message, perhaps so very deep
within us that we can, at first, only feel it as a vibration -
like a bell ringing within us.
The Saturn Passage

There is nothing as fresh as "first time," and it is the first
round of Saturn, culminating at age 30, when all of this
is so new. Until Saturn makes its first return, completes
its cycle, and begins repeating itself, we have no
possible idea of limits, for Saturn is the limiter. Until
Saturn completes its cycle, that limit is not obvious. Our
sense of time before the first Saturn return is essentially
eternal. It has no limits and it seems to us that we can
704
Transits
and will live forever, for time has not yet appeared on
the horizon, much less touched us.
Each year of our life before that first Saturn return
appears linear, and time stretches out toward the future
in what looks to be a straight line. We cannot yet see
that the straight line to our future is a slow curve that will
come full circle, and with it a sense of responsibility - the
gradual knowledge there is nowhere particular we are
going. Life and its circumstances for those under thirty is
somehow always new.
The Slow Curve

And this appears true for all the planets: until that planet
has completed its first circle or cycle during our life, we
have no way to really "get it," to understand the nature
of that planet, for we have not seen or experienced
(consciously or unconsciously) in this particular life all of
what it represents. But when it does make its circle,
turns to repeating itself, and starts going over the same
705
Transits
part of the zodiac again, we begin to get it. At that point,

Saturn's entire orbit is now part of our personal life
experience, and things are much more likely to crop up
that we have seen or experienced before. We then
begin to sense that we have been over this ground
before. In a very real way, once a planet completes its
cycle and begins to repeat itself, it becomes part of our
internal life experience, in fact: in a very real sense, it IS
our inner life. And this is true for Saturn, most of all, for it
governs the form and circumstances each of us faces in
our lives.
The Closed Circle

So, this Saturn return at around 30 years of age is a
very important event, astrologically. In a very real way,
this is the turning point around which the entire life
rotates. This is what is called a climacteric event, a true
rite of passage, and we all go through it. As my teacher
told me, "Michael, we are ALL initiates. It is only a
706
Transits
matter of to what degree." In the case of the Saturn

return, since we all do experience it, then the only
difference has to do with our awareness of this great life
event.
Are we aware of what we are going through? If we
passed through it years ago, can we develop now an
awareness of what that event means? These are
questions worth asking.
Awareness of the Saturn Return

If we live long enough, we each have our Saturn return,
rich and poor alike. And luckily, this is something we can
learn about and become aware of before, during, or
after the actual return. It is most difficult to explain this
concept to people who have not finished their first
Saturn return. Sure, they can grasp it intellectually, but
they have no idea what you (or they) are talking about.
It just does not register. They may think they get it, but it
is all intellect.
707
Transits
When someone is approaching or going through their

Saturn return, it is much easier to get his attention, and
to point out what we have been describing here. And, of
course, easiest of all, but still not a slam dunk, is telling
someone about this event, later in their life. It is a little
like the Tibetan Book of the Dead, where you read to
the dead or dying about their travels in the after-life
realms. One can only present this incredibly helpful
concept, and try to point it out well enough that the
listener can get it, and see it for themselves, alive and
all around them.
708
Transits
Forever Young
This concept is useful for many reasons; chief among
them perhaps is that once you understand that the
physical factory, so to speaks, stops at thirty years of
age, you stop looking so much to the future for
something else to come along. You stop thinking linear.
We begin to look a lot closer to home, somewhere near
or in the present, with plenty of reality checks in the
past. Just ask any older person and they can tell you
that they do not feel as old as they look, but stopped
aging, inside, many years before. Inside, they are still
young, and will always be.
And you will find that different people stop aging at
different ages. Some are still teenagers, others in their
early or late twenties, and so forth. No one is over thirty,
ever. That is the physical law of Saturn, remember? As
for myself, I figure that inside I am still 25 years old, and
have never aged a day over that. It is like that part of
709
Transits
me died or stopped aging back then and everything

since then is part of my afterlife - life after that point.
Whatever may be the case, I am a certain age inside
and, although I am almost 65 in the mirror, I have not
changed since a particular day back in 1967. When I
think of myself, I think back to then, to that day. Before
that, I was different, and didn't really know myself. After
that day, I had at least some idea of who I was. When
we begin to see our self, that event marks the time I am
speaking of.
The Turning Point

If you understood what was presented above, then you
know that our view of life changes as we age. There is
life before and after our Saturn return. Before that
return, we are always looking forward and we have very
little sense of time being limited. We are young and it
seems like we will live forever. And ideas of death are
very far off.
710
Transits
After the Saturn return, as we move into our thirties and

forties, all this gradually changes, and at some point we
will even find ourselves looking back at a time when we
were physically in more perfect shape, and so forth. We
do an about face and begin to value things that before
we always took for granted, like health and physical
strength - simple, but essential things.
So there very definitively is in life what we can call a
"turning point," and the Saturn return around the age of
30 years marks where that point occurs. Up to that
point, life has always promised us more, and by
continuing in that line or direction, we got more. This
simple fact leads to the false assumption that life is a
line and that by traveling into the future, we can
somehow get more. After the age of thirty, this is not the
case. As we peer along that line into the future, we can
very clearly see that in a physical way, we will not get
more, but less. This is a fact.
This fact leads to revising our idea of what life is and
offers, and the straight line to the future no longer
seems to hold all the answers. It leads downhill. Soon or
later in our thinking, we reach a turning point, where it is
we who turn away from seeing life as a line going
somewhere we want to go, and begin to cast about for
other perspectives, other ways of seeing all this.
711
Major Chart Patterns
Basic Chart Factors
The Four Elements

The elemental balance goes way back in the history of
astrology, and refers to the elements associated with
the twelve signs of the zodiac: Fire, water, Earth, and
Air. There are three fire signs, three water signs, three
earth signs, and three air signs. The lights (Sun and
Moon) and the eight planets naturally are placed in the
twelve signs, each of which is an element. When you
tally up the total of the planets in the various signs (and
elements), you have the elemental balance.
In most cases, a person will have more of one element
and less of another and this balance (or lack thereof) is
traditionally interpreted. Here is how it works:
In a word, there are the haves and the have-nots. That
element you have the most of represents what you
HAVE TO DO or have to use in your life, and the quality
712
of that element says something about gifts or talents

you have.
By the same token, those elements you lack or want in
your chart, are areas where you may need more
experience. These are the elements you want and you
probably have a natural thirst for these qualities. So, we
can say:
We DO WHAT WE HAVE TO DO
And
WE BECOME WHAT WE WANT.
Those qualities we are strong in are what we HAVE TO
DO, and those we are weaker in may interest us very
much, and we turn toward that or we BECOME WHAT
WE WANT. We all want to become what we want.
713
Luck Element 7
The element that you have the least of, is the one you
"want" most, and this is called your lucky or Luck
Element. The reason why this element is the key to your
luck or success is because only when you find or get
this element more into your life, will your birth chart
approach any kind of balance. It is only when there is a
sense of elemental balance in the chart that real
success or progress can be made. Getting this element
more into your life can become crucial to progress. The
things we don't have can be the keys to our success.
714
Cautionary Element
By the same token, one would think that having a lot of
something was only a blessing, and never a problem.
When it comes to balancing elements, this is not always
the case. Every element is essential to having an overall
balance. Having a lot of one element means, of course,
that you are very strong in that element. At the same
time, and this is the caution, one must be careful not to
overuse or dominate with that element, at the expense
of other elements you have less of. In fact, it is the
weakest elements in your chart that are considered your
Luck Element, because without them, you can never
reach a balance.
715
List of Signs and Elements

FIRE SIGNS
Aries
Leo
Sagittarius
WATER SIGNS
Cancer
Scorpio
Pisces
EARTH SIGNS
Taurus
Virgo
Capricorn
716
AIR SIGNS
Gemini
Libra
Aquarius
The Fire Element

The element of fire brings just that, pure "fire" and
forward motion, a spirited effort into our lives - making a
go of it. The Fire Element is what gets us into motion,
moving us off the starting block and out into midstream
on any project, large or small. Fire is that light in our
eyes that signals that we always have the will and
energy to just jump in and forge ahead. Fire is our
driving force.
717
Want Fire - Your Luck Element

This chart wants fire, so it may be hard for you to put the
pedal to the metal, and just get up and going in life. You
may tend to lay back, postpone taking action and
making continued effort, and just hope good things
come to you.
Sooner or later, this lack of fire is something you may
have to come to terms with, and this missing ingredient
in your makeup makes it the Luck Element in your chart.
Fire is lucky for you, because when you acquire that
element, it will automatically bring your entire chart into
balance. When a chart is balanced, all things are
furthered and progress and success is assured.
So, to bring balance into your chart, you want to find
ways to invoke fire. You can read and study about it,
ponder on it, and gradually learn how to capture some
of that element and build it into your life. For starters,
you may want to include fire's red color in your
wardrobe or around the house. You could go to where
718
the action is, whether that is extreme sports, or any

pursuit that will show you how start things and just jump
in and go.
Whatever the case, as you learn to incorporate fire, to
literally become fire, this element will be the key or luck
element, unlocking your entire natal chart.
Have Fire - Your Cautionary Element

You have an abundance of water and fellowship, more
than the average person, enough probably for several
folks. This is both a blessing and a curse, and here is
why. On the one hand, you will never lack for friends,
and your touchy-feely approach to things insures you
always feel a part of the life around you. Your natural
empathy and sense of compassion makes it easy for
you to sense music, acting, and probably all of the arts.
You are emotionally adept and always know just how
you feel. And, of course, this quality is a valuable one to
have - being compassionate. It is natural to you.
719
On the other hand, water can sometimes be a cause for

caution, because too much water and you drown, which
might just be your getting lost in a sea of your own
making, so easy does it. It is good to have a lot of
something, but too much can be just as challenging as
too little. So, use awareness to control your
aggressiveness, and take a close look at the element
you most want. Balance is the key to success, neither
too little of something nor too much.
The Water Element
The Water Element is what unites us, dissolving all our

differences, and bringing solutions to life's sometimes
hard problems. Water means emotions and feelings, the
ability to feel this way or that way about something.
Compassion and kindness toward others, and perhaps
even ourselves belongs to the element water. Without
water, we feel alone. The dewdrop slips into the shining
sea.
720
Want Water - Your Luck Element

This chart wants water, so it may be hard for you to feel
a part of things, to feel in contact and a part of things
with those in life around you. You may often end up
feeling isolated and alone - an island. You may feel
hard-hearted and cool, when inside you want to let go
and say "Yes!"
Sooner or later, this lack of water is something you may
Water is lucky for you, because when you acquire that
ways to invoke water. You can read and study about it,
you may want to include water's blue (or cooling) colors
721
in your wardrobe or around the house. You could

always do something as blatant as taking up swimming
or sailing - getting out on the water. The key here is to
find ways to let go, and shove off where you may be
now stuck, and trust yourself to float out across the
water.
Whatever the case, as you learn to incorporate water, to
literally become water, this element will be the key or
luck element, unlocking your entire natal chart.
Have Water - Your Cautionary Element

You have an abundance of water and fellowship, more
why. On the one hand, you will never lack for friends,
and your touchy-feely approach to things insures you
always feel a part of the life around you. Your natural
empathy and sense of compassion makes it easy for
you to sense music, acting, and probably all of the arts.
You are emotionally adept and always know just how
722
you feel. And, of course, this quality is a valuable one to

have - being compassionate. It is natural to you.
On the other hand, water can sometimes be a cause for
caution, because too much water and you drown, which
might just be your getting lost in a sea of your own
making, so easy does it. It is good to have a lot of
something, but too much can be just as challenging as
too little. So, use awareness to control your
aggressiveness, and take a close look at the element
you most want. Balance is the key to success, neither
too little of something nor too much.
The Air Element

The Air Element brings space and understanding into
our life, and is what allows us to grasp a situation all at
once, and get the big picture. With air, we can step back
from our more personal musings and take an objective
viewpoint. This element puts the power or the mind,
ideas, and thoughts at our fingertips. Air understands.
723
Want Air - Your Luck Element

This chart wants air, so when it comes to having
confidence in your ability to grasp so-called abstract
concepts, you may encounter problems. You could be
the one with the puzzled look on your face, when all
around you are nodding their heads to the teacher. It
can be hard for you to get the overall gist of things, the
"big picture."
Sooner or later, this lack of air is something you may
Air is lucky for you, because when you acquire that
ways to invoke air. You can read and study about it,
724
you may want to include air's white or light colors in your

wardrobe or around the house. You could always do
something as blatant as taking up sky-diving, or even
daring to climb tall buildings and look out at space.
When studying and learning, you may have to work
hard to build confidence in your own ability to grasp
concepts. You may find that half the problem is your
fear of not understand, and once you give that up, the
ideas come normally.
Whatever the case, as you learn to incorporate air, to
literally become air, this element will be the key or luck
element, unlocking your entire natal chart.
Have Air - Your Cautionary Element

You have an abundance of air and conceptuality, more
why. On the one hand, you have confidence in your own
mind and your ability to learn and grasp what may be to
others highly abstract subjects. And you can use all of
725
this learning and skill at seeing the big picture to better

yourself. And, of course, this quality is a valuable one to
have - being mentally skillful. It is a talent.
On the other hand, air can sometimes be a cause for
caution, because too much air and you can over-
intellectualize, get too picky, and end up making desert-
dry land out of an ordinary conversation. The intellect is
a good guide to action, but no substitute for the actual
experience itself. It is good to have a lot of something,
but too much can be just as challenging as too little.
So, use awareness to control your intellectuality, and
take a close look at the element you most want.
Balance is the key to success, neither too little of
something nor too much.
The Earth Element

The element earth is all about being practical, getting
down to the nitty-gritty or, for that matter, just getting
down to earth. With your feet solidly on the ground, you
naturally have good common sense, and probably
726
always find some way of getting some use out of any

situation. This brings a real talent for business of all
kinds.
Want Earth - Your Luck Element

This chart wants earth, so when it comes to getting
down to business, you are not naturally very practical,
and probably could use a few pointers. And this
includes something as simple as good old common
sense. On the day-to-day level of getting things done
and taking care of business, you may come up short.
Sooner or later, this lack of earth is something you may
Earth is lucky for you, because when you acquire that
ways to invoke earth. You can read and study about it,
727

you may want to include earth's browns and red colors
in your wardrobe or around the house. You might want
to take a symbolic plunge and plant a garden, just to get
your hands in the soil - down to earth. The idea here is
to get your hands dirty, working out very practical
solutions. Become the handyman around that house.
That sort of thing. Whatever the case, as you learn to
incorporate earth, to literally become earth, this element
will be the key or luck element, unlocking your entire
natal chart.
The Qudruplicities
Dividing the zodiac signs into three parts, The
Triplicities, is part of traditional astrology. There are
three sets of four signs, called: Cardinal, Fixed, and
Mutable, as Follows.
CARDINAL SIGNS
Aries
728
Cancer
Libra
Capricorn
FIXED SIGNS
Taurus
Leo
Scorpio
Aquarius
MUTABLE SIGNS
Gemini
Virgo
Sagittarius
Pisces
729
Cardinal Signs
The Cardinal Signs (Aries, Cancer, Libra, and
Capricorn) mark the four corners of the zodiac, marked
by the two equinoxes and solstices. Cardinal signs are
the initiators in the zodiac, always taking the initiative
and the first to move and start things. If you need a
jump start or a kick in the pants, you can always count
on a cardinal sign to come through for you. These are
the leaders of the zodiac, the entrepreneurs.
730
Want Cardinal Signs

You have a shortfall of Cardinal signs, and therefore
naturally want or lack them. This can manifest in many
ways, such as being somewhat slow to get things
moving, not feeling it is your position to make the first
move and initiate things, but preferring to let someone
else start things, and just follow along.
There is nothing wrong with this but, sooner or later,
situations will arise that demand that you take action,
and sooner rather than later. There is also another
factor, that this lack of cardinal signs throws your whole
chart off balance, to some degree. This makes the
cardinal signs and qualities lucky for you, since by
invoking them and bringing them into your life, you bring
your chart into balance. Every step toward balancing
your chart is a step to progress and a successful (yup,
and balanced) life.
So you may want to consider how you can best bring
this quality more into your life. You could spend time
731
with some self-starters and see how they operate, or

make a point of trying new things, putting yourself in
situations where you have to make the first move, and
reach out. As unnatural as this might feel at first, every
small step you take in this direction will be a giant step
forward for your life balance, and that is the key to
success.
Above Average Cardinal Signs

You have more than your share of get-up-and-go, and
are probably a natural entrepreneur. You enjoy making
the first move and starting things. It is natural for you.
Having an excess of this only means that you might
have to develop a little awareness when it comes to
being more gentle and not always hogging the show.
Look toward what qualities you want or lack and see if
you can bring them along.
732
Fixed Signs
The Fixed Signs (Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Capricorn)
are the heart and hub of the wheel in the zodiac, where
things stay or stick. The buck stops here. Fixed signs
are dependable, stubborn, and are not afraid to block
your way in you cross them. They are more like a closed
door, than an open window. These are the 'tough guys'
of the zodiac.
733
Want Fixed Signs

When it comes to staying the course and plain old stick-
too-it-ness, you may at times fall a little short. You may
have difficulty just planting your two feet in the ground
and standing up against whatever the obstacle of the
day can be. Rather than tough it out, you may prefer to
be more skillful and find ways to get around a one-on-
one confrontation.
There is nothing wrong with this but, sooner or later,
situations will arise that demand that you take a stand
and go eyeball to eyeball, and this may actually benefit
you. There is also another factor, that this lack of Fixed
signs throws your whole chart off balance, to some
degree. This makes the fixed signs and qualities lucky
for you, since by invoking them and bringing them more
into your life, you bring your entire chart into balance.
Every step toward balancing your chart is a step to
progress and a successful (yup, and balanced) life.
734
So you may want to consider how you can best bring

these fixed qualities more into your life. It may be as
simple as closing your door to a few folk who take
advantage of you. Or perhaps, in small ways, you can
begin saying "No!" and standing up for yourself. Go
ahead, be a part of the problem for a change. As
unnatural as this might feel at first, every small step you
take in this direction will be a giant step forward for your
life balance, and that is the key to success.
Above Average Fixed Signs

When it comes to blocking the door, being stubborn,
and with perhaps just a little bit of the bully, you shine.
You are naturally tough and can take a lot more of the
hard knocks that life can bring than the average guy.
When you say "No!," folks tend to get out of your way.
All of this may work for you most of the time, but take
care not to become more a part of the problem, than the
solution. It is one thing to protect, another to become
something that has to be removed. Look toward what
735
qualities you want or lack and see if you can bring them
along.
Mutable Signs
The Mutable Signs (Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius, Pisces)
are the communicators and go-betweens in the zodiac.
Above all, they are flexible and pliant, able to bend with
the wind and still stand tall. They work around you,
rather than through you, and use skillful means rather
than brute force. Unless they want you to, you won't
even know they are there.
736
Want Mutable Signs

You naturally lack or want mutable signs, and have less
of these than others. This could manifest simply as a
lack of flexibility or skillfulness on your part. You may at
times be the bull in the china shop, or lack in finesse
and subtlety. In other words, you may appear too
obvious and lack some of the finer social graces. Look
to what signs you have most of for symptoms of how
you may appear to others.
There is nothing wrong with how you are, but sooner or
later situations may arise that demand that you exercise
a more skillful touch, perhaps blend into the background
just a little. There is also another factor, that this lack of
mutable signs throws your whole chart off balance, to
some degree. This makes the mutable signs and
qualities lucky for you, since by invoking them and
bringing them more into your life, you bring your entire
chart into balance. Every step toward balancing your
chart is a step to progress and a successful (yup, and
balanced) life.
737
As far as getting more of what you want or lack, it could

start with the awareness of this as a possible problem,
and efforts on your part perhaps to be more considerate
and to tread with less of a heavy foot. Perhaps adding a
little refinement to your style, and a lighter touch will
bring more of these qualities into your life. Balance
means success.
Above Average Mutable Signs

When it comes to having a light touch, you sometimes
are hardly there at all. You are perhaps too subtle and
can at times be just too refined for everyday life. You
may appear to others to float by like the clouds above
and hardly ever touch the ground. Obviously, the
remedy for this is simply to invoke and develop some of
the qualities you lack, in particular, the solidity of the
fixed zodiac signs and the in-your-face quality of the
cardinal signs.
738
Hemisphere Balance
The astrological chart has traditionally been divided into
halves, East and West, and North and South, which
makes four halves in all, one each on the right and left
side of the chart, and one each on the top and bottom of
the chart. These are called hemispheres. What we want
to know is which of these hemispheres or halves have
the most (or the least) planets in them. In other words,
we may have one (or more) of the hemispheres with
more planets, and another with few or no planets, and
both of these configurations mean something and are
interpreted.
The hemisphere with the least planets is considered key
to bringing balance into our chart, and we would do well
to study what those qualities are and learn something
more about them.
739
East Hemisphere
An emphasis of planets in the East Hemisphere suggest
you are a giver, more than a taker, one who takes the
first step into action, rather than one who responds to
action. In other words, in your case, Mohammed goes to
the mountain, rather than the mountain coming to
Mohammed. Don't wait for things in life to come your
way, and to fall into your lap, but rather go out and get
them. Take the initiative.
740
Wants East Hemisphere

You want or lack planets in the East Hemisphere, which
suggest that you are more used to receiving than giving.
You let things come to you, rather than going out to get
them. To bring your chart into balance will require that
you reverse this trend, and learn to take the initiative,
and to give rather than wait to receive. The more you
can be a giver, the more success and harmony you will
have.
741
West Hemisphere
An emphasis of planets in the West Hemisphere
suggest that your are more a receiver than a giver, more
passive than active. Things you need in life tend to
come to you, rather than your having to go out and seek
them. You practice aikido, rather than judo. In your
case, the mountain comes to Mohammed, rather than
vice versa.
742
Wants West Hemisphere

You want or lack planets in the Western Hemisphere
and this suggest that you tend to be more active, more
of a go-getter, and perhaps even rush or push things,
and seldom relax and let things come to you. To
balance this chart, you would have to reverse this
process, and learn not to demand or push so hard, and
rather to have patience and let things come to you.
743
North Hemisphere
An emphasis of planets in the North Hemisphere
suggest that you value your privacy and tend to be more
subjective, more to yourself, than you are a public
personality. You may even feel uncomfortable out in the
public, and would rather see, than be seen.
744
Wants North Hemisphere

You want or lack planets in the North Hemisphere,
which suggests that your natural state is to be more
outgoing, and more public, and probably to push aside
or even close-off your more personal side. You keep
private matters private, and perhaps even in the closet.
This is an imbalance, and to bring your chart into
harmony, you would have to reverse this trend, and
learn to enjoy being alone and sharing your personal
feelings and facts with others.
745
South Hemisphere
You have an emphasis of planets in the South
Hemisphere, and this suggests that by nature you are
outgoing, probably very much a public person, used to
being seen by others, and very much a presence in a
social situation. You are not retiring or private.
746
Wants South Hemisphere

You want or lack planets in the Southern Hemisphere,
which suggest that you may, by nature, be a more
subjective and private person, much more comfortable
seeing than being seen, and definitely not at home in
the public eye and under scrutiny. To correct this
imbalance, would require that you make it a habit to
venture out more, take chances, and learn to be
comfortable in public, being seen as well as seeing.
747
Dignities
Here we are entering into a more contentious area of
astrology, that of sign rulership, the essential dignities
and debilities of The Lights and planets in the various
signs. The various planets are considered stronger in
some signs than in others. In fact, there is a whole
pecking order that is usually divided into four parts
called the Essential Dignities and Debilities: Rulership,
Detriment, Exaltation, and Fall.
748
Rulership
A planet is said to be dignified when it is in the sign that
it rules. Like an emperor or dignity, a planet is
strengthened or more powerful when in its rulership.
Thus Mars in Aries is the most powerful position for
Mars in the signs, and so forth. Mars rules the sign
Aries.
749
The Ancient Rulership

To make things more complicated, there are two
systems of rulership commonly used in Western
astrology, what is called the original or "Ancient
System," and what is termed the "Modern System." The
difference between these two systems has to do with
the introduction of the modern or outer planets, Uranus,
Neptune, and Pluto. Where to put them in the rulership
hierarchy?
750
The Modern Rulership

In the Modern Rulership, Pluto replaces Mars as the
ruler of Scorpio, Uranus replaces Saturn as the ruler of
Aquarius, and Neptune replaces Jupiter as the ruler of
Pisces. Otherwise, the other planet's rulerships remain
the same.
We should point out that more and more modern
astrologers do not use the rulerships at all, in particular
the astrologers using the Uranian and Cosmobiology
techniques. They don't even use the signs.
Another important astrologer, L.E. Johndro, declared
both the ancient and modern rulerships more or less
rubbish, and put forward a very complex system of sign
rulership of his own.
It is my understanding that more and more modern
astrologers do not use rulerships at all.
751
Exaltation
Only slightly less important than sign rulership is when a
planet is exalted, that is: in the sign of its exaltation. A
table of exaltation is included in the diagram above. The
very well-known astrologer William Lilly wrote that if a
planet is in its sign of exaltation, in particular if it is in an
angular house (1, 4, 7, and 10), it is said to be
especially strengthened, may even give the possessor a
haughty arrogance, one who "affirms more unto himself
than is his due."
752
Planets in Detriment 2
If a planet is in the opposite zodiac sign from the one
that it rules, this is said to weaken the strength of that
planet in the chart, and this condition is termed in
Detriment. Included above is a table of the signs, and
which planets are in detriment in them.
753
Planets in Fall
If a planet is in the opposite zodiac sign from the one it
is exalted in, this is said to greatly weaken the strength
of that planet in the chart, and this condition is termed
the planet's Fall. Included above is a table of the signs,
and which planets are in Fall in for each sign.
Rulerships and the Essential Dignities are something
you will have to experiment with yourself to see if they
are useful or not for your work.
754
Rulerships/ 0884
Here we are entering into a more contentious area of
astrology, that of sign rulership, the essential dignities
and debilities of The Lights and planets in the various
signs. The various planets are considered stronger in
some signs than in others. In fact, there is a whole
pecking order that is usually divided into four parts
called the Essential Dignities and Debilities: Rulership,
Detriment, Exaltation, and Fall.
Rulership
A planet is said to be dignified when it is in the sign that
it rules. Like an emperor or dignity, a planet is
strengthened or more powerful when in its rulership.
Thus Mars in Aries is the most powerful position for
Mars in the signs, and so forth. Mars rules the sign
Aries.
755
The Ancient Rulership

To make things more complicated, there are two
systems of rulership commonly used in Western
astrology, what is called the original or "Ancient
System," and what is termed the "Modern System." The
difference between these two systems has to do with
the introduction of the modern or outer planets, Uranus,
Neptune, and Pluto. Where to put them in the rulership
hierarchy?
756
The Modern Rulership

In the Modern Rulership, Pluto replaces Mars as the
ruler of Scorpio, Uranus replaces Saturn as the ruler of
Aquarius, and Neptune replaces Jupiter as the ruler of
Pisces. Otherwise, the other planet's rulerships remain
the same.
We should point out that more and more modern
astrologers do not use the rulerships at all, in particular
the astrologers using the Uranian and Cosmobiology
techniques. They don't even use the signs.
Another important astrologer, L.E. Johndro, declared
both the ancient and modern rulerships more or less
rubbish, and put forward a very complex system of sign
rulership of his own.
It is my understanding that more and more modern
astrologers do not use rulerships at all.
757
Exaltation
Only slightly less important than sign rulership is when a
planet is exalted, that is: in the sign of its exaltation. A
table of exaltation is included in the diagram above. The
very well-known astrologer William Lilly wrote that if a
planet is in its sign of exaltation, in particular if it is in an
angular house (1, 4, 7, and 10), it is said to be
especially strengthened, may even give the possessor a
haughty arrogance, one who "affirms more unto himself
than is his due."
758
Planets in Detriment
If a planet is in the opposite zodiac sign from the one
that it rules, this is said to weaken the strength of that
planet in the chart, and this condition is termed in
Detriment. Included above is a table of the signs, and
which planets are in detriment in them.
759
Planets in Fall
If a planet is in the opposite zodiac sign from the one it
is exalted in, this is said to greatly weaken the strength
of that planet in the chart, and this condition is termed
the planet's Fall. Included above is a table of the signs,
and which planets are in Fall in for each sign.
Rulerships and the Essential Dignities are something
you will have to experiment with yourself to see if they
are useful or not for your work.
760
StarType Patterns
"Opposition is true friendship." - William Blake
"Sympathy constitutes friendship; but in love there is a
sort of antipathy, or opposing passion. Each strives to
be the other, and both together make up one whole." -
Samuel Taylor Coleridge
"Conscious love evokes the same in response.
Emotional love evokes the opposite. Physical love
depends on type and polarity." - G.I. Gurdjieff
What is love? What is it that drives relationships? If we
sift through the sands of the world's writing, we come up
with quotes like those above. Yet, surprisingly, there is
little conjecture (and fewer things written) about the
nature of that attraction (how it works) and yet this force
keeps us endlessly relating to one another.
761
If we suggest that "beauty" is what attracts, that only

leads to the question: What makes beauty attractive?
What is the true nature and origin of beauty? Here is
what I have come to understand:
The famous astrologer (and supreme court justice from
Germany) Dr. Theodor Landscheidt pointed out many
years ago in his book "Cosmic Cybernetics" that large-
scale structures like our galaxy (and everything in it, like
our solar system, our earth, us, etc.) can only cohere
and continue to exist by circulating (in some way)
information throughout the structure. That is what keeps
these large structures together or coherent. Galaxies
and all stellar structures circulate this vital information
through some mechanism that is not known to us at the
present.
762
How StarTypes Came To Be

My own interest in how relationships worked quickened
when I began checking out heliocentric (sun-centered)
positions and charts. In the beginning, I approached
heliocentrics like any other astrological technique. It was
one more technique to be explored. But I soon found
that it was markedly different than the astrology I had
known up to that time. Not only did it provide for me
much better results, but these results referred to another
order of information, entirely. In other words, the helio or
sun-centered chart is a different-by-nature view of the
birth moment, not just another extension of earth-
centered astrology. I was getting a different order of
information, something that I had long tried to extract
from the traditional geocentric chart.
Of course it took me quite a while to believe this. I
tested it again and again, using thousands and
763
thousands of charts, but sure, enough: here was a

different KIND of astrology.
And I tried all of the standard astrological techniques
(aspects, transits, etc.) in this new sun-centered
dimension and, of course, they worked, just as they
work in earth-centered astrology. But there arose
through this bag of techniques something that
completely caught my attention, something I had never
experienced before: Large-scale planetary patterns in
the sun-centered chart accurately described individuals
as they knew themselves to be at their deepest levels.
Sun-Centered Astrology
The standard earth-centered astrology chart, which was
all that I had known up to that point, begin to resolve
itself to my mind as a chart of the circumstances and
psychology in which each of us is involved or
incarnated, however you want to phrase that. And the
sun-centered heliocentric chart revealed itself as the
764
core essence of our individuality, what we are

underneath that earth-centered chart, when we work
through all of the outer appearances. I soon came to
call it the chart of one's 'Dharma', what we become
when we get to know our self, when we become aware
of who we are - our Dharma Chart.
So, where before I had but one astrology chart and one
notion of astrology, now I had two. What I had known up
to that point, the earth-centered astrology chart, became
a map of how I appeared in the world, the various
circumstances in which I was involved (my outer chart)
AND the sun-centered astrology chart became a map of
who I was beneath all of what I was going through (my
inner chart).
This was, to me, somewhat of a big deal, most of all
because for the first time I began to understand who I
was, underneath it all, so to speak. Best of all, as I
began to study the sun-centered charts of those around
me in life, these heliocentric charts proved to be the key
to how I related to others. They accurately charted the
nature of the relationships I had in the world. It was as if,
suddenly, my understandings of relationships came into
focus. Before, I was seeing things, but as through a
glass darkly, as the saying goes. Suddenly I could see
clearly.
765
Two Indispensable Charts

Over the years, I have heard all kinds of retorts from
astrologers, having never studied sun-centered charts
themselves, about how could I abandon the standard
geocentric astrology chart. Of course, I never have.
Instead, I now have two indispensable charts, each of
which provides me with invaluable information on an
ongoing basis. Best of all, where these two charts
intersect, I get a kind of stereo effect, much like the old
stereopticons, as the two perspectives produce a single
focus.
Remember that each of these charts is a map of the
exact same moment in time, and the very same planets.
The only difference is the perspective or view. And to
those astrologers unwilling or too lazy to take a look for
themselves, I say:
If we can agree that the traditional astrological chart is a
snapshot of the solar system, taken from the earth's
766
perspective within that system (this is a fact), and we

can agree that this snapshot is meaningful (history of
astrology), then we should be able to agree that the
solar system itself (that actual object of the earth's
snapshot) should also be worth examining. It is that
simple. And it is more than worth examining the sun-
centered map or chart. And that is what StarTypes is all
about.
Startypes Examines The Large-Scale

Planetary Patterns
Scientists and astrophysicists have speculated and
about how the universe might communicate within itself.
They have examined the various possible carriers of
information, like light rays and other forms of radiation,
including gravitational radiation. It has been suggested
that information stemming from the heart nucleus of the
galaxy is probably streaming through us constantly.
Experiments have been set up to detect what has been
767
called the "Weak Force," these gravity waves. Gravity

waves also travel at the speed of light, but they are very
weak or subtle, and hard to detect. Scientists point out
that it would take antennae the size of our solar system
to be an appropriate receiver. Hmmmm.
Well, that last phrase, about an antennae the size of the
solar system rings a bell with me. Another interesting
fact is that gravity wavers are quadri-polar in nature,
rather than dipolar, as with light waves. In other words,
the proper antennae to receive and decode gravity
radiation would be one in the form of a cross. A very
large cross-shaped antenna is what is required to
receive gravity radiation coming from a source like the
center of our galaxy.
Well, the solar system itself is just such a cross-shaped
antennae, every time the planets line up to create a
cross, like the Grand Cross and T-Square aspect
patterns. And here comes the "What if?"
What if, at the times when the planets create a cross in
our solar system, there is increased receptivity to
gravitational radiation, AND persons born during that
time SOMEHOW represent, contain, or incorporate that
information in their very being. Those born with a cross
in their heliocentric chart share that information with the
rest of us throughout their lives - somehow.
Well, who knows how, but it is worth considering.
768
Green Lines and Red Lines

Regardless of the above speculation, it is a fact that
there is something that drives all our relationships,
something that makes for attraction among people and
serves to fuel the myriads of relationships around us.
Each of us can say things like "I am strangely attracted
to that person." Well, what is that attraction? Could it be
something inside us that senses information of some
sort, information that we personally need and desire,
that would somehow complete us?
Why not look at relationships, at least for a moment, as
an endless balancing act, with some of us walking
around effusing this cosmic information that was
embedded in us at birth, and others of us decoding and
interpreting this same information. Some are carriers or
transmitters of this information, and others of us are
receivers and decoders. Together, it all works.
769
Working with these sun-centered charts, I soon lost

interest in applying standard astrological techniques to
the heliocentric chart, because something much more
significant was emerging and that was the integrity and
validity of the large-scale planetary patterns, what are
now called StarTypes.
Of course, I started out examining all of the traditional
aspects: the square or 90-degree aspect, the trine or
120-degree aspect, and so on. But it soon became
apparent that what really proved significant was when
these aspects linked together to form a pattern that
went around the whole chart, like the Grand Trine and
T-Square.
Major Patterns
Grand Trines, Grand Crosses, and T-Squares have
been a part of traditional astrology for centuries, but not
front and center. They are noted, but often just
mentioned along with any other aspect or configuration
770
of aspects. Yet, here, in these sun-centered charts, that

immediately took on increased significance.
And they were significant because, as I begun to
understand these large patterns in individual charts and
persons, they accurately described the essential nature
of that person. This was important. This was helpful to
me.
Before long, I had dozens of these large-scale patterns
that I was aware of and tracking through all of the charts
I could manage to draw. Along the way, I ran out of
accurate heliocentric ephemeredes, and had to create
my own, which became my first book "The Sun Is
Shining," a book with heliocentric positions for more
than 400 years.
Today, that list of patterns has grown to around 60, and
more could be added. And though 60 patterns seem
somewhat complex, in reality, all of these patterns can
be boiled down to answering a simple question: Is there
or is there not a cross through the center of the solar
system at the time of the birth?
771
Sun Cross
For some reason, it all revolves around these birth
charts that have a cross through the sun. And we are
talking heliocentric here, not geocentric. While some of
this effect can be tracked by looking at geocentric
positions, it soon became clear that the geocentric chart
is just a peek at what was going on heliocentrically, with
the sun at the center. Why not take a look at what we
are peeking at. Thee sun-centered patterns best
represented what was going on in our solar system.
These sun-centered charts with the cross through their
center, for reasons we could talk all night about and still
not know why, seemed to have 'something' within them
that other people felt attracted enough toward, as to
want to be around them, to care for them, and to even
serve them. Now, that is something to note..
These T-Square StarTypes exuded some kind of
energy, call it information or whatever, that others
772
wanted to absorb and experience. They were, for all

practical purposes, the 'beloved', the 'loved one' fabled
in poetry and verse throughout the ages. They were
magnetic, and their charisma was undeniable.
The Receivers
Well, good for them, but what about the rest of us, those
who were born without this T-Square in our helio
charts? It appears that our job, those without the cross,
is to care for and perhaps decode (if that makes sense)
the information locked into these Square StarTypes.
They have it; we don't. They are the "Haves," we the
"Have-Nots."
You see, it seems that the 'Haves' don't know what they
have, and the 'Have-Nots' can see what the 'Haves'
have, if that sentence will be allowed. It is like the T-
Square StarTypes have this attractive information
embedded in their very being and the other StarTypes
can read and decipher this information.
773
In fact, the single whole-chart pattern that most

effectively AVOIDS sending a cross through the sun-
center is the Grand Trine, and therefore that StarType in
perhaps best at reading the T-Square StarTypes's
embedded information.
Keep in mind, this is just an alternate way to look
relationships, with one caveat. If you find that this
method is useful, you have a way to examine all of the
relationships around you. And that is what StarTypes is:
a tool for analyzing relationships, and a good one at
that.
Major Chart Types

One of the first things I want to do when I see a new
chart is to see what its relationship type looks like.
Although there are all kinds of relationships between
people (friends, lovers, and not-so-friends), most of
these can be boiled down into a handful of main types.
The two best known types, of course, are The Lover and
774
The Loved One. Most relationships, romantic or

otherwise, tend to end up with one partner taking on the
role of the lover, and the other taking on the role of the
loved one.
This is not to say that each partner does not love the
other or vice versa. The point here is that as a
relationship develops, partners tend to take on distinct
roles. Usually one of us takes on the role of the lover or
caretaker, and the other the role of the loved one or the
one cared for. By lover or caretaker here, it can be as
simple as who picks up the socks or wipes off the
counters, and who tends to forget about that stuff or lets
the other do it. So I always want to know right off the bat
what type of relationship role a particular person likes to
play, and to do this I determine their chart type. It is not
hard to do, so let's learn something about relationships -
chart types.
Relationship Types
775
The relationship type can be easily seen by looking at

the overall patterns in a natal chart, what have been
called whole-chart configurations. Many of you may
already be familiar with whole-chart configurations like
the Grand Trine, the T-Square, the Mystic Rectangle,
and the Grand Cross, shown here. If not, we are going
to describe them below. These are examples of whole-
chart patterns or what we will call here: Chart Types.
The Four Main Relationship Types

The diagram above shows examples of the four main
relationship types: The Lover, The Loved One, The
Independent, and the Multi-Relational. Shown here are
four classic examples, but each of these main types
might have other (but similar) patterns. In fact, there are
some 60 different patterns in all that I track, but they all
boil down to one of these four main types. Once you are
introduced to them, the types are easy to spot at a
glance. To make it even easier, we have color-coded
776
the types, giving each type a different color, as you will

see when they are introduced. But first, let's learn how
to determine your chart type.
777
Chart Types
Let's start out by examining your birth chart for any
whole-chart patterns, which will give us an idea of what
the overall aspect configurations are. To do this, you will
need a chart drawn out on the 360-degree wheel of the
signs, not the standard wheel of houses. For this
analysis, we don't need houses. In fact, this technique
will work quite well for charts without a birth time. What
we are looking for here are large-scale chart patterns
only. Here is what the 360 or Open Wheel looks like.
Most astrological services and programs can produce
this.
778
The Two Views

You can look at either your standard geocentric natal
chart or a heliocentric natal chart. I always look at both.
As we know, the traditional geocentric natal chart tells
us about the personality and circumstances of the
person, plus how they appear to others. This is our
outer chart. The heliocentric chart is one calculated for
the same time, but from the perspective of the entire
solar system, of which the earth is only one part. The
helio chart, which has been called the Dharma Chart
and the Heart Chart, shows the inner self, who we are in
essence, beneath all the circumstances and
appearances. This is our inner chart.
I have been doing chart readings professionally for
some 35 years, and I always want to look at both the
geo and helio chart patterns before I sit down with a
client. Most astrological software will calculate both of
these charts in seconds and print them out on the open
779
360-degree wheel. Check them both out. Keep in mind

that the standard geo or outer chart will tell us how we
appear on the outside, and the helio chart will show
what we are inside, as we get to know ourselves to be.
Famous astrologers who are recommend heliocentric
charts include Dane Rudhyar, L.E. Johndro, and Robert
Hand. These helio are well worth looking at. They
explain a lot of things, and give you a second opinion or
perspective on yourself.
The First Step

Scanning a chart for patterns is easy. Here is an easy
way to do it. The first thing we look for are oppositions,
any two planets more or less opposite each other on the
chart wheel - 180 degrees apart. There can be more
than one pair of planets opposite one another. Now you
can see why we have to use the 360-degree open
wheel for this work, as it can be very difficult to spot
aspects using the standard wheel-of-houses chart form.
780
If you have trouble visualizing these patterns, you may

want to mark the oppositions in red, by drawing a red
line from one planet across to the next. I still do this. If
you have printed out a chart with aspects already drawn
in, there may be other colors used, or it may be just
plain black ink. If this is the case, I draw in (over the
black printer's lines) the colors I use, so that I can spot
these patterns at a glance, later. For this, I use a
straight-edge and colored pencils or pens. Many
programs will do this on-screen for you, and in color too.
For myself, I use the following colors; you may want
others. Here are the main aspects and colors I use:
Red: Oppositions (180º), Squares (90º)
Red: Semisquares (45º), Sesquiquadrates (135º)
Green: Trines (120º), Sextiles (60º)
Determining Your Chart Type
781
Determining Your Chart Type

Here is a four-step process that will help you figure out
which of the four chart types you are looking at. This is
done by a process of elimination, one step at a time. Try
it out.
(1) Multi-Relational Chart Type
As mentioned above, the first thing to do is to determine
if there is an opposition in the chart. Now that you have
checked the chart for oppositions, we are ready to
determine whether this chart is a Multi-Relational Chart
Type. If there are NO oppositions AND all of the planets
are bunched together on one side of the zodiac, then
you are looking at a Multi-Relational Chart Type.
The planets have to be on one side of the chart, all
bodies within about 150 degrees of space. In other
words, some seven signs (about 210 degrees) of the
chart are completely empty. If this is the case, you have
a Multi-Relational Chart Type. There are a variety of
these types, so you will want to drill down to your
particular type, which is explained later.
782
The Lover Chart Type

If there ARE oppositions in the chart, the next most
important question to answer is if there is a third planet
at 90-degrees to that opposition, what astrologers call a
"T-Square" or "T-Cross." Of course, these patterns can
appear anywhere on the chart wheel, right side up,
upside down, and so forth. The key thing to determine is
where there is an opposition with a third planet 90
degrees from the opposition pair.
If there is not a T-Square in the chart of any kind, like
the grand trine pattern shown here, then the chart type
you are looking at is that of "The Lover," or green-line
patterns. There are many varieties of the green-line
types, and they will be explained below.
783
The Independent or Blue-Line Chart Types

At this point, you have eliminated two of the four types,
AND you have a chart that has a T-Square in it, either
one or more T-Squares. Next, we need to see if that
chart has any of the major green-line patterns. These
can be the Grand Trine, the Wedge, the Mystic
Rectangle, or even one of the Trapezoid configurations,
which function like an odd-shaped Grand Trine. These
are patterns that link green lines all around the chart
(like the Grand Trine), or link green lines to that
opposition. These whole-chart green patterns may or
may not be attached to the T-Square that you have
already found, so keep that in mind.
If you find any of these patterns, then you have both a
T-Square and a major green-line pattern in the same
chart, and this makes you what we call an Independent
Chart Type (blue Line), because both of these major
784
elements are present. The person can be both the lover

or the loved one. They are independent.
The Loved One Chart Type

If you are not one of the above chart types, you are
automatically the Loved One Chart Type, which means
you ONLY have one of the T-Square patterns in your
chart and no major green-line types.
785
The Four Chart Types

Now that you have found your Chart Type, you are
ready to learn something about what that type means,
and how they behave in a relationship. There are four
main types of relationships covered here, and they
represent the most common kinds of partnerships we
encounter in day-to-day life. We will color-code them to
make it easier to recognize them as: green, red, blue,
and maroon/purple. These colors will appear on the
border of each chart type card, so you never have to
wonder what type of relationship you are encountering.
They are:
"The Lover" (green color): This is the classic archetype
of the lover, the one who loves and cares for his
partner, the one in any particular relationship who cares
"most."
"The Loved One" (red color): This goes with the one
above, as the loved one, the one who is loved and
786
receives all of this attention and care - the object of

care.
"The Independent" (blue color): This type is pretty much
independent, self-sufficient. It is not that they don't enjoy
relationships, but that they are not dependent on
relationships. They can more or less entertain
themselves, at least from time to time.
"Multi-Relationship" (maroon color): This type can play
either lover or loved one, but they are not independent.
They are dependent, but dependent on relationships in
general as a way to learn about themselves.
These four main types make the world of relationships
go round. There are many ways of looking at
relationships and using astrology is just one of those
ways. This is not an attempt to claim this is the only way
or even the best way to examine how we relate to one
another. But it is an alternate view, a 2nd opinion, so to
speak, and only you can decide whether it has value for
you.
Astrology is NOT something to believe in or not believe
in. It is something that is either helpful or useful or not.
Check it out for yourself to see if you find this method of
looking at relationships useful. Here are the four main
relationship types in more detail.
787
The Lover
This group of chart types, easily recognized by their
green lines, represent the archetype of "The Lover," the
one who cares the most, and thus (for all practical
concerns) the caretakers of the relationship. These are
the ones who endlessly care for (and worry about!) the
loved one, running here and there to provide for their
well-being. They are the eternal hosts, seldom the
guests, of any relationship. They are the ones who jump
up and get you a glass of water, who happily do any
organizational work - the planning. They pick up your
socks.
Not at home in a crowd, this type can be found around
the edges of a group, watching, perhaps criticizing, but
always taking it all in. They run cool, when others run
warm (or hot). They think, when others do. They serve,
while others are served. They care, when care is
788
needed. In the East, they could be said to represent the

Bodhisattva path, living to serve others.
In the West, this concept of serving others is
downgraded to the concept of menial labor (serving
others). Here it is considered much "more cool" to be
served, rather than to serve. But this concept is
changing, as America becomes more service oriented.
In Service
Not all of us are miniature rock stars, fit to shine in the
heart of a crowd. Some are quite happy to watch, to
comment on, and to care for others. Since both types
('lover' and 'loved one') occur in almost equal numbers,
not all of us can always be the one who gets served.
Some of us must do the serving, and you may find that
you like serving others. Many green-lined types, once
they understand what their type is about, manage to get
past the social stigmata of 'serving others," and enjoy
taking care of others. It is natural to this type. Once they
789
understand who they are, their ability to care for and

serve others becomes a feature, not a liability.
Green-Bordered Types
All of the green-bordered chart types are born to serve
and care for others. All reach for the mind before they
reach to press the flesh. They think before they act. All
are (at heart) shy, eager for experience, and glad to be
included. Not much into hugs, they all secretly love to be
hugged and physical contact is an exciting event for
them. Sounds like E.T., eh?
Well, not quite from outer space, but they are very at
home in the great space of the mind, and they all tend
to make their living using their wits and mental
capabilities, rather than their charisma and warm
presence. They can think; they can see, and many of
them really get the big picture, and can see the forest as
well as the trees. They are great providers of advice to
the rest of us. They are wicked critics and are as sharp
790
with the mind as others are physically fast. Very little

escapes them.
Compassion
Here is another form of the green-lined charts. And, as a
rule, this type of chart is very compassionate, always
appreciating a situation for what it is, making room for
others, making allowances, being kind.
So what can you know when you meet one of the green
chart types? You can expect a sharp mind, perhaps
very broad in scope, but probably at least facile and
detail oriented. If you will let them, that is, if you can
assume the role of an object (someone to be cared for),
they will probably assume the role of protector and
caretaker. If you meet them with criticism and mental
arguments, you are in for a tussle, because this is there
turf. They own it.
791
But, as mentioned, if you will sit still and let them look
after you, more often than not, they will do just that. On
the outside they may appear tough or even wrathful, but
inside they are easy, and will always give way. Giving is
their gift.
The Loved One: Red Lines

With the red-line types, you have the classic form of the
"loved one," the object of everyone's affection, the one
who demands and gets lots of attention, lots of service.
And this is as it should be, for they are warm and just
exude charm, and are always the centerpiece of any
group. Everyone loves to be with the red line charts,
because they are not self-conscious, love to have fun,
and pretty much guarantee you a good time. I always
say, if you are in trouble and need advice, seek out a
green chart type, but if you want a dinner partner or just
to have fun, grab you a red chart type, for that is where
the fun starts.
792
These red types are, above all people persons, and

they like to get right in there and work a crowd, glad
handing with the best of them. They radiate charisma
and shine in almost any setting. Of course, they make
the best salesmen, because they sell themselves just by
being with you. Who could resist?
And they are eminently so watch-able. This does not
mean they have to be the best looking, but regardless of
how they look, they are magnetic. They shine and
everyone just loves to be around them, and to spend
time with them.
The Other Side

Lest we think that life is all roses for these red chart
types, let's go over some of their darker side. For all
their social qualities, they are still private and like their
privacy. They don't like to be crowded and hate to be
boxed in. In their own way, they are claustrophobic.
793
And they worry about their intelligence, perhaps

because they are so simple and direct in their appeal.
They feel everyone loves them for their shine and
sparkle, no one for their intellect. This can be a real
problem, because they are afraid of appearing stupid. In
fact, they often will go to great lengths to collect learning
degrees, diplomas, and whatever makes them appear
sophisticated. They like fine and frilly things and are
quick to put on airs, to appear more sophisticated then
they, in fact, are. This can be a lifelong problem.
And they can at times lack common sense; see the
trees, but not the forest. They also can have real
problems getting the big picture and sometimes are
wise to seek out the advice of the green chart types,
who can kind of give them direction, help them to better
see where they are going in life.
The Independent (blue-borders)
794
With this group of chart types, the ones with blue

borders, we have a combination of the lover and the
loved one, in a single type. We could say that they are
capable of loving themselves, and that is so true. They
really are self-sufficient and even independent of
relationships, from time to time. This is not to say they
do not have or enjoy relationships, for they most
certainly do. However, they are not as dependent on
relations as, let's say, the red and green types. They
can take relations and they can also be quite content
being out on their own.
And, perhaps because they contain within themselves
the elements of a basic relationship, the lover and the
loved one, they can play either role with an external
partner, giving care and loved to a red chart type and
receiving care and attention from the green types. In
this way, they are ambidextrous, so to speak, having it
both ways.
795
Self-Sufficient
Perhaps best of all, they have the vision and foresight of
the green chart types and the charisma and fun-loving
nature of the red chart types. Depending on their
partner, they can play either role. They can see what to
do and also do it, without any outside help, thus the
term "independent," which they are.
Reverse Side: As for a downside, there is not much.
They kind of have it all, if being self-sufficient is the goal.
If anything, they can be lazy, because it is easy, in this
society, to fall into the habit of playing the loved one,
and being taken care of, being served. The blue chart
types often end up in this role, and don't get a lot done
because of this habit.
An Island to Themselves
796
And being a bit to themselves, and not dependent on

others, this lack of dependency on others can make
them appear aloof and even a little cool. Perhaps they
play some small social price for this condition, but
mostly they are quite content with themselves. This is
what some others find annoying. You get the idea.
797
Multi-Relational Chart Type (maroon)

This is kind of the odd style of relationship, at least
among these four. This maroon-bordered chart type is
really a different type. The other three chart type groups
consist of planet patterns that take up the whole 360-
degree wheel, made up of the red and green lined
whole-chart patterns, alone or in combination. This is
why they are sometimes called "Whole Chart Patterns."
However the maroon Multi-Relational type does not
have a whole chart pattern, just the reverse. These
chart types have all the planets in one little corner or
part of the wheel, all jammed together. Most of the
wheel is completely blank.
So, in fact they are neither naturally care givers (lovers)
or objects of attention (loved ones). Instead, they are
more like objects of affection that care, if that makes
sense. In other words, they need attention, like the red
Star*types, but are much more mental, like the green
798
chart types. Mostly, they are very compact and detail-

oriented types that use their mind to get around more
than just radiate charisma.
But they are so compact and dedicated, that they do
radiate a kind of charisma, all their own. Most of all, they
have a great thirst and need for experience, and this
often takes the form of a need for relationships, of which
they have many. They really grow through meeting and
maintaining friendships, of all kinds, sort of an endless
chain of friends. They need relationships to exist, unlike
the other types that assume a particular role (red and
green Star*types) or ones that are indifferent (blue chart
types).
This group of maroon-bordered chart types are very
hard workers, who use their minds, often in very
detailed and highly emotional ways, to move through
life, kind of moving from friend to friend, relationship to
relationship, like a monkey swinging through the trees.
This chain of friends is how they learn about
themselves. And the other three types are all grist for
the mill, because each of these other types presents
areas of experience of interest to these multi-relational
types.
799
Different Views of You
Inner and Outer

You might think you have only one natal chart and that's
you, but actually astrologers use a number of different
natal charts, each of which gives a slightly different
perspective of you. Its like those 3-D glasses that went
through a short fad phase, when I was a kid. When you
looked through the, the movie was suddenly in 3-
dimensions, not two. Your different natal charts bring
you the same effect. When used together, we can see
ours self, astrologically speaking, in three dimensions.
Of the several different astrology charts for your birth
(geocentric, heliocentric, Local Space, and equatorial),
the two most important charts are the geocentric and
the heliocentric. The geocentric chart is the standard
astrology chart of your birth and we all know. It is a chart
of the circumstances of your life and basic external
talents or qualities. This is your Outer Chart.
800
The heliocentric chart is more a chart of your inner self,

how you are inside, when someone really gets to know
you. This is your Inner Chart. If you don't already know
how to use these two charts, then the following may
help.
Geocentric or Heliocentric?
Most astrology books and the majority of astrologers in
the 20th-Century used the standard geocentric natal
chart, almost exclusively. Very few astrologers also
looked at the heliocentric chart for themselves. Today,
all that is changing as astrologers find there are several
natal charts that are useful in looking at a birth, rather
than just one - different perspectives. Sometimes a
second (or third) opinion makes a huge difference, and
different perspectives are almost always helpful. Let's
look at the benefits of looking at the geocentric and
heliocentric charts, side by side. First let's be clear what
we are discussing here.
801
The Geocentric Natal Chart (Outer Chart)

Geocentric charts are charts of your birth as seen from
Earth, which of course is where we all live. If you order a
natal chart from an online service, what you will get is a
geocentric chart, which is a snapshot of the solar
system at the moment of your birth.
802
The Heliocentric Chart (Inner Chart)

We just pointed out that the geocentric chart is a
snapshot of the solar system from Earth's perspective at
the time of your birth. The operative words here are "of
the solar system." If the geocentric chart is a picture of
the solar system from the perspective of Earth, how is
that different from a snapshot of the solar system itself?
If a perspective on the solar system is what we have
used for centuries to do astrology, what will a chart of
the actual system provide us?
Your outer or geocentric chart is what? It is a snapshot
of the entire solar system of which the earth is one
planet, taken from the earth's perspective somewhere
within that system. If we were at the Daytona 500 speed
track and took a snapshot of the track and the other
racing cars from within one car, during the middle of a
race, this would be analogous - a snapshot taken from
within the system itself.
803
Sooner or later, we are bound to wonder about the

system that we have taken a snapshot of, our inner or
heliocentric chart. As it turns out, this inner chart can
provide quite a lot, for starters another view of the same
moment in time and space, of our birth.
Two Views
I am reminded of the old story of the elephant, with a
group of blind people each feeling a different part of the
animal and describing their experience. From the
collective perspectives or views, we can get a pretty
good idea of what an elephant is, while if all we had was
the fellow feeling the trunk, we would come up with
quite a different picture. This is why getting two
perspectives of the same time, the same planets, and
space is a real help.
More and more well-known astrologers, like Hugh
McCraig, L.E. Johndro, Robert Hand, and Dane
Rudhyar have all told us of the value of the heliocentric
804
chart in giving us an enhanced picture of ourselves. I

have found this to be true in my own work. I would never
think of doing a reading for a client, without both charts
sitting before me, side by side. The benefits of looking
at both views are great, and it only takes my computer a
couple of seconds to print both out. You have nothing to
lose.
The Perspective
For those of you who like to understand the astronomy
of these two charts, read on. Others may want to go
straight to the section on interpreting these two charts.
The diagram above shows my natal chart, in both
geocentric and heliocentric formats. As you can see
they are quite different. The geocentric charts has all
the planets on one side of the chart wheel, while the
heliocentric view is spread out to the point of having a
very exact grand trine pattern, involving six of the nine
planets. To see just of this works, you may want to
805
switch back and forth between the next few pages, until
it is very clear. Let's start with the familiar geocentric
chart, the chart that we already know and use.
The Geocentric Chart (Outer Chart)

Here is a diagram of the solar system at the time of my
birth on July 18, 1941. As you see, the Sun is in the
center and the orbits for the planets from Mercury all the
way out to Pluto are shown, as much to scale as we
could fit on the page, at least roughly accurate. The
planet in the third ring from the Sun is Earth, here
marked by a blue dot.
>From that blue dot of earth, I have drawn lines through
all the planets to show how earth sees the planets in the
zodiac from where it sits, as the third stone from the
Sun. The point here is that the standard geocentric
chart is Earth's perspective or view of the solar system,
and not the solar system itself. Of course, it is a most
significant view, because it is our view, but we must ask:
806
what this is a view of? And the answer, it is a view of the

solar system, so we might like to look at a chart of what
the solar system looked like at our birth, and that would
be the heliocentric chart, your inner chart.
The Heliocentric Chart (Inner Chart)

Here is the heliocentric chart for my birth. This is a chart
for the same moment, the same space, the same
planets, but as seen not from the earth's perspective,
but from the perspective of the actual center of the solar
system, the Sun. The difference is considerable, and we
will get more into the interpretative difference between
the geocentric and heliocentric charts later in this
section. The point here is that the heliocentric natal
chart is a diagram of the solar system and the actual
planetary patterns that were in effect at our birth. The
geocentric chart is a snapshot of those same patterns
from the earth's perspective, and that perspective very
often warps or offers a limited (but important) view of
807
what actually was taking place then in the solar system.

It is to our advantage to know what actually was taking
place, the true patterns, as well as earth's snapshot
view of them.
The Comparison
Now let's compare the geocentric natal chart and the
heliocentric natal chart, as far as what they mean. How
are we to interpret these two views of the same
moment?
The Geocentric Chart
The geocentric or outer natal chart, the standard used
for the last number of centuries, is a chart of our
personal self, the particular life circumstances, qualities,
and talents. It is how we appear to ourselves and others
in this day-to-day world we all live in. The geocentric
planetary patterns, houses, cusps, angles, and what-not
point to who we are, and this chart has been well
808
documented for at least 1000 years now. There is

nothing I can add here about the geocentric chart that
you do not already know or have access to in the
astrology literature, except the fact that this chart is not
the only chart of your birth, not the only picture of you.
There is a second opinion, and one well worth
examining.
The Heliocentric Chart

The heliocentric or inner chart has been described by
those who have studied it as a chart of your inner or
more spiritual life, who you are beneath all
appearances. It has been called the Heart Essence
Chart, and also the Dharma Chart, as it is a map of your
deeper self. It has been said to be the true chart of your
self, before you took on a physical personality, and
beneath that personality. Various heliocentric
astrologers have described the nature of the helio chart
differently, but they all seem to agree that the
809
heliocentric chart is a map of our deeper self, who we

are inside, and who we will perhaps become, as we go
through life's changes. The helio chart is who we are,
when someone really gets to know us.
Differences in Chart Patterns

One of the most obvious differences between the geo
and the helio chart can be seen just by looking at the
whole-chart patterns of the two charts. They can be
visually very different, as is the case in my own chart.
The concept and interpretation of whole-chart patterns
is explained elsewhere in this course, so you may want
to brush up on that topic at some point. Here, let's just
say something about the patterns.
My geo chart type is the basket pattern, where all of the
planets are on one side of the chart. This is very true in
my case: all of the planets and the lights (even the
node, which is not a planet) are on the western side of
the chart - very one sided. By my helio chart shows
810
quite a different chart type, that of the grand trine, which

encompasses the breadth of the entire chart. This is a
very different pattern, and the difference between the
two charts is dramatic. What are we to make of this?
Using the standard chart-pattern analysis (detailed
elsewhere), we can say that I appear (my geocentric
chart) much more one-sided than I, in fact am, were you
to get to know me better. Both of these chart patterns
are what we call green-line charts and belong to the
same chart pattern family, the relationship type of "The
Lover." However, my heliocentric chart's grand trine
points to a much broader sense of vision than does my
geocentric basket type. Both are hard working types.
811
Inner and Outer Comparison

The difference in chart-pattern type between the geo
and helio types may or may not be dramatic. In my
case, the difference is a little dramatic, and the two chart
types are not exactly similar. Just as easily, the
difference could be much more dramatic, such as
having one chart represent the red-lined patterns for
"The Loved One," and the other chart the green-lined
patterns of "The Lover." One could appear (geo chart)
to be of the relationship type "The Loved One," but
actually be at heart (helio chart) to be the relationship
type "The Lover," and really want to give attention and
care, more than receive it.
This all can appear complicated, but it is not. To put this
concept to work, you need to learn about the four main
relationship types, and then look to see what type your
geo and helio charts have. They either are the same
type or of different types. If you both the geo and the
812
helio are of the same type, then you are (more or less)
what you appear to be. What you see (geo chart) is
what you get (helio chart) on closer acquaintance.
On the other hand, if your geo and helio chart types are
of different relationship types, than you are not what you
appear to be, and what you see is not what you get.
This can be very helpful to know, not just about yourself,
but about those you come in contact with on a day-to-
day basis. To read about these types, please see
another section.
Difference in Positions
Examining the chart patterns in the geo and helio charts
is not the only technique we can use when comparing
these two charts. In fact, we can use the whole arsenal
of astrological techniques, with a few exceptions. In the
helio chart, there is no Moon and no houses, since both
of those qualities are part of the geocentric chart. They
belong to Earth.
813
But we can use every other kind of analysis. Let me give

you an example from my own chart. In my geo or
standard astrology chart, I have the planet Mars in
Aries, which is said to show very aggressive, strong
drive. Furthermore, in that same geo chart I have Mars
Square Mercury, in a pretty tight square. A traditional
interpretation of this might be "Strong words, sharp
tongue...," that sort of thing. There is some truth to this,
as folks have pointed out to me. But let's look at my
helio chart.
In my helio chart, I have Mars not in Aries, but in
Aquarius, and it is not square Mercury, but in a rather
wide conjunction. This is a very different kettle of fish, so
how are we to understand the difference between the
two charts?
We might say that, while I have Mars in Aries in my
outer or external chart, in my inner chart (helio), my
Mars, although strong and aggressive (on the outside),
manages to accomplish Aquarian tasks, like benefiting
groups of people. I won't point out how this might be so,
but it should give you an idea of how to use these two
charts to better understand yourself.
Or I could take my geo Venus in Leo and contrast it with
my helio Venus in Virgo. You get the idea. Check it out.
814
The Other Shoe

Let's close this section on heliocentric vs. geocentric
astrology by pointing out something about the history of
the change from geocentric astronomy/astrology to
heliocentric astronomy. We know that Nicholas
Copernicus was the man who first demonstrated that it
was the earth which circles around the Sun, and not
vice versa. Before this, everyone assumed it was the
Sun that circled the earth, and this extended to
astrologers too.
In fact, before the Copernican revolution (as it has been
called), astronomers were astrologers, and astrologers
were astronomers. That gradually ended when it was
agreed that it was the earth which orbited the Sun, and
not what they had preciously imagined.
Astronomers held fast to the new heliocentric view, and
this view in fact answered the scores of questions that
815
had been outstanding up to that point, perfectly. With

one fell swoop, centuries of belief fell away, and were
replaced by a view that was true enough to eventually
get man on the Moon, and beyond.
Astronomers and Astrologers

But a schism developed between the astronomers and
the astrologers, which previously had been of one mind.
The astronomers moved on into heliocentric (and
geocentric) calculations, but the astrologers never
adopted the heliocentric perspective. They
acknowledged the truth of it, as science, but never
added the heliocentric astrological chart to their toolbox
of astrological techniques.
That state of affairs exists to the present day, although a
growing number of widely recognizes astrologers (like
Dane Rudhyar and L.E. Johnro) have pointed out the
need for astrologers to study the heliocentric chart. We
are working on that now.
816
What I am pointing out here is that, if the heliocentric

chart is as people like Dane Rudhyar have said, a chart
of our deeper self or soul, then we might like to have a
peek at that, instead of tying to derive all our
astrological information from a single chart, the
traditional geocentric chart wheel. Each perspective of
our birth, each type of astrological chart, is best at
bringing out a particular view. We have, for centuries,
been trying to extract all our information from a single
chart, the geocentric natal chart.
This is fine, if all we need is a roadmap of our life
circumstances and outer path. But if we want a glimpse
inside, at our deeper or more spiritual self, then it is
much easier to also look at the heliocentric chart, as that
chart brings out or shows the information of our inner
path, our Dharma.
817
Your Astrological Toolbox
The Toolbox
(1) Chart Wheel
(2) 12 Astrological Houses and House Cusps
(3) Planets in the Houses
Let's get familiar with the various tools of astrology.
Right now, all you need is a copy of a natal chart,
preferably your own. There are many online services
that will provide this. Using my own chart here as an
example, the standard astrological wheel-of-houses
chart forms looks like this. Your form may differ slightly,
but it should look quite similar.
What you have is the circular chart form, divided into
twelve equal divisions of 30-degrees each, much like
you would cut a pizza. These are the Twelve
Astrological Houses or the "houses," as they are usually
called.
818
In the various houses are the planet symbols, with their

astrological sign, and the degrees and minutes of
position in that sign. Around the outside of the wheel (on
the outer rim) are the twelve house cusps, one for each
of the twelve spokes of the wheel, again in zodiac sign,
degrees, and minutes. If you don't yet know the symbol
glyphs for the zodiac signs and the planets, I have
included them here for easy reference.
The Lights, Planets, and Angles

Here are the symbols or glyphs for The Lights (Sun and
Moon), the planets, the lunar node, and the two main
angles, ascendant and Midheaven. There is general
agreement as to what these look like, with the exception
of the planet Pluto, where there are two symbols in use.
Here I have shown the original symbol as created by
astronomers, the P-like symbol, and the another version
use by astrologers, particularly in Europe. Both are
acceptable.
819
The Signs of the Zodiac

Here are the twelve signs of the zodiac along with the
astrological glyph or symbol. These symbols can differ a
little, and there are some variations. For example, here I
am showing for the signs Virgo and Pisces, the original
Greek version of those glyphs, which I feel are more
revealing, in that Pisces looks like two fishes, head do
head, and Virgo has the cross of matter hanging from its
upper part. You can decide what you like and use those.
820
The South
In temperate climates, like here in the U.S., the upper
half of our astrology chart maps the area of the sky
above us (Zenith) and to the South. This is the most
open part of the chart, since it includes the very top of
the chart (the Midheaven in the zodiac) and all the sky
and heavens open above us. The top of the chart
includes the six houses: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12. Later
in this course, we will see that this very open (and
upper) area of the chart represents our outer or public
aspect (out in the open), and those who are born with
most of their planets in these upper houses (7, 8, 9, 10,
11, and 12) are said to have a more public destiny -
some outward show.
821
The North
In temperate climates, like here in the U.S., the lower
half of our astrology chart maps the area of the sky
beneath us and to the North. This is the most closed or
private part of the chart, since it includes all of the
heavens beneath our feet and on the other side of the
earth from where we are, and this lower point in the
chart in the zodiac is called the I.C. (Immum Coeli),
which literally means the "bottom of the sky."
This bottom of the chart includes the six houses: 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, and 6. Later in this course, we will see that this
very closed (and lower) area of the chart represents our
inner or more personal aspect (not in the open), and
those who are born with most of their planets in these
lower houses (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6) are said to be more
private, inward, and family or home oriented.
822
The East
In temperate climates, like here in the U.S., the left half
of our astrology chart maps the area of the sky to the
East of us. This is where the Sun comes up each day
and all the planets rise, and this part of the chart is
called the ascendant (the ancient Greek term is:
horosocope).
The eastern part of the chart includes the six houses:
10, 11, 12, 1, 2, and 3. Later in this course, we will see
that this area of the chart, where everything rises or
comes up, represents a very active and forward-moving
part of our chart, and those who are born with most of
their planets in these eastern houses (10, 11, 12, 1, 2,
and 3) are said to be energetic, self-starting, and
initiators of action.
823
The West
In temperate climates, like here in the U.S., the right half
of our astrology chart maps the area of the sky to the
West of us. This is where the Sun goes down each day
and all the planets set, and this part of the chart is
called the descendant. .
The western part of the chart includes the six houses: 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. Later in this course, we will see that
this part of the chart, where everything sets or goes
down, represents a very passive and accommodating
part of our chart, and those who are born with most of
their planets in these western houses (4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and
9) are said to be very receptive, working with an existing
situation, rather than starting with something new. We
are talking Aikido, and not Judo.
824
The Twelve Houses

Recap: Traditionally astrologers have divided the chart
wheel and space around the birthplace into twelve pie-
shaped sections, each taking up roughly 1/12th of the
zodiac circle of about 30 degrees. We have said
something about the four main directions and halves of
the chart, and what they might mean for those born with
a lot of planets there. Dividing the chart space/circle into
twelve parts is just a further refinement, and each of
these twelve sections has a particular meaning, in
particular if you have some planets sitting in a house.
We will get to this a little later on. Right now, we are just
pointing out that the entire heavens surrounding the
birth place is divided into twelve sections and plotted on
a circle or wheel, so that we can easily see what planets
or points are (roughly speaking) in a given geographic
direction and astrological house. The entire 360-
825
degrees of the zodiac (all twelve signs) are divided into

these twelve sections.
House Cusps
The twelve astrological houses divide the circle of the
zodiac into twelve roughly-equal pie-shaped houses,
and each of these twelve house (in most cases) has
one of the signs of the zodiac on what is called its
"Cusp." A house cusp marks the beginning of that
particular house. In the above diagram, we see the
house cusp for the 10th House. This house cusp is, as
you can see, in the zodiac sign of Virgo. In fact, as the
chart wheel shows, the 10th house cusp starts at 25-
degrees and 21 minutes of the zodiac sign Virgo, and
goes to 18-degrees and 32 minutes of the zodiac sign
Libra, which marks the end of the 10th house and the
beginning (the cusp) of the 11th house. House cusps
follow one another, in the regular (counter-clockwise)
motion of the zodiac in the chart wheel.
826
The Twelve House Cusps

In this diagram, we show the house cusps (beginning of
the house) for all twelve houses. The 1st house cusp
(on the far left of the chart wheel) is the ascendant or
rising sign. Here the ascendant is in the zodiac sign
Sagittarius. To be exact, the ascendant is 8-degrees
and 1 minute of Sagittarius. The Descendant or 7th
house cusp is on the far right, at 8-degrees and 1
minute of Gemini.
The 10th house cusp (also called the Midheaven) is at
the top of the chart, at 25-degrees and 21 minutes of
the zodiac sign Virgo. The opposite point or 4th house
cusp (also called the I.C.) is at 25-degrees and 21
minutes of the zodiac sign Pisces.
827
Putting in the Planets

We now have the chart wheel and the twelve house
cusps drawn in. The only thing missing are the planets,
which are then placed on the chart wheel, in the houses
where they belong.
At any given moment, the Sun, Moon, and planets are
located somewhere in the zodiac, moving along at their
various speeds. For example, at my birth the Sun was in
the zodiac sign Cancer, at 25-degrees and 48 minutes
of Cancer.
We can see by looking at my birth chart that the 8th
house cusps starts at 15-degrees of Cancer and ends at
25-degrees of the sign Leo. My Sun at 25-degrees of
Cancer therefore falls within the 8th house and can be
penciled in. If you have a computer program, then all of
this is done for you. Each of the planets is put in the
appropriate house. If more than one planet is in a house
828
(as often happens), then the planets in that house are

placed in the regular zodiac order.
In my chart, I have the Sun, Pluto, and Venus in the 8th
house. All three are placed in the 8th house, the Sun
first, then Pluto, and then Venus, since that is the order
they are in the zodiac.
I hope this is all somewhat clear. We will go into much
greater detail later in this course on all of these matters,
but here all that you are expected to understand is the
basic circular shape of the chart wheel, the twelve
house cusps around the outer edge, and the planets
positioned in the correct house. Look at your own chart
and verify these three items.
Astrology Chart Forms

The standard chart wheel, as shown above, is not the
only way astrologers look at their astrology. In fact, the
circle with twelve equal houses is probably no longer
829
even the most popular format that professional

astrologers use. Each of us settles upon what works
best for us. Let's go through some of the more popular
chart forms and point out their pros and cons. Here
goes.
The Standard Wheel of Twelve Houses

Ancient astrologers, in particular those in India and the
far east did not even use round chart wheels. Most of
them were square shaped. The format shown above, a
round chart wheel, with twelve equally spaced houses,
was probably the most popular form used in the 20th
Century.
This chart form has twelve equal-sized houses, even
though almost no astrological house systems, aside
from the Equal House System, has house that are even
30 degrees in size. Why use it?
830
The simple answer seems to be that it looks neat, and

provides equal room to each house to write in the
planets. When I was first learning astrology, in the early
1960s, it was just about the only chart form available,
and the one I grew up on. And it comes in fancier
varieties, as well, with scalloped houses, lotus-shaped
chart wheels, and so forth. This is the most common
form of the astrological chart wheel.
Unequal Wheel of Houses

Astrologers who were interested in exactly how much
space a house system gave to each house developed a
wheel of houses that was exactly like the standard chart
wheel, except that it showed the actual space that each
house took up. Some pieces of the zodiac pie are larger
than others, and this form shows that. The ascendant or
first house cusp is still on the left, but, as you can see,
the 10th house cusp (Midheaven) and the other house
cusps are staggered, showing the actual amount of
831
space allocated to each house, rather than making all

houses an equal 30 degrees.
A side benefit of this kind of chart is that a small
aspectarian can be drawn in the center of a chart, which
shows at a glance something about the aspect patterns
that make up the chart. With unequal houses, this
means that the planet positions are roughly where they
should be on a 360-degree wheel, so it is possible to
draw such an aspectarian out. In the standard wheel of
houses, this did not work, as the planets were restricted
spatially to the equal 30-degree houses, and this was
seldom true enough to bring out the patterns. This chart
format is still quite popular.
The Euro Wheel

European astrologers liked to see the planets drawn in
at the correct degree in the circle of the zodiac, and did
not like squeezing a bunch of planets into any of the
equal-sized house systems. The so-called Euro Wheel
832
was the result. As you can see, we still have the twelve
houses, with the ascendant or first house cusp on the
far left, but there is more emphasis on the twelve signs,
the band of the zodiac. They even added color to give
each sign a distinctive feel. Here we are using a variant
of what is called the Queen's Color Scale. The space in
the chart wheel center is perfect for drawing a small
aspectarian in color, which helps to show the major
chart patterns at a glance. In some versions, the twelve
house numbers are also drawn in, as well. This chart
form has many variants and today is one of the most
popular chart formats used, but here and in Europe.
The 360-Degree Open Wheel

Another very popular chart style in use today is what is
called the "Open Wheel" or "360-Degree Wheel." This
format is another step closer to accenting the band of
the zodiac. Notice that it puts the twelve signs in the
traditional position, with Aries at the left, Capricorn to
833
the top, and so on, all around. The twelve houses are
then drawn where they belong in the zodiac, in unequal
mode. In this format, the houses are de-emphasized in
favor of the fixed position of the zodiac in space. This
type of chart form is excellent for keeping track of
everything out there in space, such as the various fixed
stars and important points like the Galactic Center
(G.C.), which is around 26 degrees of Sagittarius.
Instead of having to look through the chart wheel to see
where a point like the G.C. occurs, instead you look
right at the 26 degrees of Sagittarius, since that is
where it always is.
This format has the disadvantage that you do have to
find where the first house cusp is (or any other cusp),
and this can be distracting. But for those astrologers,
like myself, who are more interested in the large-scale
patterns in the chart, and only less concerned about
house position, this chart form or a variant of it may be
the chart wheel of choice, which leads me to the chart
form that I actually use, coming up next.
834
My Favorite Style Open Wheel

This is the chart form that I have used for the last 30
some years. As you can see, it is an open wheel, and
each of the planets is placed exactly where it goes (as
near as possible) in the zodiac. In the center of the chart
form, the major aspects (opposition, trine, square,
sextile, etc.) are drawn with colored lines to bring out the
main patterns.
And note that the houses are still further de-
emphasized. Here only the ascendant-descendant axis
is drawn in (red line), as well as the Midheaven-I.C. axis
(blue line). The red arrow marks the ascendant or first
house cusp, and the blue arrow marks the Midheaven
or 10th house cusps. The other house cusps are not
even shown.
My reason for this is that I am more interested in the two
chart axes, than I am with the intermediate cusps. The
intermediate cusps change depending on what house
835
system you are using, and there are dozens of them

now, but the two axes (ascendant and Midheaven) are
the same for most major house systems. My interest is
more in these four major quadrants, than in the houses
in between. Also, I often use a standard wheel of
houses, when I want to look at the houses separately,
but I seldom do so.
In summary, we have looked at what are probably the
most popular chart wheel formats used by both amateur
and professional astrologers today. But keep in mind,
that there are literally hundreds of wheel variants out
there.
836
Astrological Symbols
The Planets
The astrological glyphs or symbols tell a story all their
own, one worth hearing. Let's take the time to go
through some of the main symbols and make brief
comments.
837
The Sun Symbol

This one is pretty simple, a point and a circle, combined.
The point or dot represents matter and the circle, spirit.
Or, here is the ultimate symbol of a cycle, full expansion
(circle) and complete contraction (dot). This is the
symbol of the most powerful heavenly body we know
anything about, the Sun, source of all light and warmth.
This is the Alpha and Omega, the one and the all - you
name it. What a perfect symbol!
838
The Moon Symbol

Here is the symbol of the crescent, which symbolizes
the soul, the receiver, the open arms and the cup,
waiting to be filled. The Moon glyph also indicates the
whole idea of phases, of going through a cycle, and it is
the Moon that distributes the light of the Sun to the earth
through its monthly cycle.
839
Mercury Symbol
The symbol for Mercury, is threefold, the circle of spirit,
crowned with the soul of the crescent, and carrying the
cross of matter beneath. The crescent receives from
above, and the cross of matter tugs from below. The
circle of spirit is what they are all connected to.
840
Venus Symbol
Very simple, the circle of spirit, above the cross of
matter. The cross is pulling down, toward matter, but the
circle of spirit is dominant. Matter is subservient here to
spirit.
841
Mars Symbol
Here we have the circle of spirit dominated by the cross
of matter, and the cross more like the point of a spear.
Here matter is dominant over spirit, and indicated by its
direction, the outward flow we associate with Mars.
842
Jupiter Symbol
Here is the cross of matter, combined with the crescent
of soul, and the crescent is on top, and faces outward.
Soul dominating matter is a sign of a benefic, rather
than a malefic.
843
Saturn Symbol
Here we have the cross of matter and the crescent of
soul, with the cross very much on top and dominating.
The soul is under the control of matter. How fitting for
Saturn, the ruler of form and often considered the major
malefic.
844
Uranus Symbol
Here is the circle of spirit and the cross of matter, with
the spirit beneath the matter. However, this is not your
typical cross of matter, looking at either of these
symbols of Uranus, one of which also has the crescent
of soul. Matter is dominant, but it is more like an
antennae or feeling, very fitting for the planet that uses
matter as a way to insight, via inventions, insights, etc.
845
Neptune Symbol
Here we have the crescent of soul, and very wide at
that, above the cross of matter, In fact the cross kind of
extends up and is embraced or enclosed by the
crescent.
846
Pluto Symbol
There are two popular symbols for Pluto, both of which
include some form of crescent. The one on the right is
probably more telling as a symbol for in it, the cross of
matter is dominated by the crescent of soul, which
embraces the circle of spirit. How appropriate for a
planet the represents the door to the underworld and
rebirth. It looks like a womb, with a baby in. The older
form of Pluto looks like a fetus. Both are perfect.
847
Earth Symbol
Here we have it all, the circle of spirit, the crescent of
soul, and the cross of matter. The circle embraces the
cross, and the cross divides the circle into crescents.
This is the symbol of earth, where matter and spirit
meet.
848
The Signs
The astrological glyphs or symbols tell a story all their
own, one worth hearing. Let's take the time to go
through some of the main symbols and make brief
comments.
849
Aries Symbol
The crescent of soul, upside down, on a single shaft,
can be seen as a sprout arising or as a tool for digging
or puncturing. It traditionally represents the horns of a
ram.
850
Taurus Symbol
The circle of spirit, with the crescent of soul on the top,
open and receiving. Perhaps it is supposed to look like
a bull, but it is a perfect sign for the most receptive
Taurus.
851
Gemini Symbol
Obviously, this simple represents the number two, the
twins, and a mirror-like image.
852
Cancer Symbol
The circle of spirit and the crescent of soul, doubled,
and interfaced with one another. Yes, cancer the crab,
but aside from that, a very powerful symbol of being.
853
Leo Symbol
Here we have the circle of spirit, with what we might call
two forms of the crescent of soul, combined to create a
form that almost looks like something unfolding or
unrolling.
854
Virgo Symbol
Mostly variations of the cross of matter, but with the V-
like shape as an unusual form of the crescent of soul.
Shown here are both the Greek (left) and the later (right)
form of the glyph.
855
Libra Symbol
An odd one, obviously representing the scales, but also
interesting in combining the circle of spirit with the
crescent, to almost close the circle. And this above
parallel horizontal lines, representing almost a
separation from matter, above and below.
856
Scorpio Symbol
Shown here, a couple of form of the Scorpio glyph, both
showing the cross of matter very prominently, and
pointed up with an arrow tip, as is the Mars symbol.
Perhaps we can see some kind of angular crescent of
soul in the "M" shape. I tend to use the left glyph for my
work, as I like the almost coil-like or spring-like feeling of
it. The scorpion.
857
Sagittarius Symbol
Two forms of the cross of matter, both sharing a real
sense of direction. Of course, this is the archer, but
aside from that, the directionality is key here - getting to
the point.
858
Capricorn Symbol
Capricorn is a strange combination of the crescent of
soul and the cross of matter, along with a couple of
crescent of soul-like curves. It represents the goat, but
is a fascinating design all by itself.
859
Aquarius Symbol/ 0578

Here we mostly have variations on the crescent of soul,
with the sense of waves and water, which goes with
Aquarius, the water bearer.
860
Pisces Symbol
Here are two forms of Pisces, the Greek version on the
left, and the more modern version on the right. Both
have the crescent of soul clearly shown, and in
duplicate. The cross of matter is only seen in the right-
hand version. I use the Greek version, myself, because
it does look like two fishes.
861
Astronomy for Astrologers
The Solar System

The astrology chart is a snapshot of the solar system at
the moment of your birth, but the Sun, Moon, and
planets don't stop moving. They are not frozen in time
like your birth chart. They continue moving in the
heavens, day by day, and year by year. Today, as you
read this, they are out there, somewhere, moving
steadily ahead through space and time. Do they still
affect us? How do they impact our natal chart? This is
what we will cover in this section.
862
The Natal Chart

At this point, you should be familiar with your natal
chart, whether geocentric or heliocentric does not
matter. The natal chart is fixed in time, freeze-framed, a
snapshot of the solar system at your birth. In the
diagram above, we see my helio natal chart in the
center. Around it, on the outer band, are the planets
right now, today, April 7, 2006. The familiar band of the
zodiac is shown on the outside, so that you have some
reference point.
We can see my natal planets (chart center) and the
transiting planets (outer) band, as they are placed
against the zodiac for April 7th.
863
Natal and Transit

Here are both sets of planets placed in a single chart
form, which is how astrologers like to look at transits
and natal positions. This is called a bi-wheel chart form.
The natal planets are in the center; the transiting
planets (today) are on the outside. For clarity's sake
here, I have not drawn in the degree, zodiac, sign, and
minutes for either the Sun, Moon, and Planets or the
house cusps, but in a standard chart, they would be
present.
864
The Bi-Wheel
Here is a typical bi-wheel chart, with the natal chart on
the inside, and the transiting planets on the outside.
Here we are using the heliocentric natal chart form my
birth, as an example. Note that on the outer ring of
transiting planets, we have only drawn in the planet
symbol, the sign the planet is in, and the degrees. We
have left out the minutes, as they tend to clutter up the
chart too much. This is the usual method of displaying
transits, not showing the minutes.
As you can see, by looking at any of the transiting
planets (outer ring), you can see where it is today in
relationship to the natal or birth chart. For example, we
can see at a glance that transiting Mars is about to
conjoin (make a conjunction aspect) with my natal Pluto.
Or we could note that transiting Neptune is forming a
waning square with my natal Saturn. In fact, we could
note all kinds of aspects. That is what a transit to natal
865
bi-wheel chart is all about, letting us see how what is

happening today affects our natal chart.
The Obliquity of the Ecliptic

The angle between the ecliptic and equatorial systems,
some 23.5 degrees, is called the Obliquity of the
Ecliptic, and this angle creates the difference in
perspective between the two systems. Let's go over
some of the main points of difference between these
two systems.
1.The celestial equator and the ecliptic plane intersect
to form the two equinoxes and the equinoctial axis.
2.The Vernal Equinox or 0° Aries node or point is the
ascending node of the ecliptic plane to the equatorial
plane.
3.The Autumnal Equinox or 0° Libra point is the
descending node of the ecliptic plane to the equatorial
plane.
866
4.These points and these two coordinate systems are

FIXED in space.
5.AT ANY MOMENT and AT ANY PLACE in the Earth's
orbit, the ZERO° Aries point is ALWAYS in the same
direction and at an infinite distance.
6.The measurement of longitude along the ecliptic or
the equator is only identical at the four Cardinal points:
the two equinoctial and solstitial points.
7.At all other points, there is a difference between a
degree of longitude (the same degree) as measured
along the ecliptic and the same degree measured on
the equator.
8.Each system is simply tilted at an angle to the other.
867
The Band of the Zodiac
In fact, this great plane divides all of the universe in two

sections or hemispheres containing those constellations
of stars above (north) the zodiac plane and those
constellations of stars below (south) this plane. The
ecliptic plane is also commonly divided into twelve equal
30° sections, the signs of the zodiac. We will ignore for
now the argument as to whether the 12 signs of the
zodiac fit the star constellations bearing their names. Of
the 89 common constellations, these 12 zodiac signs
have received very much more attention than the
remaining 77 or so other constellation that are scattered
about, above and below the ecliptic plane.
868
Ecliptic Coordinate System

Ecliptic Coordinates -- In this system, the ecliptic or
plane through the Earth's orbit is taken as the plane of
reference. The co-ordinates used are Celestial Latitude
(the perpendicular distance of the object from the
ecliptic in angular measure) and Celestial Longitude
(the angular distance along the ecliptic between the
plane through the object and the First Point of Aries).
The Solstitial Colure is the great circle which passes
through the summer and winter solstices (the hour circle
of R.A. 90° and 270°).
Ecliptic Sphere -- Also called the Zodiac Sphere, this is
the sphere resulting from projecting the plane of the
Earth's orbit and points (its poles) 90° north and south of
that plane.
Ecliptic Plane - The ecliptic is a plane that passes
through the centers of the Earth and the Sun. It
represents the path the Sun's center takes each year on
869
the celestial sphere as seen from the Earth or the

Earth's path as seen around the Sun.
North Ecliptic Pole - The point on the ecliptic sphere that
are 90 degrees from the plane of the ecliptic, to the
North or 'above'.
NEP -- North Ecliptic Pole
South Ecliptic Pole - The point on the ecliptic sphere
that are 90 degrees from the plane of the ecliptic, to the
South or 'below'.
SEP - South Ecliptic Pole
Obliquity of the Ecliptic - The 23 1/2° angle (23°27') that
represents the inclination of the ecliptic to the celestial
equator. This also marks the maximum angular distance
that the Sun can reach north or south of the celestial
equator at the times of the solstices.
Celestial Latitude (Ecliptic Latitude) -- The angular
distance of any object measured north or south of the
plane of the ecliptic to the poles, from 0° to 90°.
Celestial Longitude (Ecliptic Longitude) - The angular
distance of any object as measured from zero Aries to a
plane through an object.
Zodiac - From a Greek word meaning the 'circle of
animals', is a belt about 18° wide (9° above and 9°
below the plane of the ecliptic) within which the planets
travel. This circle is divided into 12 equal 30° sections,
the signs of the zodiac - Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer,
Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn,
Aquarius, and Pisces. At one point (over 2000 years
ago), the signs of the zodiac corresponded with the
constellations of the same name. However, due to
precession, the signs have drifted westward (backward)
until today they are almost an entire sign (30°) off.
870
Solstices - The longest and shortest days of the year,

when the Sun reaches its greatest angular distance
from the equator. The longest day is the summer
solstice (around June 21) and the shortest day is the
winter solstice (around December 22). These two are
reversed in the southern hemisphere.
Solstice Points - The instant when the Sun is at either
the summer or winter solstice.
Equinoxes (Spring and Fall) -- This is the instant when
Sun crosses the celestial equator at either its ascending
node (Spring Equinox, about March 21) or its
descending node (Fall Equinox, September 23). At the
Spring Equinox, the Sun moves north of the ecliptic
plane, while at the fall Equinox, it moves from north to
south.
Spring Equinox (Vernal Equinox)
Fall Equinox (Autumnal Equinox)
Zero Aries - The intersection of the celestial equator and
the ecliptic. This point undergoes a very slow backward
movement.
Colures - There are two, the equinoctial colure and the
solstitial colure. The equinoctial colure is the hour circle
that passes through the vernal and autumnal equinoctial
points (RA 0h and 12 h). The solstitial colure is the hour
circle that passes through the summer and winter
solstices (0° points of the tropical zodiac signs Cancer
and Capricorn at RA 6h and 18h).
871
Equatorial Coordinates
Equatorial Coordinates -- In this system, the Earth's
Equator is the plane of reference. The poles are at the
intersection of the Earth's pole and the pole of the
celestial sphere, an imaginary surface at an infinite
distance with the Earth as its center. This is true for all
points on the Earth, latitude and longitude. The poles
are the North Celestial Pole (NCP) and South Celestial
Pole (SCP). The circle at the intersection of the plane of
the Earth's equator and the celestial sphere is the
Celestial Equator.
The great circle through the celestial poles and the
object (such as a star) is the object's Hour Circle and
the great circle which passes through the celestial poles
and the zenith is the Meridian Circle. The coordinates in
this system are given by Declination (angle between the
celestial equator and the object) and the Right
Ascension (angle measured from an arbitrary reference
872
direction -- the Vernal Equinox -- to the object's hour

circle). In Figure C, the darker lines express the position
of a star (S) in both ecliptic and equatorial coordinates.
Equatorial Sphere - Also called the Celestial Sphere,
this is the sphere resulting from projecting the Earth
infinitely into space and it is defined by the celestial
equator and the north and south celestial poles.
Celestial Poles - These are directly overhead the Earth's
geographic poles and are the poles of rotation of the
celestial sphere of right ascension and declination.
NCP - North Celestial Pole
SCP - South Celestial Pole
Celestial Equator - A great circle projected from the
Earth's equator unto the heavens, an infinite projection.
The celestial equator has as its poles the celestial poles
and all points on the celestial equator are equidistant
from the two poles. As the Earth's equator rotates each
day, it exposes each city on the equator to every degree
of the celestial equator.
Equinoctial - Another term for the celestial equator
(which see).
Celestial Sphere - An infinite extension of the sphere of
the Earth in space.
Hour Circles - Hour circles are great circles passing
through any celestial object and through the celestial
poles. All hour circles are at right angles to the celestial
equator.
R.A. - (See Right Ascension)
Right Ascension (R.A.) - The angle between an hour
circle passing through an object and the meridian plane,
in the case of equatorial coordinates, zero degrees of
Aries. R.A. is measured eastward on the celestial
873
equator from what is called the True Equinox to the

body in question. R.A. is expressed in either degrees
(0° to 360°) or in Hours-Minutes-Seconds (0h to 24h).
Declination - The angular distance of any object
measured north or south of the plane of the celestial
equator, from 0° to 90°.
Declination Circle - Parallel circles of declination either
north or south of the plane of the celestial equator.
Parallel of Declination -- Parallel circles of declination
either north or south of the plane of the celestial
equator.
Equatorial Plane - The infinite extension of the equator
of the Earth in all directions.
Meridian - A great circle on the celestial sphere through
the celestial poles, the zenith of any place or locale, and
the north and south points on the horizon.
Prime Meridian - The point of zero longitude
measurement for any celestial body. In the case of the
Earth, the prime meridian is considered to be
Greenwich, England.
Transit - The passage of a celestial object across a
particular meridian.
874
Horizon Coordinate System

In this system a plane through the observing point
parallel to the horizon is the plane of reference. The
poles are the Zenith (point overhead) and the Nadir
(point underfoot). The vertical circle through a celestial
object (such as a star) and the zenith is the Object
Circle. The coordinates are given (for the object) by
Azimuth (horizontal angle measured from an arbitrary
reference direction -- East in our case --
counterclockwise to the object circle) and the Altitude
(elevation angle measured upward from the horizon to
the object). The great circle through the north and south
points and the zenith is the Meridian, and the great
circle through the east and west points and the zenith is
the Prime Vertical. Circles of parallel altitude to the
horizon that are not great circles are called
Almucantars.
875
Horizon Sphere - A heavenly sphere based on the plane

of the observer's local horizon (90° from both the zenith
and the nadir), but taken from the center of the Earth.
Zenith - The zenith is the point directly overhead any
spot on Earth.
Nadir -- The nadir is the point directly beneath (opposite
the zenith) any spot on Earth.
Altitude - The angular distance of any body above or
below the plane of the local horizon. Altitude is
measured from 0° to 90° from the plane of the horizon
to either pole.
Azimuth - The angle measured around the 360°
circumference of the horizon, either east or west (there
are different practices). The azimuth of an object as
measured from the meridian plane of the observer and
a vertical plane through any body.
Prime Vertical - A great circle passing through the zenith
(north pole), nadir (south pole), and the east and west
points on the horizon.
Altitude Circles - Parallel circles of altitude, wither north
or south of the plane of the horizon.
Almuncantar - Parallel circles of altitude, wither north or
south of the plane of the horizon.
North Point - A point on the horizon to the north of the
observer, where the meridian plane intersects the
horizon.
South Point - A point on the horizon to the south of the
horizon.
East Point - A point on the horizon to the east of the
observer, where the prime vertical plane intersects the
horizon.
876
West Point - A point on the horizon to the west of the

horizon.
Astronomy of Astrology: The Earth's Tilt

The Earth moves in the plane of the ecliptic around the
Sun center. The diagram shows the earth at the
moment of the summer and winter solstices, and the
two equinoxes. You will notice that the Earth does not
sit-up-straight in its own orbit. The polar axis (the line of
the North and South Poles) is forever tilted away from
the plane of the Earth's orbit. This 'tilt' or angle is the
whole of the difference between the ecliptic (zodiac)
system of coordinates and the equatorial system. If the
Earth were not tilted, the two systems would be
identical. As it is, there is a difference between
longitudes measured along the ecliptic and those
longitudes measured along the equator in right
ascension. This is why.
877
The Earth's Tilt

The Earth moves in the plane of the ecliptic around the
Sun center. The diagram shows the earth at the
moment of the summer and winter solstices, and the
two equinoxes. You will notice that the Earth does not
sit-up-straight in its own orbit. The polar axis (the line of
the North and South Poles) is forever tilted away from
the plane of the Earth's orbit. This 'tilt' or angle is the
whole of the difference between the ecliptic (zodiac)
system of coordinates and the equatorial system. If the
Earth were not tilted, the two systems would be
identical. As it is, there is a difference between
longitudes measured along the ecliptic and those
longitudes measured along the equator in right
ascension. This is why.
878
The Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn

The diagram on this page should help you to see the
difference between these two systems. Be sure you can
understand the following statements:
1.The Earth always stays in the plane of the ecliptic.
2.The North Pole of the Earth is tilted toward the plane
of the ecliptic by an angle of 23 1/2° in the direction of
zero-degrees Cancer.
3.The polar tilt is permanent, although it changes
somewhat over a long period of time.
4.As the Earth moves around the Sun, the North Pole
always points in the same direction.
5.That direction amounts to the zero-degrees of the
zodiac sign Cancer.
6.The North Pole of the Earth is tilted at a 23 1/2° angle
toward 0° of Cancer (tropical zodiac).
879
7.In fact, the direction of 0° Cancer is defined by the

direction toward which the North Pole is tilted (in the
Tropical zodiac).
The Earth's Tilt

The diagram on this page should help you to see the
difference between these two systems. Be sure you can
understand the following statements:
1.The Earth always stays in the plane of the ecliptic.
2.The North Pole of the Earth is tilted toward the plane
of the ecliptic by an angle of 23 1/2° in the direction of
zero-degrees Cancer.
3.The polar tilt is permanent, although it changes
somewhat over a long period of time.
4.As the Earth moves around the Sun, the North Pole
always points in the same direction.
880
5.That direction amounts to the zero-degrees of the

zodiac sign Cancer.
6.The North Pole of the Earth is tilted at a 23 1/2° angle
toward 0° of Cancer (tropical zodiac).
7.In fact, the direction of 0° Cancer is defined by the
direction toward which the North Pole is tilted (in the
Tropical zodiac).
The Earth's Tilt

The important idea so far is that the axis of .the Earth is
frozen or fixed in space, no matter where the Earth
happens to be in its orbit around the Sun. Here are
some other facts to consider in relation to these same
diagrams:
1.The seasons result from the 'tilt' of the North Pole into
or toward the Sun.
881
2.At the moment of the summer solstice, the North Pole

is tilted most toward the Sun and therefore is aligned
with a vertical light ray coming from the Sun.
3.The polar axis of the Earth is in line with a vertical light
ray only twice a year, at the summer and winter
solstices.
4.At the equinoctial points (Spring and Fall), the polar
axis of the Earth is at right-angles or 'square' to a
vertical light ray coming from the Sun.
5.At all other times of the year besides these four
cardinal points, the angle between the polar axis of the
Earth and a vertical light ray coming from the Sun will be
somewhere between 0° and 90°. It gradually changes
all the time.
882
Planet Longitude and Latitude

Examine the diagram until you understand of the
following:
1.The plane of the ecliptic (orbital plane of Earth) is
different from the orbital plane of, for example, Pluto.
2.However, both planes pass through the Sun center.
3.While the orbits of the two planets are, in distance,
larger and smaller, the planes of the orbits ignore this
distance factor and are considered as "infinite."
4.These planes are inclined to one another by an angle
or inclination. This is show here by the planet of the
earth's orbit (horizontal), and the plane of Pluto's orbit
inclined or titled at an angle to it.
5.The orbital plane of Pluto intersects the orbital plane
of the Earth (ecliptic) at two points, called the 'nodes'.
883
6.The north or ascending node refers to that zodiac

point where Pluto passes from under to above the plane
of the ecliptic, while the south or descending node
refers to where Pluto passes through the zodiac plane,
from above (ecliptic north) to below (ecliptic south).
7.The diagram shows Pluto and Earth at different points
in their orbit. If Earth were also at the point where Pluto
is (horizontal dotted line), then this would be a
conjunction of the Earth and Pluto is an alignment of the
Earth, Pluto, and the Sun center in zodiac longitude and
not necessarily in zodiac latitude. When might a
conjunction in both longitude and latitude take place?
The answer is if both the Earth and Pluto were at one of
their nodes. At that point, there would be no latitude for
Pluto.
8.Be sure to note that most astrologer's charts ignore
the latitude factor in planetary positions, and just list the
longitude..
884
From the Sky to the Chart Form: Part 1/ 0362
Our astrological 360° chart form (open style chart

wheel) represents the plane of the zodiac along which
our Earth moves in the course of a year. In addition, the
fact that almost all of the planets move in planes that
are almost (but not quite) identical or coincident with our
ecliptic gives the zodiac plane even greater importance
than it would otherwise have. In fact, most astrologers
use just the zodiac longitude of the planet's positions on
the plane of the zodiac and ignore the latitude or
elevation of the planet either above or below the ecliptic
plane.
From the Sky to the Chart Form: Part 2
885

plane. Here you can see what is called the "band of the
zodiac."
From the Sky to the Chart Form: Part 3

886

plane. The diagram shows how the ecliptic sphere is
projected on a the paper chart form used by astrologers.
Snapshots of Earth at a Birth

Although many students of astrology are only aware of
the zodiac sphere and zodiac coordinates (longitude
and latitude), there are actually three separate
spheres/coordinate systems that make up a birth chart.
They are the Ecliptic (zodiac) Sphere, the Celestial
Sphere (equatorial), and the Horizon Sphere (azimuth
and altitude). Each is oriented differently in space, so it
is worthwhile to take the time to understand this.
Much of this will be clear through study on your part. I
have found that it is very difficult to explain these
887
different coordinate systems in words. Illustrations help

a lot and drawing out your own horizon helps most of
all. I apologize for the awkwardness of this presentation
and can imagine a small book devoted to a careful
presentation of these three coordinate systems.
The View at Birth

Although many students of astrology are only aware of
the zodiac sphere and zodiac coordinates (longitude
and latitude), there are actually three separate
spheres/coordinate systems that make up a birth chart.
They are the Ecliptic (zodiac) Sphere, the Celestial
Sphere (equatorial), and the Horizon Sphere (azimuth
and altitude). Each is oriented differently in space, so it
is worthwhile to take the time to understand this.
Much of this will be clear through study on your part. I
have found that it is very difficult to explain these
different coordinate systems in words. Illustrations help
a lot and drawing out your own horizon helps most of
888
all. I apologize for the awkwardness of this presentation

and can imagine a small book devoted to a careful
presentation of these three coordinate systems.
The Ecliptic Sphere

Let us review these systems once again. We will
examine some diagrams that represent the systems at
work in a natal chart. Be sure you understand each of
the following statements:
1.The birth day is July 18, and the Earth is at 295° or
25° Capricorn along the plane of the ecliptic.
2.The Sun in this natal chart is at 25° Cancer or 115° of
Absolute Longitude. The Sun and Earth are always
opposite each other, so that if I am a Cancer Sun, this
means the earth was actually in Capricorn on that day.
This is clear from the diagram.
889
3.It is Summer in the northern hemisphere since the

arctic circle is exposed to the Sun. Notice the North Pole
is facing the Sun, pointing at zero-degrees of Cancer.
4.Half the Earth is in darkness, half in light.
5.Noon is that point on the Earth that is in line with the
Earth/Sun axis, the red line.
6.The time of birth is in the later afternoon.
The Celestial/Equatorial Sphere

This diagram represents the Earth and/or the celestial
sphere. The zodiac or ecliptic is surrounding the Earth,
and the North Pole is tilted toward the solstice point.
Then:
1.A late afternoon birth puts the birthplace to the right of
the Earth/Sun line and toward the twilight region of the
globe.
2.The birth geographic latitude is 40°.
890
3.A line from the North Geographic Pole (or celestial

pole) through the birthplace and on to the South Pole
represents the RAMC (right ascension of the
Midheaven) for this birth.
4.The point where it cuts or intersects the zodiac is the
M.C. (25° Virgo).
The earth is floating in space, in the plane of its orbit (of
course), with its pole tilted toward zero-degrees of the
zodiac sign Cancer. It rotates (in this diagram) in a
counter-clockwise motion. Therefore, the birth place
(blue dot here), is turning into or toward the dark half of
the earth, which is night. The latitude (both
geographically and celestially) is 40-degrees north. This
is marked on the diagram by the blue oval.
891
The Horizon Sphere

This diagram shows the third (and final) coordinate
system that makes up a birth chart, in this case the local
horizon, measured in Altitude and Azimuth. Here we are
looking at the exact spot on the earth where the birth
took place, the most local coordinates. Please note:
1.The Zenith (Z), which is the point directly above the
birth place, extends out above the birthplace (purple
dot).
2.The plane of the horizon is 90° from the zenith. This is
shown by the red semi-arc in the diagram, extending
from the ascendant (top) to the descendent (bottom)
3.The intersection of the horizon to the zodiac at 8° of
Sagittarius and Gemini marks the ascendant and
descendant axis. The ascendant is where the local
horizon intersects the zodiac.
892
4.The horizon system is oriented or tilted toward about

8° Virgo. This point is called the Nonagesimal, a point
on the ecliptic +/- 90° from the ascendant/descendant
axis and near the zenith.
5.The Prime Vertical (East-West plane) intersects the
ecliptic to form the vertex and anti-vertex. This would be
about 23-degrees of the sign Cancer.
6.The North Pole (NP) is shown, which is the same on
the geographic globe and the Celestial Sphere.
The Tropical Zodiac or Ecliptic

The term 'ecliptic' is the astronomical word for what
astrologers call the plane of the zodiac. Although, as
astrologers, we all use the zodiac or ecliptic in our work,
let us review just what it, in fact, is:
The Ecliptic or zodiac is the plane of the Earth's orbit
and, like a vast sheet of glass, it can is considered to
extend infinitely in all directions. In other words, the
893
360° orbit of the Earth around the Sun describes a

plane that passes through the center of the Earth and
the Sun. By definition, our Earth ever moves only within
this thin plane in its endless orbit around the Sun. In the
diagram, the Earth revolves in a counter-clockwise
direction (as seen from looking down from the north pole
of the ecliptic).
Tropical Zodiac
The term 'ecliptic' is the astronomical word for what
astrologers call the plane of the zodiac. Although, as
astrologers, we all use the zodiac or ecliptic in our work,
let us review just what it, in fact, is:
The Ecliptic or zodiac is the plane of the Earth's orbit
and, like a vast sheet of glass, it can is considered to
extend infinitely in all directions. In other words, the
360° orbit of the Earth around the Sun describes a
plane that passes through the center of the Earth and
the Sun. By definition, our Earth ever moves only within
894
this thin plane in its endless orbit around the Sun. In the
diagram, the Earth revolves in a counter-clockwise
direction (as seen from looking down from the north pole
of the ecliptic).
The Ecliptic Plane

Let's examine what the zodiac or ecliptic coordinate
system is and how we use it in our work. All reference
coordinate systems (like the ecliptic) must have a center
and here that will be either the Earth or the Sun. We use
the Earth as a center for traditional geocentric (Earth-
centered) astrology and the Sun as the center for
heliocentric (Sun-centered) astrology. As far as the
zodiac is concerned, there is no difference between
these centers in terms of the infinite distance at which
the Zodiac is considered to be. In other words, the
geocentric and heliocentric zodiacs are the same
because the zodiac is considered to be at an infinite
distance from both. The differences between geo and
895
helio planetary positions are due to the differing

perspectives of the Sun and planets as seen from either
the Earth or the Sun, and are not due to differing
zodiacs. Since every center for a coordinate system is
surrounded by 360 equal degrees of space in any
direction, we must have a plane to which all objects,
stars, planets, etc. may be referred -- a reference plane.
Every coordinate system must have a plane of
reference that passes through the center of the system
and which divides all space into two equal halves or
hemispheres.
We have mentioned, when speaking of the zodiac, that
it is the plane of the Earth's orbit that is used as the
fundamental reference plane for the ecliptic system of
coordinates. We may specify the position of all objects
as either above (north) or below (south) of this plane by
a number of degrees of arc that range from 0° (the
plane itself) to 90° above or below this plane -- the north
and south poles of the ecliptic. We must also choose
(and this is the most arbitrary factor) a point or direction
in space (somewhere along the plane itself) from which
to measure longitude of arc from 0° to 360°-- zodiac
longitude. In the tropical ecliptic system used by most
Western astrologers, this point is the zero-degrees Aries
point or Vernal Equinox (to be explained elsewhere).
896
The Ecliptic Sphere

Be sure to get a feeling for what a system of coordinates
is and how such a system is defined. All coordinates
systems will have a center, a plane of reference (i.e. a
north and south pole), and a point along the plane from
which to measure the longitude factor. The latitude
factor is measured above and below the reference
plane.
There are many useful coordinate systems in
astrological work besides the zodiac or ecliptic. The two
outstanding other systems that must be understood for
competent astrological considerations are the Equatorial
System of right ascension and declination and the
Horizon System of azimuth and altitude. Yet other
systems include the Galactic System, Supergalactic
System, and the Local System (the systems of near
stars of which our Sun is one member). This is in
addition to the various orbital planes of the planets other
897
than Earth, each of which has its own "ecliptic," based

on the inclination of its particular orbital plane. Still other
systems exist, based on the equatorial inclination of the
planets, the equator of the Sun, and the Invariable
Plane of the solar system. It can get complex.
Geographic and Celestial Latitude

The earth is endlessly revolving, exposing us, wherever
we are, to the entire circle of the heavens. At night, we
can see the stars, planets, and constellations, change
every few hours or so. But there are two places in the
heavens that do not change, and that is the part of the
heavens directly above (and below) the north and south
geographic poles, respectively. Everything revolves
around those two points.
In the Northern Hemisphere, there happens to be a star
right above the North Pole, and this is called (obviously)
the Pole Star. It is also called the North Star. This star
has been used forever as a guide star for travelers and
898
seamen, because it is the one celestial object in the

Northern Hemisphere that is always there. It does not
change.
Latitude
899

change.
The Pole Star (North Star)

change.
900
Circles of Latitude
Each place and city on this Earth is located at a specific
latitude, somewhere between the equator and the North
and South poles. Ann Arbor, Michigan, where I used to
live, is located at some 42° latitude, north of the
equator. In fact, there is a circle of cities at 42° latitude
that stretch across the U.S.A. and on around the Earth.
Thus there are other cities on the globe that also are
located at 42° north geographic latitude.
Now the interesting fact about the relation between
geographic latitude and declination in the equatorial
sphere is that there exists a circle of stars on the
celestial sphere located at a declination that matches
the geographic latitude of your home. This circle of
declination and the stars at 42° of declination are the
only stars that ever pass directly (by zenith transit)
overhead your town. Thus, each parallel of geographic
latitude on the Earth has a matching parallel of
901
declination on the celestial sphere. The diagram will

illustrate this fact.
North and South Circles

Ann Arbor is located at point '5' on the rotating Earth.
Star 'a' is directly overhead at what is called the zenith.
As the Earth turns, it will carry Ann Arbor to point '6', '7',
and on around in a circle until point '5' is reached once
again. There is also another circle of stars that pass
exactly under Ann Arbor on the far side of the Earth
each day. This circle would be those stars located at a
declination circle of -42° (42 degrees south declination).
Every city on Earth could be described in terms of the
kind of stars and other objects that make up the
declination circles that equal the circle of geographic
latitude at which they are located.
902
Cities on the Same Meridian

What we have done for the declination factor on the
celestial sphere, we could also do for the right
ascension or longitude equivalent in this coordinate
system. Right ascension is similar to zodiac longitude in
that it is measured from 0° to 360°, but it is measured
along the equator and not along the ecliptic or zodiac.
We shall return to the difference between these two
systems later on. Right now, we will investigate the
relationship between right ascension and the
geographic meridian that runs from the North Pole on
the Earth through your birthplace and on to the South
Pole.
903
Longitude and Latitude

This diagram shows the Earth, on which we have drawn
both parallels of geographic latitude and north/south
geographic meridians of longitude. The arrow pointing
to one of the red dots illustrates a city located
somewhere along this geographic circle of latitude. Any
atlas will allow you to find other cities (by geographic
longitude and latitude) located along the parallel of
latitude where you are, and also cities located along the
north/south geographic meridian that passes through
your location. We have illustrated this with small circles
in the diagram that represent other cities located along
these two directions on the globe.
904
Longitude Meridian
We have seen how there is a circle of stars on the
celestial sphere that equals the circle of geographic
latitude for any spot on Earth. We can do the same for
the geographic longitude factor. In fact we do this each
time we cast a natal chart and locate the Local Sidereal
Time (LST) or Right Ascension of the Mid-Heaven
(RAMC). We stop the Earth's motion and hold it still
(frozen in time) to see what part of the heavens is
overhead at our birth place. Another way of saying this:
we determine in what direction of the heavenly sphere
the Earth was pointed or oriented.
Once we have found the LST or RAMC for a birth, we

can look up the equivalent midheaven (M.C.),
ascendant, and house-cusps in any Table-of-Houses.
We can also look up the direction of the heavens "out-
there" or overhead on the star maps elsewhere in this
905
section. Your LST. (Local Sidereal time) may be

expressed in Hours-Minutes-Seconds (HMS), which you
will find along the edge of these maps or in Degrees-
Minutes-Seconds (DMS) of arc (rather than time). These
too are given on the maps. (HMS may be converted to
DMS by simply multiplying by 15, and DMS may be
converted to HMS by dividing by 15).
Meridian Alignment
For those of you with access to a standard star map,
you might like to look up your RAMC or LST and locate
the right-ascension meridian that was overhead at your
birth, which give you the direction in space to which your
birth location was pointed or oriented. All stars and
points along the line of right ascension running from top
to bottom on this map were in line with the geographic
meridian for your birth. The diagram will illustrate this:
1.Ann Arbor is located along the 42nd parallel of Earth
latitude.
906
2.The North/South geographic meridian (red arc)

passes through Ann Arbor.
3.This geographic meridian equals is then projected
onto the Equatorial Celestial Sphere.
4.All points located along this celestial meridian will be
aligned and in conjunction with the North/South
geographic meridian for Ann Arbor.
5.However, only the upper star is also conjunct by
declination (= latitude) for Ann Arbor.
6.The planet Jupiter (shown) would be overhead, but to
the South of Ann Arbor and directly overhead a city in
South America.
7.However, all the points/objects shown would be
conjunct the midheaven for this chart.
At this point, it is hoped the reader has some feel for
how the geographic sphere fits or matches the
equatorial sphere. Perhaps it is clear to you why the
equatorial coordinates right ascension (RA) and
declination are so important in mundane astrology
(politics, etc.). For one, any planetary position can be
matched to a spot on the Earth by both longitude and
latitude, and this is what is done when we trace eclipse
paths on the globe. There is not space to go into great
detail with this subject, but if the reader understands the
simple relationship between the geographic and
mundane (equatorial) spheres, many interesting ideas
may occur.
907
The Horizon
In the Horizon system a plane through the observing
point parallel to the horizon is the plane of reference.
The poles are the Zenith (point overhead) and the Nadir
(point underfoot). The vertical circle through a celestial
object (such as a star) and the zenith is the Object
Circle. The coordinates are given (for the object) by
Azimuth, which is the horizontal angle (A in the diagram)
measured from an arbitrary reference direction -- East in
our case -- counterclockwise to the object circle) and the
Altitude (a), which is the elevation angle measured
upward from the horizon to the object). The great circle
through the north and south points and the zenith is the
Meridian, and the great circle through the east and west
points and the zenith is the Prime Vertical. Circles of
parallel altitude to the horizon that are not great circles
are called Almucantars.
908
Horizon Sphere -- A heavenly sphere based on the

plane of the observer's local horizon (90° from both the
zenith and the nadir), but taken from the center of the
Earth.
Zenith -- The zenith is the point directly overhead any
spot on Earth.
Nadir -- The nadir is the point directly beneath (opposite
the zenith) any spot on Earth.
Altitude -- The angular distance of any body above or
below the plane of the local horizon. Altitude is
measured from 0° to 90° from the plane of the horizon
to either pole.
Azimuth -- The angle measured around the 360°
circumference of the horizon, either east or west (there
are different practices). The azimuth of an object as
measured from the meridian plane of the observer and
a vertical plane through any body.
Prime Vertical -- A great circle passing through the
zenith (north pole), nadir (south pole), and the east and
west points on the horizon.
Altitude Circles -- Parallel circles of altitude, wither north
or south of the plane of the horizon.
Almuncantar -- Parallel circles of altitude, wither north or
south of the plane of the horizon.
North Point -- A point on the horizon to the north of the
horizon.
South Point -- A point on the horizon to the south of the
horizon.
909
East Point -- A point on the horizon to the east of the

horizon.
West Point -- A point on the horizon to the west of the
horizon.
The Horizon System

We will return to some additional ideas as to the
relationship between the equator and the ecliptic after
we introduce the third major astrological system of
coordinates, that of the Horizon.
The Horizon system of coordinates represents the third
and last of the spherical systems used in constructing a
natal chart. In this system, the reference plane is one
through the birthplace or observing point that is parallel
to the horizon. The poles of this system are the Zenith
(point overhead) and Nadir (point underfoot). The
910
latitude-type coordinate in this system is called Altitude

and is measured from 0° to 90° from the plane of the
horizon to either pole. The longitude coordinate is called
Azimuth and is measured from 0° to 360° along the
horizon (for astrological use in this book), starting from
the East point and moving in a counterclockwise
direction through the North point and on around, in the
same way that we are used to measuring houses or
signs.
The Horizon System is built around the specific place on
earth of the event and all other objects, such as planets,
stars, cities, etc. are then expressed in terms of how
they were oriented or appear from this perspective. The
horizon system is most like the standard road map in
that it has a North-South-East-West orientation. The
North-South axis is identical to the Celestial Meridian
running from the north celestial (or geographic) pole
through the observer to the south pole. The East-West
circle is called the Primer Vertical and runs due East or
West from the observer. It does not follow the East-
West geographic parallels of latitude. The horizon
system can be anyplace on earth you are.
911
The Straighter The Line, The Finer The Curve

We are right in the middle of a seeming endless line of
years stretching back before we can imagine and
stretching on into the future as far as we can imagine.
This is illustrated at Fig. A. in the accompanying
diagram, a long line of years. This is what is called a
linear representation, a simple line.
In most respects, every year is the same, exactly 365
days of sunlight and darkness. Fig. B. shows the year
2003 as a segment taken from the endless line of years.
The dictionary has this to say about what a cycle is:
"Any process or sequence of states in which the initial
and final states of a system are the same."
Well, that makes sense. The end of one year is the
exact beginning of the next, and so on, and all 365 days
for each year in between are also more or less equal.
This cycle of the year is commonly represented as a
912
circle, as in Fig. C, and this is the familiar zodiac chart

form used by astrologers. The beginning and end points
of the year are wrapped around to meet and this
illustrates the cycle of the year, in the form of a circle.
As mentioned, in Fig. C, we have the standard zodiac
chart, which represents the path of Earth in the course
of a year, 365 days. It may interest you to know that we
are traveling with the earth in its orbit around the Sun at
some 67,000 miles an hour, so if you have been having
trouble controlling your mind while meditating, that could
be the reason. <g>
Time Spiral
This diagram shows how the earth, in its yearly orbit,
cycle, or circle, actually is always moving forward (we
mentioned the speed!), so it really makes more of a
spiral, than a simple circle. These circles spiral.
913
Summary: All circle, and in fact everything that repeats

or returns on itself, again and again, cycle, and these
cycles are spirals. Examples of common cycles: the
cycle of the earth around the Sun in a year, the cycle of
the Moon around Earth in a Month, the cycle of the
revolution of the earth in a day, the cycle of our breath,
breathing, the cycle of our heart beating, and so on,
downward to cycles so small that they are invisible to
us, like the cycle of electrons orbiting an atom.
On the other hand, cycles beyond our imagination on
the longer side include the cycle of our Sun orbiting the
center of the galaxy, in some 230 million years, and so
on. In other words, we are bounded on the one hand by
endless cycles too small for us to measure and on the
other by cycles too vast for us to grasp. We study the
cycles that fall within our life's awareness and ability to
measure and understand. In many ways, astrology is
the study of these cycles.
914
Astrology as a Business
Setting Up an Astrological Practice

At some point in our study of astrology, many of us
realize that astrology is not just a passing fancy, but a
real avocation, something we not only do for ourselves,
but also something that we can do for other people.
Making the transition from viewing astrology as a casual
interest to a full- or part-time avocation (perhaps a
business) is what is being presented here.
Signs of Success
I have pointed out many times that astrology is not a
belief system, as in: something you "believe" in. Like
any other self-knowledge tool, astrology is either
something that you find useful in your life or you do not.
You might just as easily have chosen the tarot,
meditation, yoga, or any number of other oracles, or all
of these. The deciding factor is whether astrology is
915
useful in your life. Do you get more out of it than you

have to put into it in the way of effort?
If you do, then astrology becomes an alternate way to
view yourself, who you are, and what your life is all
about. And, if you find that astrology is working for you,
then it is but a hop and a skip to doing it for others. In
fact, for many of us, others beat a path to our door,
once they know we are "astrologers."
Rites of Passage
In this world, with so many tools and resources available
to us, where even a plethora of knowledge (via the
Internet) is often only a button away, many people still
have so little means to learn about themselves, about
their personal self. I am not exaggerating when I say
that, by and large, everyone at some point in their lives
secretly is waiting to be found and discovered for the
wonderful being that they (at least on the good days)
know themselves to be. For a great many of us, there is
916
no one who seems to recognize us or who can

celebrate with us the simple passing of our lives. Like
we see happening to celebrities, many of us wish that
we too would be discovered and cherished here in the
middle of our lives, if only in a small way.
Since most of us are not suddenly found and delivered
from what can be our loneliness, are not recognized for
who we are, we have to discover our own selves, as
best we can. This process of self discovery is age old.
Astrology is, for many people, a valuable tool for this
self discovery, a kind of do-it-yourself kit for developing
awareness. And once you have figured out how to find
out about yourself using astrology, you may be in a
position to assist others in doing the same. In other
words: you may be able to do for others what you
waited and wished someone would do for you, shine
some light on their inner selves, and give them a little
space and time in which for them to discover
themselves. At the very least, you can share with them,
and help celebrate their life. Psychological birth is every
bit as important as physical birth and, in a very real
sense, astrologers can become a midwife of the psyche.
917
You Know You're an Astrologer When

As mentioned above, if astrology has turned out to be a
useful tool for self discovery, something you have
learned to depend on as one of your life guides, then it
usually is not too long before others hear about it,
probably from knowing you. And astrology is not the
easiest oracle to learn. It can be quite complex, and not
everyone is cut out to handle that complexity. And that
is why we have astrologers, who in turn do readings for
others, and in this way share their expertise of
astrology.
If you have somewhat of a gift for interpreting astrology,
that trickle of interest by others in what you do will
gradually grow into a small river of folks, who want to
learn more about themselves, and are willing to sit with
you and look at their lives through the prism of
astrology. At that point, you are a serious amateur and
918
perhaps considering becoming a professional. Let's talk

about that for a moment.
Amateur or Professional?
I am a strong advocate of amateur astrology, but I have
done both, and for many years at that. In the best of
possible worlds, this kind of knowledge, that of self
birthing, psychological midwifery, is best done by
someone who loves and cares about you, just like our
mother is the one who brings us into this world. There
is, in my opinion, something lost when we charge
money to do what is essentially a spiritual process.
Don't misunderstand me. I am not a business prude. I
have worked for many years as a professional reader,
so I am not averse to charging a fee. I just want you to
know that, given a choice (and enough income), I don't
charge for a reading. But, I should also add that (these
days) I tend to do readings only for those I have come
to know or otherwise bumped into along the road of life.
919
And, I also tend to do readings if someone asks me too.

In my opinion, there is something un-cool about turning
down a request for some astrological help, no matter
who is doing the asking. That's just me.
I am familiar with, but not persuaded by, the argument
that readings are not valued unless they are paid for,
unless something is exchanged, and that putting up
cash is a sign of sincerity on the part of the client. I
understand the argument: that we value what we have
sacrificed something for and that what is freely given
may not appreciated, for that reason. My answer to that,
however is: I would hope that the astrology I do is more
effective than that.
920
Clients Must Request

It is true that it is essential for the client to request a
reading and to state the questions they may have. That
alone is an offering. That is enough, in my opinion. They
must ask for the reading, if they are to receive one.
Without that, the astrologer is being asked to simply
perform and entertain or prove to the client that
astrology works, which is beside the point. The point is
to see if astrology can be useful or not for any
individual.
What is my bottom line here? If my life is such that I
need to make money doing astrology, I charge. If I have
other things going for me at the time, I do not charge.
And, if I do charge, it is not always money that is
exchanged. The exchange of goods and services is a
wonderful way to handle this. It has seemed to be true
for me that, if the client can exchange something, that
this leaves them in a better place, one where they can
921
take or leave what you may have to say to them. They

are not so much at your mercy. The reading, then, is
something that they bought and paid for and, therefore,
can do whatever they wish with. I know, this is slightly
contradictory with what I wrote earlier.
I guess I am of mixed mind about all of this fee
business. In a perfect world, I would have the astrology
play the role of the mentor, and the client the role of the
student, with the subject being: discovering your self
through astrology. In that scendario, I don't see the
need for money or any kind of barter. The experience
itself is an exchange, plain and simple.
I understand the world is not that simple and that the
mentor/student exchange is somewhat rare. So, I will
leave you to decide when and how much to charge for
your services, or whatever method of barter you might
come up with.
922
The Home Office

Many of us begin doing astrology wherever we can,
here and there, as time and place permit, sort of a
"Have Charts, Will Travel" sort of affair. However,
sooner or later, most of us find that having a special
spot where we do our readings is better. It could just be
me, but there is something about setting aside an area
of your house or a corner of an office for doing astrology
that is appealing. It just feels right.
Besides, astrology requires a fair amount (sometimes a
lot!) of preparation work, what with many charts, lists of
transits, maps, and so forth. In the years during which I
was doing readings or consultations full time, I had a
separate office just for this kind of work. Even today,
when I am involved in many other things, I still like to do
readings in a corner of my current office. You get the
idea. But then again, I may just as easily grab all the
charts and go sit out on the grass, if it is nice out. That is
923
how I do it. I have always worked out of my home and

never felt it made me look less professional. There is
something in me that does not see myself in commercial
office.
The Downtown Office

Many astrologers I have known, and I have known
many, don't want to work out of their homes. They like
to keep their home and business lives separate, and
feel most comfortable having an office outside their
home. And there are many ways to do this. You can
simply rent an office, but that can be expensive. Many
astrologers and spiritually-oriented readers share an
office space. Still others have a special spot, be it a
quiet coffee shop or a park bench, where they like to do
readings.
I should point out that wherever you decide to do your
readings, it should be quite private, since as you
probably already know, due to the nature of the reading
924
process, emotions typically run high, and the client may

vent tears or anger, and usually both. You want to give
them some privacy, so that they can have that letting go
experience, with as little added self consciousness or
social pressure as possible.
Most Important Tool

It goes without saying, but I will say it again here that
the most important tool you need to do astrological
readings is a calm and tranquil mind - receptivity. You
must be able to listen. If you have just had a fight with
your kids or spouse, and are way off your contacts, do
everyone a favor and just reschedule. Readings and
upset don't work well together.
Also, I am assuming here that if you have come this far
with astrology, that you have some way of working with
your mind, be that meditation, yoga, or some other form
of mind training. Receptivity and a calm mind are
imperatives for astrological counseling, not options. If
925
you have never received proper instruction on how to

meditate, then please get some. By meditation, what is
meant here is that simple practice of sitting quietly and
observing your own mind as taught by many of the
Asian cultures, such as Zen, Theravadin, Tibetan,
Chinese, and Japanese Buddhism, and others. The
goal of this kind of meditation is not relaxation, but to
get to know your mind and recognize how it operates.
Relaxation therapy is not what I mean here by
"meditation."
If you don't know where to get that instruction, email me
([email protected]) and I will try to find a competent
meditation instructor in your area and email you.
926
Other Tools You Need

Next to your own mind and awareness, probably the
next major tool to have these days is a computer and
some astrological programs. Programs that do astrology
are available for both the PC and the Mac, so there is a
wide selection. Since I founded Matrix Software,
although I no longer run it, I am biased in that direction.
But there are other major software companies that have
professional-level programs, including Esoteric
Technologies, and Cosmic Patterns. These are for the
PC. For the Mac, the company you want is TimeCycles.
When you are just beginning, you can find many
freeware or shareware astrology programs on the web
that offer a lot. However, when you decide to become a
professional and to offer professional astrological
services, you are probably better off investing in a
professional-level program, one that offers a wide range
of options, all of which print out in attractive formats, and
927
with your name and contact numbers engraved on

them. Even the best programs cost only a couple of
hundred dollars, so that is not too much of an
investment.
Techniques
What kind of astrology you use is up to you, and this is
an important point: Astrology is an oracle, not a science.
Astrology is a way for what is happening out there in the
heavens to be recognized as happening also down here
on earth, the heavens speaking, and we listening and
recognizing these archetypical events in our day-today
life here on Earth. I liken it to star writing in the sky that
we can learn to read. And.... there are all kinds of
astrological techniques.
It took me years to figure this out and to accept it as
true: there is no one astrological technique that is better
than the others. There are only the techniques that work
or are useful to you. I used to believe that there were
928
"good" and "bad" techniques, and, of course, I had the

good ones and some other astrologers used the bad
ones. Too bad for them. That is overstating it, but you
get the idea. In other words, I would try out techniques
that others told me about in glowing terms, but they did
nothing for me. Therefore I assumed they were of no
value. In this assumption, I was mostly wrong.
Again: astrology is an oracle through which the heavens
speak to us. And what they speak about is our life in its
unfolding. Oracles are all about letting the message
come through, and not about the particular vehicle or
technique that it speaks through. All astrological
techniques are meaningful, to some degree. The only
question to answer is if a particular technique is
meaningful or useful to you. We can't (therefore we
probably should not) judge another astrologer's
technique, as to whether it works for him or her. We can
only know what works for us, and those are the
techniques we will use.
929
Popular Techniques
Now that we have made it clear that you can use
whatever astrological technique works for you and not
have to justify it to anyone, what are the techniques
used by most professional astrologers? Here we are
going to just mention a few of the major ones, which you
can read more about elsewhere.
Birth Charts
Sure. The place to start in astrology for most people is
to learn about themselves through their own birth chart.
By doing this, you will find out pretty quickly if astrology
catches your interest or not. And there are several birth
charts that you have worth looking into. There is the
traditional geocentric natal chart, but there is also your
inner or what is called the "Dharma Chart," the
heliocentric natal chart. There are others, as well,
including the equatorial natal chart (helpful aligning
930
"you" with geographic places and world events), and

what I call the Local Space Chart, a snapshot that
combines the earth and the planets in a very local
sense - the space surrounding your birth.
Transits, Directions, and Progressions
Our natal chart is a snapshot of ourselves at birth, at the
beginning. Once we learn something about our natal
chart, we want to keep it updated. The planets keep
moving after our birth, and astrologers like to know how
this onward movement relates to the natal chart. How
does astrology affect us today? To do this, astrologers
employ a variety of techniques (chiefly transits,
directions, and progressions) that chart what is
happening now in the sky (or at this time) and compare
that to our natal positions.
There are many, many other techniques, as well, and
these will be detailed in another section, but the natal
chart and some form of ongoing analysis of planetary
movement are the two major techniques that almost all
astrologers use on a regular basis.
931
Client Confidentiality
As an astrologer, what you hear in an astrological
reading is private, perhaps not as protected as in the
confessional, but for your ears only. Like lawyers,
doctors, psychiatrists, and other professionals, the
astrologer-client privilege should be honored and
protected. This is universally recognized by astrological
groups and organizations.
As a counselor, I have had just about everything (and
more) that I could conceive of laid out before me at one
time or another, more than I could ever have imagined.
Compared to what goes on out there, my life is very
boring and uneventful. What I hear in a consulting
situation is not something I repeat or pass on to the
social scene or even discuss. It is deeper even than
that. It really can't be discussed.
In fact, one of the things you soon learn in counseling is
to just drop it. After the reading is over, with its tempests
932
and sea changes, I just forget it. One good reason for
doing this is because it is way too much to try and keep
in mind, much less process. All kinds of experiences
take place during a reading, and your mind is often
stretched far beyond what you personally are used to,
as part of the accommodation process, that of listening
to the client. A client can easily take you on what
amounts to an acid trip, bending the limits of the mind,
and pushing you into realms you otherwise would never
see or go near.
So, there is no figuring out later what went on during the
session, and, as mentioned, I have learned to just let it
pass, and to think nothing of it. I don't want to belabor
this point, but I would like to prepare you for what you
will experience. Let me say it one more time:
The client, whom you don't know, may have material so
pent up that it has not seen the light of day for years, if
ever. Neither you nor they know what may erupt from
the deep areas of the psyche. It can be so powerful that
you won't be able (or want to) remember just what did
transpire. It is that powerful. I don't know how to put it,
but you may well be standing at the very edge of the
void with your client, gazing into the eternity or
damnation. When that experience closes, and you both
come back down into what we could call normal
consciousness, the mind closes after it. It is not even
much of a memory. You can't remember or reconstruct
it, and trying to only further strains an already exhausted
state. My point here is that we learn to just let some
things pass. They make no sense, in the ordinary sense
of that word.
933
How Long a Session?

How long to spend with a client? This is an area where
you can expect a wide range of answers, everything
from one-half hour to three of more hours. In my
experience, and in talking with other professionals, I
would say the average reading takes about one and
one-half hours, seldom more than two hours. Most
astrologers would probably agree with that number.
However, I know of some who take three or four hours
to work through the material, and I know of a few who
take less than one hour to do a reading. Elsewhere I
have a section on the nature of conducting a reading,
what a reading actually is. I don't want to repeat that
here, but I can summarize and say:
Regardless of what astrological techniques are used,
the essential theme of any reading usually involves a
process of emptying out, and an opposite process of
taking in, like breathing out and in. Perhaps a better
934
analogy would be a process of letting go of a grip (like

we might grip a baseball), and a taking of a new (and
more relaxed) grip. That's it. This is quite a physical
process, and it takes a certain amount of time, a time for
venting or emptying out, and a time for relaxing and
taking in, taking a new hold or grip on life.
I have found that about 1 1/2 to 2 hours is a reasonable
time frame for all of this to take place, and that once this
emptying out and its response takes place, the reading
is essentially over. It can continue on, but it is just small
talk after that point. The physical part of it that I am
pointing to can only take place once. When it is over,
the reading is over. If that emptying out and taking a
new grip has not taken place, you should continue for
as long as necessary, in my judgment. If it never takes
place, I don't charge for the reading, because I feel
nothing significant has happened. You be your own
judge of that.
935
Documenting the Reading

This is up to you. Most astrologers tape record the
reading, either in person or over the phone, and see
that the client has the tape or a copy of it. A taped
interview gives the client a change to go over and over
areas of the consultation that interest them, areas that
perhaps went over their head at the moment and were
missed. It also protects you from being misquoted and it
can save on follow-up phone calls to verify with you if
they heard right. In particular, hard to remember things
like dates can be pulled off the tape. Taping seems to
be a good thing and almost universally done.
With that said, I will point out that I am one of the
astrologers who also likes to write out interpretations for
a client. I got into this habit way back at the beginning,
when there were perhaps not enough knock-on-my-door
clients, and a advertised through-the-mail readings. I
have done hundreds of them and don't mind doing
936
them. They take no longer than a sit-down reading and

are self-documenting. However, they do depend on your
having a clear astrological vision, one that does not
depend as much upon the ebb and flow of the sit-down
client situation. In other words: you can't play off the
client, and adjust the reading to how and where things
are going. This leads me to the next point.
Tell It Like It Is
Astrologers are very different when it comes to this
topic. When looking at a chart, do you present what you
see there, whether or not the client seems to respond to
it, or do you constantly tailor and alter your message
based upon the feedback you are getting from the client
as things progress? Bluntly, if the client tells you that
what you are presenting to them does not fit them, how
do you alter that message, if at all?
We could have a long discussion on this issue, and
there would be many points of view to consider. In
937
actual practice, a skillful counselor does all kinds of

adjusting to achieve some kind of resonance with the
client. This is a continuous process and is to be
expected. You want to maintain some kind of dialog and
connection with the client, but not at all costs. And now
for my two cents, my general take on this:
I have learned, over these many years of counseling, to
stick with what the chart says, and not to bend over
backward to make it fit my clients expectations or
demands. I cannot tell you how many times a client has
rejected something I have presented as simply "not
true," only to acknowledge the same information later in
the reading, often after some sort of letting-the-hair-
down experience. Had I followed their lead, it would
have led elsewhere, and probably they would not go
there, "there" being what I had presented. As the
astrologer, you must direct or lead the session, which
does not mean that you don't listen and adjust to the
feedback you are getting from the client. Of course you
do.
You must be well trained in the techniques you use. By
"well trained" here, I mean that the techniques that you
use must be ones that you have tried, tested, and found
to be true in your work. As I like to say: your techniques
must work for you, and not you for them. Here is a short
sidebar about techniques that may be worth
understanding.
938
Techniques as Experience
Just what are astrological techniques, anyway? To the
best of my understanding, any technique is but the
residue of an astrological "Aha!" realization that occurs.
All techniques were discovered by some astrologer,
somewhere, even if it was way-back-when. The
discovery of a new astrological technique is a big deal,
at least for the astrologer who discovers it. It lights up
their life and can be a turning point.
When that experience of discovery passes, what
remains of the experience is the technique, a somewhat
(by definition) mechanical way of remembering or
recreating that experience, in many cases. You can't
pass on the experience to another, because each of us
must have our own experience. But you can pass on the
technique, whatever steps or process you can
remember about how you got to that experience
yourself. Astrological techniques are like this, the steps
939
or remains of a realization. Astrological techniques as

found in a book or even from the lips of a teacher are,
by their intrinsic nature, incomplete. They leave out the
"you" factor, which is that you must take the technique
and make it real for you - realize it!
Each of us must, as astrologers, realize whatever
techniques we use, to the best of our ability. Blindly
using the various steps of a technique, as passed down
through books or from a teacher will not cut it. In fact, it
is the teacher's job when presenting a technique to
empower the student and bring them to realization, not
just pass on the bare bones of the technique.
My point here is that: whatever techniques you end up
using with a client should be ones that you not only
understand as a mechanical technique (how to calculate
it), but you also have been able to realize (vitalize, make
alive) this technique within yourself. This is the only way
real astrological knowledge can be passed on, through
each of us realizing what we are doing. Otherwise, it is
rote learning and passing knowledge on for knowledge's
sake, and this happens too.
In some eras, it is all we can do to pass on the
technique, with no realization. It remains for another
generation, hopefully, to re-vitalize that technique and
make it real again, so that it lives and walks the earth.
That is realization. Enough said.
940
Read from the Client or the Chart?

To return to the subject of techniques in a reading: The
techniques you use with a client should be ones that
you have realized and can depend on, even when the
mental or emotional waters around you get rough. They
should be like fixed stars or lighthouses in your mind.
They guide and keep you on track, which brings me to
my personal point here:
I have learned to stick with my techniques, and to read
from the chart and not from the client. It can be tempting
to read from the client, in particular if they are very
transparent. This amounts to gathering the low hanging
fruit. My opinion is: don't be tempted. It is a slippery
slope.
Much better to stay with the chart, guided by the
realization of whatever techniques you use. Otherwise,
you are not doing astrology, but something else, which
may be fine in many cases. For my own work, I read
941
from the chart, not from the client, and this is one
reason I find it just as easy to write out a reading as to
have one in person. What I am going to say, in either
case, will be more or less the same. This is not to say
that I don't respond to feedback coming from the client. I
do, always, but I tend to use that feedback to get to the
point of communicating what is in the chart, not to
wander into more intuitive or psychic areas. In other
words, I am an astrologer, not a medium or psychic.
Other Persons Present

The readings I have done are almost always done one-
to-one, with no others present, no children, no spouses,
and no friends. It just does not unfold properly, when
more than two are involved about the chart of only one
person. Of course, this does not apply to relationship
questions, when it can be very helpful to have both
partners present. In fact, since my specialty happens to
942
be looking at relationships, I often have both partners

there.
While I don't encourage anyone other than the client to
be present, what I do encourage is to look at the charts
of anyone/everyone close to or critically involved with
the client. Charts of the spouse and the kids, the friends
and not-so-friends, the co-workers are very helpful, and
some thought must be given to encouraging the client to
provide that birth information prior to the reading.
Otherwise, what happens is that I am always doing
those charts on the spot, which is not as good as having
them more carefully considered before hand.
Death and Medicine

I don't predict death, if for no other reason than I don't
accurately know how to determine it. I would not, even if
I could. The same goes for medical advice. I am not a
medical astrologer, and I caution you about giving
medical advice in a reading (unless you are a doctor),
943
lest it turn around and bite you. What you CAN do is to

offer any amount of preventative health suggestions that
might be warranted, exercise, mediation, supplements,
nutritional advice, etc. - whole foods, and all that.
I know that many astrologers do offer medical advice,
but I don't go there.
Astrological Jargon
I have never understood why astrologers try to explain
or teach astrology to a client during a reading.
Statements like "Your Mars is conjunct Saturn" is
meaningless to the average client, and only serve to
muddy the waters. I did some of this when I was first
learning astrology, but it was usually to stall for time and
to cover up for the fact that I did not yet know enough of
what I was talking about, or was running out of material.
In fact, a sure sign of an amateur is dependence on
astrological jargon as a means of communication in the
reading situation.
944
In the classroom, sure, and I have taught thousands of

students over the years, and that is where jargon has its
place. In the reading: not appropriate. The client has no
idea as to what astrological phrases and lingo mean. It
may sound impressive, but the best astrologers I know
don't use it. What do we do?
We concentrate on what the astro-jargon is pointing to.
For example, we don't say: "You have a grand trine in
your chart." Instead, we say" You have the ability to get
the big picture, to see the forest AND the trees." Or
perhaps we first tell them about the forest and the trees,
and THEN tell them that they have a grand trine. That is
the idea.
The point of a reading is to assist the client, using
astrology as a lens or filter, not as a feature. When we
use excessive jargon, we only cloud the lens and
confuse the mind of the client with words they can't yet
understand. We are the astrologer, and we are
supposed to know what a grand trine means, and it is
what it means that we want to communicate to our
client.
And another suggestion: Many clients come with a
smattering of astrology in mind, and they want to ask
you things like "What does my Venus Inconjunct Mars
mean?" Again, this kind of question belongs in an
astrology class, and not a reading. If you start to answer
such questions in a reading, you are opening up a can
of worms. Before you know it, the client will be directing
the reading, fueled by the little that they know to ask,
and the general course of the reading will be aborted.
Do this at your peril.
945
Friendship with Clients

There are differing viewpoints on whether you should
fraternize with your clients; some say you should not. I
am of the opinion that: of course you can fraternize with
your clients. For many astrologers, at least in the
learning stages, if they did not, they would have no
friends (or clients) at all! Friends are usually among the
first to want to have a reading with you.
We pointed out earlier that we don't discuss what takes
place in a reading with any third person, but I have
never had any problems being friends and maintaining
friendships with clients. In the circle of friends I have, I
am an astrologer, just like someone else is a doctor or a
lawyer. Who says I can't be friends with my own doctor
or lawyer. In fact, I trust my friends to practice on me
more than I would others in that field, every time.
What we don't do is to initiate an emotional or romantic
relationship with a client, at least during the reading.
946
That is a big "no, no." Clients are typically very

vulnerable during a reading, and the last thing they
need is someone hitting on them or in any way trying to
take advantage of their condition. This is not only
professional protocol, it is just plain common sense, and
probably not legal.
Astrological Therapy
And last in this group of lessons, it is important for you
to be aware when a client needs not just astrological
counseling, but actual therapy. This is not difficult to
determine.
When you have the first reading or counseling session
with a client, in that hour or so, you are pointing out
what you can, astrologically, about their chart. They are
taking it in, and will take it home, and digest it - think it
through. You are pointing out what you see, and they
are absorbing what they can of it. This is all straight
forward.
947
Where it can become complicated is when additional

sessions are required. Astrologers do have follow-up
sessions, but they should not (in my experience) take
place for some period of time, a matter of months, at
least. If you receive a call from a client, let's say, a week
after their first reading, wanting to have another one,
this is a sign that they may need a special kind of
session, more like therapy.
For one, you have just met with them and may not have
that much "new" to say them only a week or so later. If
this is a way of their saying that they like the whole
experience of a reading or can't remember what you
told them, this is a sign that perhaps repeated sessions
may be needed, something like therapy.
They may also just want to repeat the experience,
because they liked it and have plenty of discretionary
income. We all know that you can't repeat anything the
same. First and fresh go together. If you do have
another session in the same time period, you can count
on it being different.
For myself, I don't do this therapeutic kind of work. You
may feel differently. I point out, in that first reading
session, what I can, make sure that they take it in, and
that is it. The client must decide what to do with this
information and take it from there. If they want to come
right back, I have nothing that different to tell them a
week or month later. And even whatever cathartic
experience usually can't be repeated that soon. This is
when I tell them that what they actually may need is
therapy, repeated doses of whatever it is they are
looking for. I usually recommend them to an astrologer
that does this kind of repeated session or to an actual
therapist. I usually recommend the later.
948
Therapy is not something negative, but it is somewhat

laborious, going over and over the same material, a little
improvement being made each session. You will have to
decide if you want to do this kind of work or not. I tend
not to.
Setting up A Business
When astrology becomes a business, our business, we
had best become more business like. If you have taken
the plunge and turned professional, how do you make a
living with astrology? That is a good question.
I must tell you that, as a group, astrologers tend to be
on the lower end of the economic scale. Years ago,
when I went to a bank to take out a loan to buy my first
programmable calculator, I was told by the loan
department that astrologers appeared just above
migrant workers in their list of loan risks. That was
sobering.
949
In other words, in this society, astrology is not

considered a right livelihood. It is well off the beaten
path. This is not true in Asian societies, such as India
and Tibet, where it is perfectly proper to be an
astrologer. An astrologer is even a respected part of
that society. Not so in the West. Astrologers are
considered fortune tellers here, and fortune tellers are,
in the popular mind, akin to gypsies, and gypsies are
considered, well, you get the idea.
My point here is that you may have to do everything you
can to build up your business, and that is what we are
looking at here, so don't mind me if we concentrate here
on how to make a living. So far, we have discussed your
office, and whatever private space you use to have your
consultations in. Now let's look at ways astrologers can
make income.
950
Word of Mouth
You know what I am going to say. Word of mouth is still,
and by far, the best form of advertisement, and the price
is right. If you take good care of your clients, give them
the best you have every time, and help them get a
handle on their lives, they will do your advertising for
you. This is as good as it gets. In lieu of that, you can
work with other forms of advertising yourself.
951
Business Cards
You need these, although it does not have to look all
starched and white, like the corporate card. As
astrologers, we can take liberties with color, design, and
even shape, but an easy-to-read and pleasing-to-the-
eye card is important, and can be used in many
situations. This much I assume you already know. You
can give one (or several) to each client, give them to
people you meet, and leave little stacks of them in
metaphysical bookstores, food co-ops, and so on. This
is a no-brainer. Be sure to put your email address and
web page URL on the card.
952
Your Web Page

Perhaps there is not more inexpensive advertising
available today than to have your own web page. Web
page services are available for $10 or less a month. For
that money, you can put up one or dozens of full-color
pages, telling anyone about you, your background in
astrology, qualifications and history. Then all you need
to get into people's hands is the URL, the web page
address, and that can be on your business card.
Most of us have a friend who can help us design and
implement a simple web page, and many services have
a do-it-yourself web page kit that you can just follow.
Before web pages, most of us had to struggle to create
various 4-color printed pieces that were always out of
date by the time we could afford to print another run.
With a personal web page, we can have everything up
to date. And there are always free services like
"MySpace.com."
953
Other Advertising
Advertising can be very expensive, so take advantage
of as many of the less expensive ways to get your name
around as you can. Health food stores, clinics, coffee
shops, groceries, bookstores, libraries, etc. often have
bulletin boards or areas where you can post flyers, with
their blessings. Otherwise, they may be torn down as
fast as you can put them up.
Also, many colleges have authorized spaces for flyers,
and some (for a small fee) will even take a stack of your
flyers and post them for you. Be respectful where you
post, because it is your name that is going up and if you
post where you are not wanted, they know just where to
find you, and at least will take note of who is posting
against their wishes.
Whatever form of flyer or circular you post, be sure to
take care in designing it. If it is in a loose scrawl like
those lost-cat flyers, you are doing yourself and
954
astrology a disservice. You can be artsy and even

funky, and still have a sense of design, still look cool. If
you are not good at artistic design, than pay to have it
done well or barter a reading for some art work. One
well-done flyer can serve you for months and even
years.
Paid Advertising
Be careful with paid advertising like newspapers and
particularly radio. It is easy to spend a lot of money and
not have much to show for it. A small classified ad is not
too expensive and may to the same job as the much
more expensive display advertising piece. With radio
and TV advertising, be doubly careful. It sounds so
tempting, but it usually costs so much, and does not
always pay off well - in one ear and out the other.
Your resources, especially when you are just starting
out, are precious, so use them wisely and sparingly.
955
Remember that the best advertising of all is still word of

mouth.
Astrology Classes
Classes are another way to bring in extra income and
also to meet new clients. You may be able to offer
classes through the W.M.C.A., local bookstores,
community colleges, and many other venues. I gave
classes in my home for many years. Teaching
introductory astrology classes brings you into contact
with new people and is a good way for you to learn
more about how to communicate astrology.
Classes are typically around six weeks in length,
meeting once a week, for around two hours a session. If
you charge for these classes, which most astrologers
do, it is best to get the entire 6-week fee up front, no
later than the start of the 2nd session. If you don't, you
will subject yourself to the whims of people changing
their minds, dropping out, putting off payment, etc. I
956
have seen it all, trust me. Just have them pay up front,
after the first class. People's lives are too unstable to
stake your rent payment on.
Lectures
Over the years I have given the one-off lecture at about
every place you can think of: colleges, high-schools,
secretary meetings, various clubs, and the list goes on
and on. Here you almost always do get a speaker's fee,
and you meet a lot of new potential clients. Be sure to
take a stack of your business cards, and don't be afraid
to pass them around.
957
Newspaper and Radio Astrology

You may live in an area where there is an alternative
press, one or more publications that would love to have
a weekly or monthly astrology column, and your name
and contact information would be on each installment. I
would not be worried about being paid for this kind of
work. It is advertising that you would otherwise pay for.
The same goes for radio columns, which you might look
for.
I had a daily radio column called "Star Time" in Ann
Arbor, Michigan for quite some time. Each day, they
would play a recorded message of mine, describing
what the psychic weather was going to be for everyone,
what we call transit-to-transit aspects. I believe I did it
for free or for very little, but everyone in town knew who
I was, which was the point. This reminds me of a funny
story.
958
Some days, I would listen in when they played my

astrology spot, just to hear my own voice. One day I had
a shock. As "Star Time" came on, I heard the opening
music and sat back in my chair ready to listen to my
favorite astrologer. Suddenly, a new voice came over
the air. It was not my voice, but I could tell that this guy
knew his astrology, and his voice was so deep and
resonate compared to my squeaky voice. And his use of
words and astrology was spot on. I was crestfallen.
They had not even bothered to tell me that I had been
replaced!
Of course I had to call the station and find out what had
happened, only to find that they had mistakenly played
my piece, my own voice, at a slower speed, making it
sound like a completely different person. Funny.
959
Fellow Astrologers
Astrologers tend to be on the lonely side, perhaps
because astrology is not considered kosher by society.
Astrologers in my experience can enjoy getting together
and mixing with their own kind. There are several
national organizations worth looking into, including the
American Federation of Astrologers (AFA), National
Council for Geocosmic Research (NCGR) and the
International Society for Astrological Research (ISAR),
all of which can be found on the web. There are also
scores of state and local astrology groups all across the
U.S., so if astrological friends look good to you, check
them out. Most of them offer some sort of convention
every year or so, and many more regional and local
activities. AFAN, the Association for Astrological
Networking is another organization worth looking into.
960
You the Author

If you like to write, another way to become more
recognized is by authoring articles or books on
astrology. Even a short article for a local paper or news
magazine can do wonders for your client list.
961
Your Computer Printout

And don't forget your computer printout! Most of the
better programs have a place on every printed page
where you can put your name, address, phone number,
and whatever short message you would like. Every
chart wheel and transit list that you send home with a
client should contain your contact information. You have
no idea how many people may end up seeing it.
Summary
In summary, if astrology is your business, be business
like. Pursue any and all avenues and don't only focus on
whether you get paid. What you want to do is build up
your reputation and get your foot in whatever doors you
can. I know this may not sound very spiritual, but we
have talked about the spiritual part of astrology
everywhere else in this course . Here we are discussing
962
astrology as a business, and as far as that goes,

business is business.
963
Birth Data
The basic birth information you need to use astrology,
you already have, which is simply the month, day, and
year of birth. If you have a driver's license or social
security number, then you have this much. I presume
you know where (the place or town) you were born, so
that just leaves the time of birth, what time of the day or
night you were born.
For many people, this is written on your birth certificate.
If not, perhaps your mother or other family member
remembers the time you were born. How important is
having your birth time?
964
The Birth Time

A great amount of astrology can be done with only
knowing the month, day, and year of birth. However, if
you know or can find your birth time, there are benefits
from knowing that. A birth time allows you to calculated
your ascending or rising sign: what sign and degree of
the zodiac was rising at the moment of your birth. It also
allows you to calculate the astrological wheel of houses
for that moment, and provides for a more accurate
position of the Moon.
If you have your birth time, great. If you do not, don't
sweat it, for there is plenty of astrology you can do
without it. However, it is worth making an effort to locate
it.
965
Time Changes
The various countries and cities on the globe are
located in different time zones, so this may be
something that you have to keep in mind. For example,
my home here in Big Rapids, Michigan is at the extreme
western edge of the Eastern Standard Time Zone
(EST). Time zones are referenced by the number of
hours they are away from Greenwich, England, which is
used as the time standard marker for the entire earth.
For example, Easter Standard Time is five hours away
from Greenwich, five hours earlier. When it is 7 A.M. in
Big Rapids, it is already Noon in England.
Many computer programs automatically adjust your birth
time for the time zone in which you were born, while
others have you pick the correct zone or input it. We
have four major time zones in the continental U.S.,
Eastern Standard Time (EST = 5 hours), Central
Standard Time (CST = 6 hours), Mountain Standard
966
Time (MST = 7 hours), and Pacific Standard Time (PST

= 8 hours). That looks pretty easy. However, in places
along the borders between time zones, it can become
very messy, with one town on EST and another (only a
few miles away) on CST. There are whole books
available just on all these differences.
Daylight Savings Time (DST)

Then, as you know, twice a year in the U.S., we turn our
clocks forward (Spring) or backward (Fall) one hour. We
have to keep this in mind. Thus, if it is Daylight Savings
Time in the summer here in Big Rapids, I need to
subtract one hour from the time zone, so instead of 5
hours, I use 4 hours, and so forth. Many computer
programs have a built-in time-change atlas, so all this
happens automatically. For the rest of us, we have to
keep this in mind.
967
Just subtract one hour from your time zone if we are on

summer DST, and leave it as it is, if we are into the
winter. It is pretty straight-forward for most calculations.
The Birth Place

We all know where we were born and, unless you were
born on a ship, that location is pretty much fixed in
space. Most of the popular astrology programs have a
built-in atlas, with the geographic longitudes and
latitudes of (at least) the major cities in the U.S. and the
world. Using a computer program, allows you to
automatically select the correct town and coordinates.
No problem.
You can always look at a detailed map of where you
were born and determine the geographic coordinates
(longitude and latitude). These are usually listed along
the edges of the map, every so often. You may have to
interpolated between two listings to come up with the
approximate location, but it is pretty easy to do.
968
The location or birth place fixes that spot on the earth,

and this is used to calculate the rising sign and
astrological houses.
World Time Zones

Time zones are measured from Greenwich, England by
one-hour intervals, adding hours going to the east
(toward Russia), and subtracting hours going to the
west (U.S.). This list represents the major time zones
and their acronymns.
0 GMT Greenwich
- 1 WAT West Africa
- 2 AT Azores
-3 Brasil
- 4 NST Atlantic
- 5 EST Eastern
969
- 6 CST Central
- 7 MST Mountain
- 8 PST Pacific
- 9 YST Alaska
-10 AH Hawaiian
-11 NT Nome
-12 IDL Dateline
+11 Magadan
+10 GST Australia
+ 9 JST Japan
+ 8 CCT China
+ 7 SST Indonesia
+ 6 USR Russia 5
+ 5 USR Russia 4
+ 4 USR Russia 3
+ 3 BT Moscow
+ 2 EET Easter Euro
+ 1 CET Central Euro
970
The Astrology Reading

Many professional astrologers make a large part of their
income from astrological counseling or readings, and
yet, in the entire literature of astrology, there are only a
mere handful of books that even mention the particulars
of the counseling process. The subject matter of what
takes place in a reading is seldom discussed by
professional astrologers. In this sense, the reading
process is, in fact, somewhat of an occult subject.
Astrologers are not the only professionals who offer
readings or counseling sessions: psychic, tarot, and
palm readers do too, not to mention the psychological
profession. There are perhaps as many styles and
techniques of giving readings as there are practitioners.
In this section, I would like to describe what it is that
goes on or happens during a reading, regardless of
which of the many astrological techniques are being
used. This is a very definite and quite physical process
971
that takes place through the counseling session, and

insight into that process can benefit us all.
Beneath all of the words and social conventions of a
reading, something very akin to a massage is
happening, but it is the psyche or psychological body
that is being exercised and not the physical. This
process is seldom, if ever, referred to during the actual
reading, and although most clients are aware of
experiencing a strong change or release, the process of
what takes place does not often reach the conscious
level.
The popular image of what happens during a reading is
that the astrologer's role is to tell the client something
about the self, to give him some information, to "lay it on
him," and so forth. An even more common image is that
the astrologer will be able to pluck from the client's most
intimate life, some fact that no one could have known,
as a sign that they are a good astrologer. This sign will
guarantee the truth as to the rest of what they tell us!
This popular conception bears little resemblance to what
actually does happen in the counseling session.
972
Midwife of the Psyche

In trying to think of a way to communicate what does
happen in the counseling process, I came upon what is
almost a perfect analogy -- that of a midwife. The
function of the midwife is to assist both the mother and
the child through the birth process. Her entire role is to
facilitate a process that is already unfolding, rather than
to initiate or do anything herself. The counselor, or
reader, also functions as a midwife, a midwife of that
psyche or soul, a midwife of the Spirit. It is not the
function of the astrologer-counselor to embed or fill the
client with knowledge, facts, or direction. Instead, the
counselor, like the midwife, can but assist in the
unfolding of a natural process.
Keep in mind that what I am detailing here happens
through or behind all of the social conversation and a
astrological technique that takes place in a reading.
973
The reading process can be divided into several distinct

phases.
Locked In
The first phase reflects the condition or attitude in which
most clients arrive. Clients seek out astrologers when
they find themselves in a state of inquiry or questioning
(often confusion) in their lives. They have nowhere else
to turn.
In general, clients find themselves locked into a routine
or set of habits, and they have forgotten how in the
world they ever got into their situations. Their life
commitments and circumstances have reached some
crucial point and are so confining that their lives appear
to be rushing towards some foregone conclusion with
no further options, opportunities, or choices left open.
They are not only uptight, but most are at their wit's end.
And here is the key: they can no longer respond to their
life situation. They have lost their ability to respond to
974
events, their responsibility. The first step in any reading,

then, involves dealing with this condition.
The majority of clients have not only lost all flexibility,
they are often seeking to escape from a particular set of
circumstances. They have replaced whatever flexibility
they may have had with a series of "musts," ultimatums,
or conditions that must be met if they are to go on.
They must get out of this marriage, they must find a
better job, they must find some sympathetic someone,
and so forth. Most are seeking some release or relief
from what they feel to be an unbearable situation. They
have lost all the appetite or "gameness" that led them to
take on their responsibilities in the first place. They
have ceased to respond to the demands of their own
particular set of circumstances. They have had enough,
are fed up, and are in the process of shutting down -
closing down their minds. Beneath whatever social
veneer that is necessary, this is the state of mind of the
average client.
975
Venting
It should be clear why the first stage of most readings
involves allowing the client to vent some of this pent-up
material. Criticism, complaints, and outrage are at a
peak here. The air can be filled with complaining,
criticism, and anger as the client expresses
dissatisfaction, as he or she gets it out. In time, tears
and welling emotions can replace these more acrid,
bitter, and even venomous outpourings. It is very
important that the counselor know how to facilitate this
emptying process. The basic idea here is that the client
has moved (in the life situation) from an open, game,
and inquiring attitude, to a closed and concluding frame
of mind. The client is passing judgments and jumping to
all kinds of conclusions at the expense of the life
process.
In summary, the situation that leads most individuals to
make an appointment with an astrologer is a crucial,
pressure-filled period in their lives, during which they
have ceased to respond to the demands of their
particular circumstances and cannot seem to get any
response or reflection pertaining to their present
condition. They no longer know what is happening to
them, and they are reaching outside for some response,
feedback, or confirmation (one way or the other) as to
what is going on.
The important point here is that, in the majority of cases,
the clients are at a breaking or turning point in their
lives. Something has to give since they have nothing
more to give and have ceased to respond to their
conditions. They are at the point of saying, "the hell
with it," and are forcing themselves (or feel they are
being forced) to continue with whatever situation or
responsibilities they may have. With exceptions, this is
the general condition of the average client when they
976
enter my office. This condition dictates or defines my

approach. The average client is in no mood to benefit
from any "words of wisdom" that I might have about the
possibilities of their natal configurations. They are not
quite ready for philosophy.
977
Blowing Off Steam

Given these conditions, the obvious first stage in a
reading is the venting of this pressure. Let them blow
off some steam. The last thing clients need at this point
is for me to lay something else on them. What I do at
this point is to ask the clients to detail the general
questions or areas of their lives (and selves) in which
they would like me to work. What I am saying, the sub-
text, is "talk a bit." My concern is to get them talking,
and to let them talk long enough to unload some of this
built-up pressure. As a rule, I do not confront the client
at this point with any particular demands. I don't
question them. They may describe several areas of
interest, some of which are obviously filled with intense
concern. I do not focus on these areas at this point, but
instead pass over them. I acknowledge each question
and area of interest and pass on. I wait. By not
confronting them with the areas of real question, and by
978
offering them no resistance, I do not enforce whatever

defensiveness they may feel or expect.
For example, I am not opposing their decision to leave
their husbands and children and run off with the local
musician. I am not shocked that they cheat on their
wives or have hit their children. I am taking it in and
accepting what they are presenting me -- and that's all.
When they push, I give. In general, my passiveness or
listening has the effect of drawing them out further,
often in a bitter criticism, complaints, and the like. The
lack of opposition or resistance tends to induce them to
spill out more than they have intended, and this spilling
over is very important and marks the end of the first
stage of a reading.
979
Getting It All Out

The reasons for the above process should be clear.
Clients have been under great pressure and, as often
as not, are very defensive of their right to do whatever
they are doing or thinking of doing. "I'm going to leave
my kids and no one is going to say otherwise." They
have lost their balance and flexibility and have replaced
these with a hard, resistant attitude. They are
desperate to some degree. When I don't oppose them,
but instead accept whatever they say, this tends to
throw them off balance, and the result is an even
greater release or unloading. During all of this, I am
telling them nothing and keeping our conversation to the
social minimum -- astrological or otherwise -- needed to
assist in the emptying process.
I can be talking all the while, but I am saying nothing. It
is a simple fact that they are, at this point, unable to
listen or hold a dialogue as long as they are holding
980
their breath, so to speak. I am coaxing them or allowing

them to breathe out, to expire, and to let go of whatever
they have locked onto with a death-like grip, whatever
that may be. This emptying process takes about 10-20
minutes in most cases, but may take an hour or more!
The process must be allowed to take its course, until
(like vomiting) there is no more forthcoming. Only when
this stuff has been expelled or let go will they be in a
position for inspiration, ready to take a new look or grip
on themselves. Only then can I get their attention.
After this emptying has taken place is the time to begin
to draw attention to the various areas of concern and to
ascertain the "facts" of the matter. The client has
achieved some release at this point, has let go of things.
It is here that a real dialogue can occur between client
and counselor. Around this time, the bitter accusations
and criticism often turn to tears and sobbing. There is a
letting down, a getting down from the "high horse." At
this point, something very interesting happens. Let me
try to put it into words.
Clients have let go to some degree. They have stopped
trying to insist how it must be and are somewhat relaxed
and kind of floating or somehow out-of-the-body of their
circumstances. They are free and out of the pressures
of the moment. Somewhere along here an event of
great importance occurs.
981
Coming Down: Re-Entry

There will come a point in time when the client is no
longer letting go or going out, but instead begins to
return or come down. My teacher used to say, "We
know how to take the rabbit out of the hat, but do we
know how the rabbit gets into the hat in the first place?"
It is not enough for the counselor to assist the clients in
getting away from their problems. Getting some release
from their situations is something clients were dying to
do anyway. Clients will also require assistance in going
back -- in re-entering the body of circumstances that is
their life and taking a new grip on those circumstances.
If there is any art to counseling, it is in assisting clients
toward a more realistic or natural attitude toward their
situations as they come down or begin to re-enter their
bodies. The counselor can facilitate a better attitude or
approach -- a better way to take these very same
circumstances and turn them to some advantage. It is
982
not enough to help clients out of their circumstances

onto some lofty plane where their life somehow falls into
perspective for a few hours. Like the spaceman orbiting
earth, about the only thing that is absolutely obvious
when we leave the body is the body itself. The
spaceman sees earth as never before. What goes up,
comes down, and what goes out, comes back in.
When we stand back or get outside our circumstances,
we have an opportunity to see our condition in a larger
context. It is at this point that philosophical discussion is
possible. And it is here that the astrologer may facilitate
a clear or more comprehensive vision and an
acceptance of what is. It is at this time that some sort of
insight or imprinting takes place. We can see to set our
sails toward more worthy goals, assume a different
attitude or stance, and prepare to take our life in a
different way. It is at these clear moments that we take
or retake our vows, never to forget what we are now
seeing. No doubt this is a beautiful and favorite part of
any reading for the client.
983
Getting A Grip
The resistance in clients to returning to their body of
circumstances and to accepting their particular situation
will vary. At one extreme is the individual who has seen
the light and obtained enough insight into his own self to
again feel responsible for his or her own condition.
They are glad to go back armed with this new vision.
They can't wait to "have at it." However, many of these
types of individuals may require some form of therapy
before they can come around to feeling responsible and
take possession of their own life's affairs.
The critical idea here is that the future of any client (any
of us) will depend to a very great extent on what he or
she can do with the present personal situation. It is an
age-old maxim that one cannot change or even work
with what one refuses to acknowledge -- or accept what
one ignores. So, the idea and experience of what takes
place in a reading is simple. There is a letting go and
984
an accepting or taking hold. It is similar to releasing one

grip to find a more natural on, like breathing out and
back in. This is what happens in most readings. The
client is able to let go and suspend his hold on things,
and then is able to find a more acceptable attitude or
way to accept or take these life situations. There is a
release and letting go. There is a new acceptance.
There is a new grip.
We need to say something more about this new grip,
this process of acceptance. Of course, we mean self-
acceptance, but that acceptance must be extended to
include the conditions in which the self happens to be.
The client must find a way to accept his very conditions,
because this is all that he or she has got. This is what is
happening. We Cannot Change What We Refuse To
Accept. We must first ascertain and accept the facts of
our life in order to change them. We must acknowledge
their existence, whatever that may be. Acceptance is
the very essence of what counseling is about. Not the
acceptance of a lousy situation for its own sake, but the
acceptance of what-have-you as the only means or
vehicle we have to alter that condition. We must
respond to the situation in which we find ourselves. The
crucial part of any reading has to do with this
acceptance of what is and not what might be or what
ought to be.
985
The Counselor's Role

What is the counselor's role in this process? It is not his
or her role to tell the client what to do. Clients must and
will do what they can see clear to do. I am reminded of
the Eastern religious text The Tibetan Book of the Dead
in this regard: this document consists of a series of
verses that are read by a priest to the dead or dying. I
don't make claims to understand all of what it means,
but what interests me is that the text consists of a whole
series of levels, called "bardos," that extend from the
"clear, white light" of perfect understanding, through all
of the shades of material existence, and end at the door
of a womb, ready for another birth. Apparently, each
soul experiences this clear, white light in all of its
fullness, but many souls are unable to hold on to this
experience and, instead, begin to slip back into their old
ways and habits.
986
If the soul slips far enough, it ends up at the door of a

womb, ready to be reborn again and to face the same
questions it was unable to grasp before. What is
remarkable is that at each level the priest proceeds to
assume that the soul has experienced the clarity at that
level and has embraced this light and prevented any
further backsliding down the bardos, toward the womb.
However, at the beginning of each lower level and
verse, the priest states something to the effect that if the
soul has been unable to keep the clarity of the
experience of the previous level in mind, then they will
begin to have certain experiences that are signs that
they have slipped into the next level and are taking on
the qualities of this level.
This is fascinating because each of us goes through
something like this in everyday life. We all experience
cycles in our lives of ups and downs. When we feel up
and are clear, we can see the why of who we are and
why we are doing what we are doing. We embrace our
life and retake our vows, so to speak. But when the
clarity fails or wavers, we often find ourselves slipping
back into previous habits, out of which we thought we
had risen, and we are forced to go through and repeat
the cycle all over again. In this way, each of us is
reincarnated in a continuous fashion throughout our
lives. This is not something that happens at the tail end
of our lives, but something that is happening repeatedly,
right now, here in the middle of life.
987
After the Release

What has this to do with the counseling process? After
the release experienced in most sessions, clients are
often free enough from some of the pressures of life to
see and consider their lives in a broader perspective.
There is often a moment when they perceive that this is
their life, and that they are the authors of it, and the only
ones who can do something about changing it. In other
words, they accept or respond to what is happening and
are responsible. The counselor, like the priest in The
Book of the Dead, may be in a position to facilitate
acceptance of what the client now sees. It is here that
the astrologer may describe some of the many
possibilities the natal configurations suggest. If the
clients are, for some reason, unable to grasp these
opportunities and accept their actual situations and use
them, ignoring what are the real cases, the counselor
can proceed to read from the next level of alternatives.
988
Let me give an example:

Let us say that a man wants to leave his wife and family
because he feels that he is in a one-way rut leading
toward the grave, a permanent situation out of which he
may never extract himself (not uncommon these days).
In the first stage of the reading, he empties himself of all
his anger and complaints about his wife and the
impossibility of his situation. When he has let go of all
this and is able to take another look at what is going on,
he may have an opportunity to perceive that this is "his"
wife and "his" situation, and that the situation is
speaking to him and giving him a message. He may be
able to see with clarity and to accept the situation as of
his own making and work with it towards some better
solution.
If, however, he persists in ignoring his part in this -- his
responsibility -- if he cannot respond, then a variety of
alternatives appears, i.e., he may, for instance, live with
his wife in a kind of stalemate for the sake of the kids;
they may agree to separate, to have affairs, to get a
divorce, and so forth. My point is that there will be a
whole series of levels of activity that can appear that
depend upon how much responsibility the client is able
and willing to assume. I am not saying that a full
acceptance or response to the situation is the way to
change that same situation into something else. WE
CANNOT CHANGE WHAT WE CANNOT ACCEPT.
989
Accepting What Is
The role of the counselor is very like that of the priest
who reads from The Book of the Dead. Hopefully,
clients can see why it is to their advantage to accept a
situation, to take their lives into their own hands, as a
starting point to progressing elsewhere. But, if the
clients cannot accept the situation as is, it is not the
place of the counselor to pass judgment on this
eventuality, but only to proceed to read from and to
make clear the next level of alternatives, all the way
down to (if need be) the door of the womb, and -- using
our example from above -- complete divorce and the
inevitable remarriage. The role of the counselor, like the
midwife, is to serve and to facilitate the natural process.
Once there has been release, the only subject worthy of
consideration is the terms for re-entry or return. This is
a matter of attitude or approach and depends, to a great
degree, on the imprint or clarity that the client has been
990
able to achieve through the process of the reading. A

clear vision or imprint can guide one through hell itself,
offering strength all the way!
While there can be no blame attached to changing one's
life situation -- leaving the husband or the kinds,
ignoring responsibilities -- most experienced counselors
will agree that, in most cases, this amounts to an
escape, and a temporary putting off of a responsibility
that will assert itself again. I cannot forget one client
who divorced her husband because he beat her, only to
marry a second and a third time, and in each successive
marriage, the new husband beat her even more. And in
each case, she attempted to find the most gentle man
possible! Somehow she never faced up to the violence
in her own self, which was her own fear of violence.
991
The Turning Point

I repeat: it has been my experience that all readings
have some kind of turning point, when what has been
going out (like the tide) begins to return or turn inward.
It is this point in a reading that I consider to be pivotal or
crucial, and the rest of the reading can be seen as
leading up to this point and moving away from this point.
This is the moment of imprint or vision, and it is here
that a deeper acceptance occurs or is ignored. This is
the point in the reading when clients rediscover their
game-ness or appetite for life. Often clients become
aware of how they really feel, of their actual biases.
Remember: astrology is an oracle. In other words,
clients perceive that they are, in fact, already committed,
and they accept this fact. The reading is effectively over
at this point, for the clients have just managed to
respond once again and have taken possession of
themselves and their situations. They are off life
992
support! Although most readings do proceed on for

some additional time, nothing of equal importance will
be achieved. It is all over but for the talking! I get the
impression that the clients are back in their drivers'
seats and are no longer struggling to escape.
When some such acceptance does not occur, the
reading is far from over and you, as counselor, have a
problem on your hands. The client may require
professional help and even extensive therapy before he
can come around to accepting his situation. These
individuals are resistant to change and have a learning
problem in this regard. What they may need is to repeat
this same kind of session again and again before they
can find acceptance. This is not the province of the
astrologer-counselor, but rather of a trained
psychological therapist. Often, clients will value the
process on a regular basis. I seldom will see a client
more than twice in any short period of time. If they wish
to see me on a regular basis, I am usually getting along
with them well enough to explain that what they need is
therapy, and that they should be prepared to pay
someone to go through the consuming and laborious
process of working with this sort of learning difficulty.
To me, it is a very simple thing that takes place: a letting
go and a taking hold again. I should remark once again
that this process takes place through all of the many
words that are exchanged between the client and
counselor and with the help of whatever astrological
technique is found useful.
993
Pressures of Counseling
Contrary to the popular belief, which pictures the
astrological counselor with the very easy life of making a
lot of money telling people the obvious, the life of a
professional counselor is not without its pressures and
even dangers. The counselor repeats the reading
process with many hundreds and even thousands of
individuals. In most instances, the reading is an
important even in the life of the client. The client will not
only consider carefully what transpires in the course of a
reading, but he or she has the right to try and to test
these insights. And, the clearest of insights can fade in
the bustle of everyday life. Often, the client cannot keep
those insights in mind and even begins to doubt the
validity of the insights and of the entire counseling
session. It may be more convenient to forget what was
seen, or the client may wish to turn the whole reading
994
around to some other way. We agree to forget what we

find so hard to remember.
What I am saying is that the counselor is under
continual test and even attack from perhaps dozens and
hundreds of individuals on any given day. The
counselor is protected from such doubts only by his or
her own dedication to what is true or real. The
counselor's only refuge is in the living of his or her own
life, looking neither to the right, nor to the left. I feel it
takes several years for the beginning counselor to
become acquainted with the various kinds of pressure
and problems of this profession. Perhaps this is the
straight gate through which every real counselor must
pass.
995
The Rites of Passage

Another consideration is that in these times, the
counselor has taken on many of the activities of the
priest or minister. One of the main functions of any
counselor is to serve as a welcoming committee for
souls coming through to greater self-discovery. There
are very few refuges in our modern world where
individuals can act out the rituals of the self. Again,
here is where the analogy between the counselor and
the midwife is so very complete: an individual just
opening up and coming across into a greater
understanding is as fresh and precious as any baby.
Each of us deserves some kind of welcome and an
opportunity to act out a process as old as time itself, that
process of self-discovery. The process of unfolding that
is possible in the counseling session is very like the
physical birth process. The modern-day counselor is, in
reality, a midwife of the spirit.
996
The Moon
The Moon
Eastern Astrology: Lunation Cycle

The East seldom mentions the individual birth chart.
Their primary interest is in the dynamics of the lunation
cycle itself, which they divide and analyze in great detail
in order to make use of the opportunities it offers for
day-to-day decision-making. In other words, in the East
the lunar cycle is used as a means to determine the kind
of activity appropriate for each successive lunar day,
and there are thirty of them. This amounts to a form of
electional astrology.
In the West, electional astrology is thought of as a
means to pick an appropriate time in the future for a
particular ceremony or happening, like a wedding.
Eastern astrology too uses electional astrology in this
manner, but more often it uses electional astrology as a
997
The Moon
guide to day-to-day personal living and practice. Rather

than concern itself with what lunar type a given phase of
the Moon might produce (birth chart), oriental astrology
asks what is the current lunar phase good for. What kind
of action is auspicious (or not) today? In India and Tibet,
it is the lunation cycle rather than the yearly sun or solar
cycle that is the primary indicator used for planning
activities and for personal guidance. In other words, in
the East they live by and follow the cycle of the Moon on
a day-to-day basis, just as we do the Sun here in the
West.
The Lunar Birthday

A very clear illustration of this idea is the fact that, in
most Eastern countries, birthdays are observed
according to the particular day of the moon cycle (lunar
phase angle) during which a person was born, rather
according to the solar return (birthday) as here in the
West. If we celebrate your birthday in Nepal, we
998
The Moon
celebrate that phase of the moon (the lunar day, solunar

angle) you were born in. Moreover, due to the fact that
lunar months do not fit nicely within the solar year, a
birthday in the East for any given individual can be up to
a month away (during some years) from the solar return
-- our Western-style birthday.
This simple fact makes it clear how important the moon
and the lunar cycle are in these countries. A study of the
existing literature on the meaning and use of the moon
in astrology (East and West) shows much similarity but
also considerable difference.
The Cycle of the Sun and Moon

There is general agreement (East and West) about the
nature of the lunation cycle, in that it somehow
proceeds from some sort of seed time at the new moon
to a fruition at the full, and so on. Tradition has it that we
get an impulse, insight, or idea at the New Moon. During
999
The Moon
the two-weeks between the New Moon and the Full

Moon (the waxing moon), this impulse or insight
develops into something objective; we build it into
something concrete. In other words, this seed impulse
grows into something real and reaches fruition at the
Full of the Moon. After the Full Moon, whatever we have
built or manifest proceeds to break-up or dissolve, and
we gather whatever experience or rewards we can from
it. It breaks up during the waning two-weeks of the lunar
cycle, from Full Moon to the next New Moon. Thus, the
endless lunation cycle (like our lungs breathing) goes
from a collapsed seed point (New Moon) to a full
manifestation (Full Moon), and back again. This is the
archetype of the cycle.
The lunar cycle endlessly expands and contracts,
bearing forth and taking back -- creating and destroying.
Given this fact and the tradition that has built up around
it, those who study the lunar cycle seek to take
advantage of this constant cycle and its very regular
opportunities. In the West, this very practical knowledge
has either been lost or never really accumulated. It is
hard to tell. My guess is that it has never been studied
here in as much detail as in the East.
1000
The Moon
Lunar Gaps
Although measuring time and life by the moon is
ancient, it is more than just some primitive sort of clock.
The very sophisticated concept of lunar gaps springs
from centuries of painstaking psychological observation
by the lamas of Tibet, and the Hindu sages. They
practice it today with the same vigor and intensity as
they did a thousand years ago. Unlike many other
traditions, where the line of successors (lineage) has
been broken due to various events, the dharma tradition
of Tibet remains pure and unbroken to this day.
Although much of the Tibetan dharma tradition requires
dedication and intense practice, learning to use the
moon's phases and the concept of lunar gaps is easy to
get into. The theory is simple.
It involves the ongoing relationship between the Sun,
the Moon and the Earth -- the monthly cycle of the
phases of the Moon. We already know about the moon
1001
The Moon
cycle, and can even walk outside at night and see which
lunar phase we are in.
This is not the place (and I am not the expert) to
describe to you either the very complicated astronomical
motions these three heavenly bodies produce, or the
profound theories of what all of this motion means in a
philosophical sense. What is quite accessible is the
concept of "lunar gaps."
As we know, the moon cycle goes through its phases
from new moon to full moon, back to new moon in a
cycle of about one month, some 30 days. This is seen
as an ongoing cycle of activity -- endless in extent. It
goes on forever.
1002
The Moon
Thirty Lunar Days

However, although the moon cycle is unending, it does
have distinct phases like the Full Moon, New Moon,
quarters, and so on. In Tibet and India, the monthly
lunar cycle is divided into 30 separate parts called lunar
days. There are thirty lunar days starting from the new
moon (start of 1st day), counting through the waxing
half of the moon cycle to the Full Moon (end of the 15th
day), and on around through the waning cycle, back to
the new moon again.
What is interesting about how the lamas (and most
Hindus too) view this 30 day cycle is that the 30 lunar
days are not considered of equal importance. The
monthly cycle has very definite points in it of increased
importance -- lunar gaps. It is at these lunar gaps or
openings that it is possible to get special insight into
different areas of our own life. In fact, the Tibetans take
full advantage of these lunar gaps to perform very
1003
The Moon
specific practices. That is, certain of the lunar days have

proven themselves to be auspicious for particular kinds
of activities.
Moments of Clarity
In the East, they speak of mental obscurations that tend
to cloud our minds, but that can sometimes clear up,
just as the Sun comes out from behind the clouds.
These moments of clarity are the gaps in the clouds.
>From a reading of the Eastern literature on this
subject, one gets the sense that (in general) life (and
our minds) are perceived as being filled with the noise of
our own problems (obscurations), making clear insight
often difficult. These obscurations can be many and
their accumulation amounts to the sum total of our
ignorance -- that which we ignore.
Therefore, in Eastern countries, these articulation points
or windows in time/space (lunar gaps) are very much
valued. In fact, the Eastern approach is to analyze the
1004
The Moon
lunar cycle, in minute detail, in order to isolate these

moments (gaps in time/space) where insight into our
larger situation can be gained. Much of day-to-day
practice in Eastern religions amounts to a scheduling of
precise times for personal practice or activity built
around the natural series of gaps that can be found in
the continuous lunar cycle. In its own way, this is a very
scientific approach. In the East, they have been astute
observers of the mind for many centuries.
Here in the West, we are no stranger to clear days in
our mind. We have those too! The only difference is that
we tend to believe that these so-called clear days
appear randomly -- every now and then. The more
sophisticated (and ancient) psychological analysis of the
East has found that these clear days are (for the most
part) anything but random events. They have their own
internal ordering, and oftentimes this ordering can be
associated with the phases of the moon.
1005
The Moon
Summary: Lunar Gaps

In summary, there are times each month when it is more
auspicious or appropriate to perform or be involved in
one kind (or another) of activity. There come gaps in the
general obscuration or cloudiness of our mind when we
can see through the clouds -- when penetrating insight
is possible.
As noted, times when one can see without obscuration
(see clearly) are very much valued in the Tibetan
dharma tradition. These are viewed as real opportunities
for insight and the subsequent development such
insight generates. Knowing when and where to look for
these insight gaps has been the subject of study and
research in Tibet for centuries.
And this is not just academic research, reserved for the
pundits. Everyone uses the lunar calendar on a regular
basis. Lunar gaps are used to plan a wide variety of
events in the Tibetan calendar, everything from finding a
1006
The Moon
time to perform a simple healing ceremony to full scale

empowerments.
Observation Times
Aside from knowing when these lunar gaps can be
experienced, the other major thing to know about this
subject is what to do when the gaps occur. As you might
imagine, there are a wide range of practices, depending
on the particular lunar gap (phase) and the personal
needs of the practitioner.
However, in general, these lunar gap times are set
aside for special observation. Tibetans observe these
days with great attention and care. In fact, in many
Eastern countries, they don't have Saturday and
Sunday off. Instead, new and full moon days are
considered holy days (holidays), and normal routines
are suspended at these times. These are days for
observation.
1007
The Moon
This word "observation" is worth mentioning, for this is

what takes place at these times. In the West, we might
use the word meditation. In Tibet there are many words
that come under the general concept of meditation. The
word "observe" is a lot closer to what happens during
these lunar gaps. Observe the nature of the day.
Observe your mind at that time. Be alert, present and
set that time aside for just examining yourself, your
mind, the time -- what-have-you? It is while being
present -- observing these seed times -- that the so-
called lunar gap can present itself. Many great dharma
teachers have pointed out the existence of gaps in our
life, moments when clarity and real insight is possible.
Lunar Opportunities
And lest we get too far a field sitting there waiting for a
gap in time or space to occur, let me restate: The gap
that appears is a gap in our particular set of
obscurations, our own cloudiness. When such a gap
1008
The Moon
takes place, there can be an intense insight into some

aspect of our situation, the effects of which stay with us
for a long time. One moment of real insight or vision can
take weeks or months to examine in retrospect. Each
time we bring it to mind, its richness is such that it
continues to be a source of inspiration. This is what
lunar gaps are all about.
At this point, it is hoped that you have some general
idea of what lunar gaps are and how you might go about
taking advantage of them.
These lunar opportunities are sometimes referred to as
gaps or openings in the otherwise continuous stream of
our lives -- windows. They conceive of these gaps as
articulation points, much like an elbow is where the arm
is articulated. They are natural joints or gaps in
time/space upon which time and space turn and through
which it is sometimes possible to gain access to
information about the larger, dynamic life process that
already encapsulates us. We have more detailed lists
available, as well as lists customized to your particular
location, including sunrise, etc.
1009
The Moon
Taking Advantage of the Lunar Cycle

The phases of the moon have been observed for ages.
The moon, from a Sanskrit term for measure, is the
primary means by which the majority of the people in
the world (even in this 21st century!) measure time and
the events in their own lives. This article takes a look at
what astrologers (and ordinary people) have come to
understand about the lunation cycle -- the phases of the
Moon. In particular, we will contrast methods of using
the lunar cycle in the East and West.
Lunation Cycle in Western Astrology
Eastern and Western astrology use the lunar cycle in
the same and different ways. In the West, the lunar
cycle is most often seen as a key to the personality and
the birth chart. Although books like Rudhyar's "The
Lunation Cycle," and many others, describe the cycle as
a dynamic process that unfolds each month, the
practical result of their focus is not so much with this
1010
The Moon
day-to-day process as with individual snapshots (the

various lunar types) taken from the overall process. And
then there are also books along the lines of William
Butler Yeat's "A Vision." This extremely involved
intellectual study attempts to deal with concepts of
anima and animus -- the endless process of
psychological self-projection and its resolution. Although
somewhat of a mental challenge, analogous to a
tongue-twister in speech, the practical benefit to this
kind of writing is questionable. In this article we will not
deal with these highly intellectual approaches to the
Moon. Instead, let's take a quick look at the how the
Moon has been considered in Western astrology.
1011
The Moon
The Phases of the Moon

Here is a summary as any competent astrologer might
present it to us:
The phases of the Moon are known to all. From the dark
of the New Moon, the cycle builds through First Quarter
and on to the brightness of the Full Moon (start of Third
Quarter), after which the lunar light begins to diminish.
After Full Moon, as the Moon's light starts to fail, comes
the quarter moon phase, which rapidly darkens until we
reach the New Moon. The lunar cycle is perhaps the
easiest to grasp of all astrological cycles. It is longer
than the cycle of a day and shorter than the cycle of a
year -- both of which are hard to keep in mind.
As mentioned, the lunar cycle extends from the New
Moon (Moon and Sun conjunct the same point in the
zodiac) through the Full Moon (Moon and Sun on
opposites sides of the Earth), and back to another New
Moon. The New Moon point is considered a time of
1012
The Moon
conception and beginning, the Full Moon a time of

fruition and fullness - experiencing. It is often stated in
the astrological literature that a seed idea, impulse, or
insight present at the New Moon is externalized through
the first two quarters (waxing moon) and reaches
completion or fullness at the Full Moon. After the Full
Moon, the implications or "meaning" of what was
achieved through the externalization process of the
waxing moon is seen, the lesson learned, and
preparation takes place for a new and perhaps more
perfect idea to form at the next New Moon.
Phase Cycles
Keep in mind that the cycle of the Moon resembles all
cycles (the heartbeat, the breath, the day, the year,
etc.); the cycle has a point of greatest inwardness or
conception (New Moon, inhalation-point) and a point of
greatest externalization or fullness (Full Moon,
exhalation-point).
1013
The Moon
Projects begun at the New Moon are said to reach

fulfillment at the Full Moon. The first two quarters (when
the Moon is waxing and growing with light) represent a
period during which to strive and build into reality a
project that has been conceived, probably around the
time of the New Moon. This is the time to project
outward and to make real something we have visualized
in our minds. We all have projects -- a new effort, a new
job, a new start, a new anything.
New Moon
In the Western tradition, from the New Moon through the
First Quarter is good for making this push from an
insight outward, making our dreams into reality. The
New Moon point is a time for vision and involves a new
seed impulse, sometimes called the solar tone.
1014
The Moon
Second Quarter
The Second Quarter (end of First Quarter) represents,
according to the tradition established by Dane Rudhyar,
a crisis in action, when we must carry our new impulse
or idea beyond the planning stage and into the sphere
of action. This is a time when the idea breaks into reality
and is launched. The First Quarter is a time to get
underway and to figure out how to make our dreams
(ideas) come true.
The end of the First Quarter and beginning of the
Second Quarter marks that point in the lunar cycle when
we are able to bring across some portion of an insight or
idea into reality. The Second Quarter through the Full
Moon (beginning Third Quarter) represents the time
when we achieve outward realization or actualization of
what we saw or felt at the New Moon impulse. It is a
time for physical work and externalization. It is during
1015
The Moon
the Second Quarter that we put into our project the

energy and material that give it substance and form.
Full Moon
The Full Moon marks outward extension and completion
of the project. For better or worse, this is it! If we have
tuned into the insight available at the New Moon -- and
if we have worked to that end -- the Full Moon can
represent a time of fruition and completion. What we
have dreamed or seen in the mind is now real and can
be experienced in the flesh. If we have worked at cross
purposes to the New Moon message, then the Full
Moon might bring home that fact as well. We can reap
the reward of our misguided effort. Above all, the Full
Moon represents an experience -- a fullness, if you will.
The Third Quarter is a time during which we can
appreciate, enjoy, and begin to reflect on the experience
that peaked at the time of the Full Moon. This quarter is
traditionally a time for growing awareness of what
1016
The Moon
happened at the Full Moon, and learning and

assimilation. The Full Moon impact and experience
begins to pass, and we find ourselves having thoughts
about that experience. If nothing more, we sense that
the experience is over, and is passing. Reflection
occurs. We begin to grasp and appreciate the Full Moon
experience, for better or for worse. As the lunar light
begins to diminish, we start drawing conclusions of one
sort or another -- taking a lesson.
Fourth Quarter
The start of the Fourth Quarter is said to mark a crisis in
consciousness. The experience of the Full Moon is over,
and we are left to draw whatever conclusions we can
from it. It is during the Fourth Quarter that we prune and
weed out from our lives what we have seen to be of no
value or use in this experience. It is a time for
constructive elimination and release. It is often referred
to as a 'seed time' and it is here we keep or take to
1017
The Moon
heart the seed or kernel of the experience we had at the

full of the moon. We are drawing to a close that
experience and the entire cycle for that month. We are
approaching another New Moon and the start of a new
cycle and impulse.
Since we are dealing with a cycle or circle, there is no
real beginning or end. All circles or cycles are endless
or eternal (eternally repeating). The lunar cycle (phases
of the Moon) is something that we can learn to use.
After we read about and become aware of the different
parts of this cycle, we can begin to observe the cycle
happening around us. The lunar cycle described above
in theory is seldom experienced in such clarity in
everyday life. Over time, we recognize parts of the cycle
and learn to use them. We might find it hard to push or
begin projects during the Fourth Quarter -- in particular
the three days or so just before a New Moon. But this is
a good time to finish up a project, or clean up loose
odds and ends of business -- draw things to a close. We
could find that get-togethers, parties, and social events
seem to come off well around or just before the Full
Moon. We learn to take advantage of the qualities and
opportunities of each section of the moon cycle. And we
don't have to wait to begin since we are already -- right
now -- in that cycle. What we develop then is an
awareness of the Moon cycle.
1018
The Moon
Seed Impulse: Themes

An important concept to grasp is that the lunar cycle is
experienced by all beings. The seed insight or impulse
available at the New Moon is open to each of us. It is a
global experience belonging to the entire planet.
Although we may take it personally and in our own way,
it is, above all, a common experience. Each passing
month or lunar cycle modifies this experience and
presents a new or slightly altered theme or impulse at
New Moon for us to consider. Endless variations on a
theme, this seed-thought or impulse somehow sets the
tone for succeeding lunar cycles. The moments of new
and full moon are considered as special. This is
particularly true at the time of an eclipse.
1019
The Moon
Eclipses
Eclipses are simply New or Full Moons with
extraordinary alignment or focus. They have been
considered for centuries to be astrological events of the
first magnitude. If we consider New and Full Moons to
be important, then eclipses represent the keys to the
lunar cycle for any year.
We mentioned earlier about the New Moon containing
an impulse or insight that grows to fruition at the Full
Moon. Eclipses, then, provide moments when
extraordinary insight or vision are available to us. It is
possible for some of us, at least at certain times in our
lives, to experience what has been called the "vision of
the eclipse," and to remember or keep that vision in
mind. There appears to be a theme or principal insight
connected with major eclipses. Let me make clear just
what we mean here by the word vision.
1020
The Moon
"Vision" does not mean the fairytale dream picture we

might conjure up -- but it is related. A vision is a moment
of extreme clarity or understanding, when 'in a flash' we
know or experience something in its entirety. We take it
in. There are times in each of our lives when we have
vision or see some intrinsic truth about our lives -- about
life itself.
The Vision of the Eclipse

As mentioned above, there appears to be a common or
communal vision that occurs around the time of major
eclipses. While each of us interprets the insight or vision
in a personal way, the theme or essence of the vision is
a common experience. And it is possible to share that
vision. Although we all experience it at once, only some
of us are capable of remembering the experience in a
conscious fashion. It seems that we are privileged to be
consciously aware of the vision of an eclipse at special
1021
The Moon
or crucial moments in our lifetimes -- times when we are

particularly aware.
The message or vision or any given eclipse will tend to
dominate our deeper or subconscious minds for months
surrounding that eclipse. It is a peculiarity of these
eclipse moments that they can happen days or even
weeks before or after the actual moment of an eclipse.
That is: the eclipse theme pervades the time prior to and
after the actual physical event. Sometimes eclipses
happen in pairs, two weeks apart. These are particularly
powerful, and the whole time between these events can
be a kind of waking dream - a vision.
Learning to recognize a moment of vision and taking
advantage of these enhanced moments of vision
surrounding and eclipse can be important. If the point in
the zodiac where an eclipse occurs is in high focus in
your natal chart, then the particular eclipse may have
special importance for you.
In general, eclipses of the Sun (New Moons) represent
vision into the nature of our life (ideas about life), while
eclipses of the Moon (Full Moons) represent a waking
experience or sensational event -- living in our own
dream.
1022
The Moon
The Lunation Cycle: East and West

The lunar cycle and its gaps are available to everyone,
all the time. If we don't observe these special times, it is
because we have set no time aside to observe, to check
it out for ourselves. In the East, most people are
introduced to basic observation techniques or mind
practice from an early age. It is unfortunate that mind
practice is not much known of here in the West. I mean
how many people do you know who practice observing
or using their mind anyway? Most of us assume that the
mind is perfectly usable just as we find it, and doesn't
require any practice.
In the Tibet mind practice is not only acceptable, it is
pretty much obligatory. This is true for countries like
Tibet, Nepal, much of India, and even parts of China
and Japan. Over there, the mind is considered by
nature to be unruly and hard to manage. No one would
think of trying to do much with it without considerable
1023
The Moon
practice. Mind practice or mind preparation or training,

as it is sometimes called, is standard fare in the orient.
East and West

We might wonder why this style of mind practice has
never caught on in North America. In part, this is due to
our whole take on meditation and what we think that is.
Meditation in the West has come to mean something
almost like relaxation therapy, a way to relax and get
away from it all -- to escape the worries of the world in
the contemplation of some inner landscape.
Somewhere, perhaps early in this century, the word
meditation lost any semblance to its Eastern counterpart
and became what most understand as meditation today
-- a way to relax and get rid of tension.
Of course this is nothing like the Tibetan concept of
mind practice or mind preparation, which involves the
intense use of the mind. It is unfortunate that this very
1024
The Moon
active mind practice has also come under the general

label of meditation here in the West.
Gaps in the Clouds

Having pointed this out, it may be helpful to clarify and
describe what it is that the Tibetan Buddhists (and other
groups too) do when they sit down on their cushions. In
general, if you ask them what they are doing on their
cushions, the answer will not that they are "practicing",
or they are "sitting". Indeed, that is what takes place.
They sit and observe.
There are many Tibetan words for the different kinds of
mind practice that are possible, while in the West we
have just the one word: meditation. What then is mind
practice?
The most important difference between sitting practice
(mind practice) and meditation as it is understood in this
1025
The Moon
country, is that mind practice is anything but relaxing or

passive. It is very active.
The Thirty Lunar Days

The actual technique is quite simple, taking only a few
minutes to learn. And it is worth getting this instruction
from someone authorized to give it. Most Buddhist and
some Hindu groups offer this type of mind practice.
When looking for training in mind proactice, be sure to
ask for a technique that emphasizes concentration on
the present moment -- being present, and not some of
the more dreamy relaxation techniques. What you need
in order to use lunar gaps is to become very alert and
observant. The technique is called Shamata training in
Tibetan Buddhis and Zazen in Zen Buddhism. I would
be happy to send a list of well-respected centers to
anyone who writes me at 315 Marion Avenue, Big
Rapids, MI 49307. It is important that you receive
1026
The Moon
instruction from someone trained in the technique, and

get an authentic connection with a tradition.
Even the non-astrologer cannot help but notice the time
of the Full Moon each month -- when the full disk of the
Moon passes overhead around midnight. It is a fact that
many have trouble sleeping when the Full Moon makes
this overhead transit in the middle of the night. Often
sleep will not come until the Moon finishes rising,
transits overhead, and begins to set. This has been
used by some as a way to determine whether a late-
night party or a bout of TV watching will be a satisfying
experience. In general, you can plan on building tension
(and attention) while the Full Moon is rising and an
easing of that state just after the Moon crests overhead.
After the Moon crests and begins to set is a good time
to bring activities to a close. Sleep often will come with
ease at this point.
Learning to get in step with and to make use of the
Moon cycle is part of astrological basic training. There
has been general agreement among astrologers for
thousands of years as to how the lunar cycle functions
and the uses to which it can be put.
1027
The Moon
The Four Quarters

It seems that, although East and West agree on the
importance of new and full moons, there is less
congruence when it comes to the quarter moons. Here
in the West, the lunar quarters are next in importance
after the new and full moon times. However, in the East
there are other days that are considered of greater
importance, such as the 10th and 25th lunar days.
In both traditions, there is agreement that the 2 or 3
days preceding the moment of the new moon are
difficult ones, which require special observation. In the
West these days have been called the dark of the
Moon, or devil's days, days when the darker forces have
power. Both traditions affirm that we sort of survive
these final days each month. Check it out for yourself.
The three days before new moon can be a hard time.
The East is in total agreement on this point, and the
1028
The Moon
days prior to new moon are set aside for invoking the
fierce dharma protectors, those energies that ward off
harm and protect us during the worst of times.
Protector Days
In particular, the 29th day (the day before new moon) is
called dharma protector day. It is a time given over to
purification and preparation for the moment of new
moon. Ritual fasting, confession of errors, and the like
are common practices. In a similar vein, the days just
prior to the full moon (the 13th and 14th) are also days
of purification, days in which the various guardian and
protector deities are again invoked, but in a somewhat
more restrained way. For example, the 14th day is often
given over to fire puja -- a ritual purification. In summary,
during days prior to full and new moon, there is some
attempt at purification, both physical and mental, in
preparation for those auspicious events.
1029
The Moon
It is clear from the literature that the times of the new

and full moon are considered of great importance.
These days are set aside for special rituals and worship.
As pointed out, full and new moon (full more than new)
are times of collective worship and public confession. In
many traditions, the monks and priests assemble for a
day of special observance. In the East, the full moon
celebration and the entire waxing lunar fortnight are
oriented to the masculine element in consciousness,
what are called the father-line deities. The new moon
and the waning fortnight are given over to the mother-
line deities and the feminine element. The full moon
completes the masculine, or active, waxing phase of the
cycle, and the new moon completes the feminine,
waning phase of the month. To my knowledge, this kind
of analysis does not exist in the West.
1030
The Moon
Days of Observation
Aside from the new and full moon, the two most
auspicious lunar days in the East are the 10th and the
25th. The 10th day (108º to 120º), called Daka Day, is
considered auspicious for invoking the father-line deities
-- the masculine. The 25th day (288º to 300º), called
Dakini Day, is given over to the feminine principle and
the mother line deities, in general. These two days, the
10th and the 25th, are formal feast days, days of
observation when extra offerings are made and
increased attention given to what is happening. There is
some sense of celebration at these points in the month.
In many respects, these two days even rival the new
and full moon days in importance. The fact is that these
four days (new, full, 10th, 25th) are the primary
auspicious days as practiced in many Eastern rituals.
1031
The Moon
Health and Healing

There are many other days of lesser importance, which
might also interest Western astrologers. Health and
healing are important in Eastern ritual, and the 8th and
23rd days of the lunar month are auspicious for this
purpose. It is these days that straddle the first and last
lunar quarters. The 8th day (84º to 96º) is often called
Medicine Buddha Day. Again this occurs in the male, or
father-line, half of the month. The 23rd day (264º to
276º), occurring in the feminine half of the month, is
dedicated to Tara practice. Tara is the female deity
connected to health, long life, and healing in general.
1032
The Moon
Purification Days
Earlier we mentioned the days given over to purification,
most prominently the 13th and the 29th. In addition, on
a lesser scale, the 9th and the 19th days are also noted
as days when the protector deities should be invoked
and kept in mind. These, too, are days of purification.
And there are more, still finer subdivisions that are
made. In this brief article, these major observance days
are enough to give us the idea of how Eastern
astrologers approach the lunar cycle. It should be kept
in mind that, in the East, astrology is practiced by the
general public. So it is not just astrologers who are
using the lunar days; everyone observes these days.
Next, we might ask ourselves how this Eastern
approach to the lunation cycle might be of value in the
West? As mentioned earlier, a major fact is that the
lunar cycle is perceived as having a variety of gaps,
joints, or points of articulation that can be used. They
1033
The Moon
can be seen as chinks in the armor of our particular

obscurations. Many Western mystery traditions also
observe the times of the full (and sometimes the new)
moon. full moon meditations are common. The quarter
moons are given less attention, and few Western rituals
exist (to my knowledge) for these events.
Insight Moments
It is an intuitive fact that moments of clarity and insight
(gaps) do come in the course of living. We all benefit
from this kind of insight. What Eastern astrology seems
to suggest to us is that many of these gaps are not just
random events that occur in our life, haphazardly. They
are regular opportunities, joints in the nick of time, when
insights are somehow more possible than at other
times. Therefore, it is common practice to set aside
some portion of these special days for observance, for
meditation.
1034
The Moon
It is unfortunate that the concept of meditation

entertained by the public here in the West amounts to
some kind of relaxation therapy -- a quiet time. This is
very far from the truth of what is considered meditation
in India, Japan, Tibet, and other Eastern countries. In
fact, meditation is a form of observation. It is
observation of what is, and of what is happening in
one's mind and environment. When the Eastern mind
meditates on special lunar days, it sets aside a time to
observe with great care the nature of that particular day.
Meditation as taught in Tibet and Japan is a technique
that increases our abilities to observe. The meditator is
not lost in deep inner space; that is our Western take on
the concept of meditation. In the East, the meditator is
right here, now, observing the mind and life. This is why
it is said that these special days are days set aside for
observation.
1035
The Moon
Open Channels
Here in the West, we are beginning to learn these
techniques of observation. By setting aside a time on
these special lunar days for observation, we can be
open and aware to the possibilities of insight. This kind
of awareness appears to be what is required to pick up
on these natural events. If we have an insight at one of
these time, we might be more willing to give it credence,
knowing that it is happening on such-and-such a lunar
day. And so on.
It is quite clear from the Eastern teachings that the
moments of full and new moon are times when the
various channels in the psychophysical body are
somehow aligned. This is not to say the new or full
moon days are days of peace and quiet. It is taught in
the East that, although a new or full moon day may tend
to be wild or hectic. Any patience or forbearance we can
muster at that time will be much rewarded. In other
1036
The Moon
words, there can be deep insights available to us at

these times. According to these same teachings, an
eclipse at the full or new moon is even more auspicious.
In the teachings it is said that, during these very special
events, both male and female energies (channels) are
in simultaneous alignment -- the ultimate opportunity.
The lunar cycle and its effects and opportunities have
been analyzed in great detail in the Eastern teaching.
East and West

In summary, the major difference between Eastern and
Western astrology as related to the lunation cycle is that
in the East any lunar theory is put to the test. It exists as
a guide to practice. In other words, they practice what
they preach. Here in the West, it would appear that we
are somewhat more theoretical. We read about and
discuss ideas on the lunar cycle, but very few
astrologers that I have met make use of the lunar-phase
cycle as a guide to day-to-day practice. As a society, we
1037
The Moon
don't even observe the full or new moon, much less the
quarters or any of the other possible lunar days. It is
true that most astrologers are aware of the zodiac sign
the Moon is in, but here we are not examining that part
of the tradition; we are looking at the cycle of the lunar
phases. Or, here in the West we may know that it is new
or full moon, but we do nothing out of the ordinary in
response to that information. And, of course, the
general public seldom even takes note of lunar events.
The Eastern approach to the lunar cycle is quite ancient
and very detailed. East or West, I assume that both
astrological traditions have been engaged in recording
something rather than nothing all of these centuries. In
other words, I assume that the existing lunar tradition,
East and West, is a reflection of reality rather than
something we have made up. After all, that is what
astrology is all about and why we practice it.
Here we have concentrated on the synodic cycle of the
sun, moon, and earth -- the lunation cycle. We have
ignored the use by astrologers of the Moon in the signs
and houses, something practiced both here and in the
East.
1038
The Moon
Summary
On a personal note, my study of the lunation cycle has
led me from Western to Eastern texts in an attempt to
obtain more practical information for day-to-day living.
When I ran out of new texts to study, I sought out some
of the living Eastern meditators who observe the lunar
cycle on a regular basis. For example, we have had a
wide variety of Eastern astrologers living and working at
our center in recent years. In addition, one individual
skilled in Sanskrit and Tibetan astrology spent almost
two years here, translating various Buddhist texts on the
subject.
From my experience with these sources, the primary
piece of information that stays with me is that reading
about or listening to someone with experience in this
area is, by definition, preliminary. Both text and teachers
(however fine they may be) can but point beyond
themselves to the lunar cycle itself. Through any
1039
The Moon
differences that exist, all sources seem united in this

one maxim: go and see for yourself. Check it out. The
purpose of the teachings is the experience itself that
waits to be known. They are telling us: Observe these
days. Call it meditation or observation (whatever), but
observe with care and attention if these insight gaps are
there.
The Lunation Cycle

In other sections, we have presented thoughts from
both sides of the world, the East and the west, on lunar
astrology. Is there any scientific evidence to back this
up?
Scientific research into the lunation cycle over the last
15-20 years is fascinating from an astrologer's
perspective. It was not very many years ago that
science gave little or no credence to the possibility of a
lunar effect on life here on earth. Today it is no longer a
question of "is there an effect?" but rather one of "let me
1040
The Moon
count the ways." In fact, the research at this point is so

extensive that in this brief article we can only mention
some of the high points in the existing literature.
It should go without saying, but I will repeat it here, that
science still has little or nothing to say about
psychological or personal events connected with lunar
activity. Instead, it has discussed how the moon relates
to such things as rainfall, weather, and atmosphere.
More important to astrologers, and a step closer to the
psychological, is the growing evidence for a hard
connection between lunar activity and geomagnetic
activity. It is this connection that we will detail here.
Earth's Aura
Geomagnetic activity coming from beyond the earth's
aura or atmosphere has been linked to all kinds of
mundane activities ranging from radio reception to the
aurora borealis type displays and so on. The picture that
emerges from modern research is one where each body
1041
The Moon
(the earth, the, sun, and perhaps even each of us) is

surrounded by some sort of magnetic field. We radiate,
and this radiation surrounds us and even keeps some
things out -- our aura or mandala.
The earth's aura (or magnetosphere as it is called)
keeps at bay enormous amounts of radiation coming
from the sun and from the galaxy in which our solar
system is a part. Very energetic particles can penetrate
our magnetosphere and find their way through the
atmosphere to the surface of the earth itself. For the
most part, these particles funnel in from the north and
south polar caps via field lines of high geomagnetic
declination. During times of increased solar activity such
as solar flares, or during the peak of the sunspot cycle
(like this year), very much more solar radiation reaches
the earth than at other times. The weaker cosmic
radiation must wait for the years of sunspot minimum to
reach their maximum penetration. Please examine the
diagrams of the magnetosphere shown below as we
examine some of the scientific evidence that relates to
the lunation cycle -- lunar power.
1042
The Moon
Auroras
Although we have long studied oceanic tides, we know
now that there are atmospheric tides as well that move
in response to the position of the Moon. For example,
auroras are caused by the excitation of atmospheric
molecules by energetic charged particles penetrating
the atmosphere along geomagnetic field lines. Although
the mechanism of this phenomenon is still being
examined, it is generally understood that auroras are
associated with the arrival of solar corpuscular radiation
in the magnetosphere, 1 to 3 days after a solar flare.
These particles (depending on their intrinsic energy and
the current density of the atmosphere) penetrate the
atmosphere.
It has now been shown that these auroral peaks and
valleys are modulated by the position of the Moon. This
lunar auroral tidal effect in the upper atmosphere can be
correlated with flood and ebb tides on earth, thus linking
1043
The Moon
its rise and fall to the position of the Moon in its monthly
cycle.
Rainfall
It has been well documented that rainfall is correlated
with the Moon's position in its monthly cycle. According
to many studies, rainfall maximizes midway through the
1st and Third Quarters of the lunar synodic month. In
other words, about a half week after new and full moon
rainfall reaches a peak. Correspondingly, a low point in
rainfall occurs during the 2nd and Fourth Quarters with
the lowest point of all occurring some three days before
new or full moon.
In addition, it was found that increased rainfall at these
two peak times in the month was greater at solar
minimum than at solar maximum. The lunar cycle
accounts for 65 pecent of the variance during years of
solar minimum, but only 14 percent during the year
surrounding solar maximum. It has been suggested that
1044
The Moon
cosmic radiation may be a factor, since this form of

radiation penetrates more deeply into the solar system
during years of low solar activity. During the years of
high solar activity, a more powerful solar wind helps to
keep out cosmic radiation.
Thunderstorms and Cosmic Radiation

Thunderstorms and Cosmic Radiation. It has been
shown that the maximum in thunderstorms coincides
with the maximum in galactic cosmic radiation and vice
versa, that minimum thunderstorm activity coincides
with the minimum in galactic cosmic ray radiation. There
have been many studies on the relationship of cosmic
radiation to lunar activity. Cosmic radiation consists of
energetic particles entering our solar system from
beyond its aura, or magnetosphere. As mentioned,
there is an inverse relationship between cosmic
radiation and solar activity. In other words, the
increased solar wind at sunspot maximum keeps cosmic
1045
The Moon
radiation out of the solar system and away from the

earth. During the years of sunspot minimum, cosmic
radiation is strong enough to penetrate the solar aura
and reach the earth's atmosphere.
Thunderstorms and the Moon -- It has been shown that
the maximum in thunderstorms coincides with maximum
geomagnetic activity. In addition, it has been shown that
thunderstorm activity is modulated by lunar position.
The greatest number of thunderstorms occur after either
new or full moon. Thunderstorm frequency reaches a
maximum two days after full moon and remains high for
most of the third quarter.
The Moon and Geomagnetic Activity

The Kp-geomagnetic index varies with the lunar phases.
When the Moon is less than 3 1/2 degrees from the
plane of the ecliptic, geomagnetic activity reaches a
minimum during the 2nd lunar quarter and a maximum
during 3rd lunar quarter. Lunar modulation while near
1046
The Moon
the ecliptic suggests that the Moon is influencing the

solar corpuscular flux which, guided by the solar
magnetic field, approaches the earth generally from
close to the plane of the ecliptic. Some of these
particles become trapped in the magnetosphere.
There is a thin, neutral-sheet region close to the ecliptic
plane in the tail of the earth's magnetosphere that the
Moon might be modulating when it is traveling near the
plane of the ecliptic. The high density of field lines near
the ecliptic would make this region particularly sensitive
to a magnetic perturbation, which could modulate the
flux of particles reaching our atmosphere. In short, there
is evidence that the moon has a magnetohydrodynamic
wake with an enhanced magnetic field, which, when in
the magnetospheric tail, causes magnetic disturbances
on the earth.
1047
The Moon
Polar Cap Absorption (PCA)

PCA happens when solar protons from solar flares enter
the earth's upper atmosphere in high geomagnetic
latitudes, often causing radio blackouts and increased
auroral activity. These periods of severe ionospheric
disturbance are often marked by Forbush decreases,
when the counting rate of background galactic cosmic
radiation has a sudden anomalous decrease which
might take hours to days to recover to normal levels.
In effect, it is as if there were a magnetic screening of
galactic cosmic radiation by the enhanced solar plasma.
It has been noted, but unexplained, that PCA events
and Forbush decreases seem to be ordered with the
lunar synodic period (29.5 days). When this research
was begun, it was expected that a 27.3-day period
would be found, indicating a link with solar rotation. It
was a surprise to scientists when, instead, results
fingered the lunar synodic period (29.5 days).
1048
The Moon
Therefore, it is possible that the moon somehow

controls solar corpuscular radiation streaming toward
the earth. The mechanism is still undetermined at this
time.
Solar Sectors
Solar sectors and the geometry of the solar magnetic
field represent important areas for research. The solar
wind is a plasma of charged particles endlessly being
ejected from the surface of the sun. These particles tend
to concentrate in the plane of the ecliptic. All of the
planets are within the aura or atmosphere of the sun,
the solar wind. Each charged particle moves away from
the sun in a straight line; however, since the sun itself is
rotating, these particle streams get bent into a spiral of
the type made famous by Archimedes. In addition, this
plasma contains a frozen-in magnetic region constituting
the sun's magnetic field that conforms to this spiral. This
is the interplanetary magnetic field.
1049
The Moon
Because of this spiral effect, at the distance of the earth

the magnetic field is oriented about 45 degrees west of
the earth-sun line, on the morning side of the earth.
Both the slow (4 days) and fast (10 minutes to several
hours), charged, solar particles approach the earth
guided by the solar magnetic field. They come in from
the western side of the sun (morning side of earth) at
about a 45-degree angle to the earth, although this
angle fluctuates from moment to moment, based on the
changes in the solar plasma. The fact is that each of us
are exposed to this general direction around 9 AM each
morning. We are most shielded from this direction
around 9 P.M. each night.
The great rotating disk of the solar magnetic field itself is
divided into four primary sectors, each with an
alternating polarity. The magnetic field direction is either
positive (away from the sun) or negative (toward the
sun). These sectors are tied into definite regions on the
surface of the sun, which are of corresponding magnetic
signs. It has been suggested that this may be thought of
as a rigid disk in the plane of the ecliptic with four
quadrants connected to the sun and rotating with it in its
27-day rotation cycle -- the co-rotating sector structure.
It has been found that geomagnetic and cosmic ray
activity, as well as the velocity and number density of
the solar wind flux, vary as a function of position within
the solar sectors; thus there is a weekly fluctuation in
the Kp-geomagnetic index. Studies show a maximum in
thunderstorm activity when the earth passes from a
positive sector into a negative sector. These four great
sectors like a great pinwheel rotate past the earth
exposing our planet to alternating positive and negative
solar phases.
A study of the lunar position in relation to the Kp-
geomagnetic index, PCA, and Forbush decreases
1050
The Moon
shows that PCA and Forbush decreases reach a

minimum during the middle of the 4th lunar quarter
when the moon is near the 45º axis and thus between
the earth and the spot where the charged particles
arrive from the sun. A maximum for these values is
reached when the moon is in the Second Quarter,
unable to block the particle advance. It has been shown
that the moon has an electrical charge of at least 100
V/m, which means that the moon has a positive
electrical charge that can deflect solar protons.
There is also a minimum in the Kp-geomagnetic index
during Second Quarters when PCA and Forbush
decreases are at a maximum. It has been suggested
that at Second Quarter the moon may least disturb the
geomagnetic field, which is, at that time, most active.
There is a sharp rise in the Kp index just prior to full
moon and continuing into third quarter. It has been
suggested that this might be due to the
magnetohydrodynamic wake of the moon interacting
with the tail of the magnetosphere or modulating the
flow of solar particles to the tail.
It is interesting to note that around that the Second
Quarter, 10th/11th day are the maximum for PCP
activity. This is when the father-line deities are observed
in Eastern astrology. The 25th/26th days are when the
Moon somehow block or inhibits the solar magnetic
field. This is when the mother-line deities are celebrated
in that tradition. Thus the time of greatest activity (male)
has some scientific backup, and the same for least
activity and greatest calm (female).
The western portion of the sun is strongly magnetically
linked to the earth, while the eastern portion of the sun
is not. This is due to the fact that solar corpuscular
radiation approaches the earth from the west, guided by
1051
The Moon
the solar magnetic field. As pointed out, these particles

come in from the Western side of the sun at about a 45º
angle to the morning side of earth. Statistical studies
show that solar flares occurring on the eastern portion of
the sun are much less frequently associated with
geomagnetic storms than those occurring near the
central or western portion.
Solar Flares
Flares occur during periods of solar activity, which

typically last a few days. These regions of activity (near
sunspots) travel from east to west across the face of the
sun, with a sunspot taking about seven days to travel
from the central meridian to the western limb. Thus
active solar regions (generating particles capable of
reaching the earth) move into and through the western
section of the sun, which is magnetically linked to the
earth. During this period, recurrent particle streams from
1052
The Moon
an active sunspot region can reach the earth. Some

periods when solar protons have bombarded the upper
atmosphere have lasted over ten days.
Summary
This has been a very brief description of some of the
geophysical research that has been performed in the
last 20 years and that might be of interest to astrologers.
It seems that all bodies have a field or aura around
them. The earth and the sun radiate, and that radiation
is swept along behind whatever trajectory the object
travels. It is fascinating to see scientific evidence
emerging that seems to conform with the astrological
tradition.
As pointed out in the another article on the lunation
cycle, the 10th and 25th lunar days have been found
(for ages) to be significant periods within the month,
where some kind of change or transition takes place. It
is interesting to note that, these points are more or less
in line with the 45º vector along which solar corpuscular
radiation reaches the earth.
The Moon in its monthly cycle appears to (somehow)
modulate this stream of radiation when it reaches the
area surrounding a solunar phase angle of some 315º.
At this point the moon (perhaps due to its magnetic
field) effectively blocks and cuts off some of the
radiation stemming from the sun. At the opposite point
in its orbit (around 135º), the Moon reaches a point of
least blockage, where the most solar radiation can
penetrate and reach the earth.
It is this point in the lunar Second Quarter, during which
the greatest amount of radiation is available to the
earth, that the Eastern astrologers have set aside as a
time for the masculine (active) element. The fourth
quarter, where the Moon effectively blocks the solar
1053
The Moon
radiation, is the point when the feminine energies are

most observed.
It is interesting that, on the surface at any rate, ancient
tradition and modern science appear to have some
general agreement.
Exoteric References
B. Bell and R.J. Defouw, Dependence of the lunar
modulation of geomagnetic activity on the celestial
latitude of the moon, J. Geophys. Res. 71 (1966), 1951-
957.
D. A. Bradley, M.A. Woodbury and G. W. Brier, Lunar
synodical period and widespread precipitation, Science
137 (1962), 748-749.
G.W. Brier and D.A. Bradley, Lunar synodical period
and precipitation in the United States, J. Atmos. Sci. 21
(1964), 386-395.
1054
The Moon
H.W. Dodson and E.R. Hedeman, 1964: An unexpected

effect in solar cosmic ray data related to 29.5 days, J.
Geophys. Res. 69, 3965-3972.
L. Harang, The Aurorae (John Wiley and Sons, New
York 1951),44 B. Haurwitz, Atmospheric Tides, Science
144 (1964), 1415-1422.
J.R. Herman and R.A. Goldberg, Sun, weather and
climate, National Aeronautics and Space Administration
(1978)
M. Lethbridge, Solar-Lunar variables, thunderstorms
and tornadoes, Dept. of Meteor. Report, College of
Earth and Mineral Sciences, Penn. State Univ.,
University Park (1969), 58 pp.
W.I. Linlor, Electric fields in space and on the lunar
surface, in S. Coroniti and J. Hughes (eds), Planetary
Electrodynamics, Vol. 2 (Gordone and Breach New York
1969), 369
R. Markson, Considerations regarding solar and lunar
modulation of geophysical parameters, atmospheric
electricity and thunderstorms, Pure and Applied Physics
84 (1971), 161-200.
F.F. Ness, The magnetohydrodynamic wake of the
moon, J. Geophys. Res. 70 (1965), 517-534.
H.L Stolov, Further investigations of a variation of
geomagnetic activity with lunar phase, J. Geophys. Res.
70 (1965), 77-82.
J.M. Wilcox and N.F. Ness, The interplanetary magnetic
field, solar origin and terrestrial effects, Space Sci. Rev.
8 (1968), 258-328
Esoteric References/ 0088
1055
The Moon
N.P. Subramania Iyer, Kalaprakasika, Ranjan

Publications, 1982
Ven. Khenpo Karthar, Rinpoche. From a teaching on
Buddhist Festivals, given Big Rapids, MI in 198?
D. Bahadur L.D. Swamikannuu Pillai, Panchang and
Horoscope, Asian Educational Services
1985. D. Bahadur L.D. Swamikannuu Pillai, Indian
Chronology, Asian Educational Services, 1982.
Swami Prakashananda, personal communication
Shyam Sundar Das, personal communication
Sange Wangchug, personal communication and
translation of Tibetan texts.
Conversations on astrology and/or dharma with high
lamas in the Karma Kagyu lineage including: H.H. the
17th Karmapa, H.E. Jomgon Kongtrul Rinpoche, H.E.
Tai Situ Rinpoche, H.E. Gyaltsap Rinpoche, H.E.
Shamar Rinpoche, Ven. Bokar, Rinpoche, Ven.
Thrangu, Rinpoche, Ven. Khenpo Karthar, Rinpoche,
Ven. Bardor Tulku, Rinpoche, and others.
1056
The Moon
Mind Practice
The lunar cycle and its gaps are available to everyone,
all the time. If we don't observe these special times, it is
because we have set no time aside to observe, to check
it out for ourselves. In the East, most people are
introduced to basic observation techniques or mind
practice from an early age. It is unfortunate that mind
practice is not much known of here in the West. I mean
how many people do you know who practice observing
or using their mind anyway? Most of us assume that the
mind is perfectly usable just as we find it, and doesn't
require any practice.
In the Tibet mind practice is not only acceptable, it is
pretty much obligatory. This is true for countries like
Tibet, Nepal, much of India, and even parts of China
and Japan. Over there, the mind is considered by
nature to be unruly and hard to manage. No one would
think of trying to do much with it without considerable
1057
The Moon
practice. Mind practice or mind preparation or training,

as it is sometimes called, is standard fare in the orient.
Mind Practice
We might wonder why this style of mind practice has
never caught on in North America. In part, this is due to
our whole take on meditation and what we think that is.
Meditation in the West has come to mean something
almost like relaxation therapy, a way to relax and get
away from it all -- to escape the worries of the world in
the contemplation of some inner landscape.
Somewhere, perhaps early in this century, the word
meditation lost any semblance to its Eastern counterpart
and became what most understand as meditation today
-- a way to relax and get rid of tension.
Of course this is nothing like the Tibetan concept of
mind practice or mind preparation, which involves the
intense use of the mind. It is unfortunate that this very
1058
The Moon
active mind practice has also come under the general

label of meditation here in the West.
Sitting and Looking

Having pointed this out, it may be helpful to clarify and
describe what it is that the Tibetan Buddhists (and other
groups too) do when they sit down on their cushions. In
general, if you ask them what they are doing on their
cushions, the answer will not that they are "practicing",
or they are "sitting". Indeed, that is what takes place.
They sit and observe.
There are many Tibetan words for the different kinds of
mind practice that are possible, while in the West we
have just the one word: meditation. What then is mind
practice?
The most important difference between sitting practice
(mind practice) and meditation as it is understood in this
1059
The Moon
country, is that mind practice is anything but relaxing or

passive. It is very active.
The Techniques
The actual technique is quite simple, taking only a few
minutes to learn. And it is worth getting this instruction
from someone authorized to give it. Most Buddhist and
some Hindu groups offer this type of mind practice.
When looking for training in mind proactice, be sure to
ask for a technique that emphasizes concentration on
the present moment -- being present, and not some of
the more dreamy relaxation techniques. What you need
in order to use lunar gaps is to become very alert and
observant. The technique is called Shamata training in
Tibetan Buddhis and Zazen in Zen Buddhism. I would
be happy to send a list of well-respected centers to
anyone who writes me at 315 Marion Avenue, Big
Rapids, MI 49307. It is important that you receive
1060
The Moon
instruction from someone trained in the technique, and

get an authentic connection with a tradition.
Even the non-astrologer cannot help but notice the time
of the Full Moon each month -- when the full disk of the
Moon passes overhead around midnight. It is a fact that
many have trouble sleeping when the Full Moon makes
this overhead transit in the middle of the night. Often
sleep will not come until the Moon finishes rising,
transits overhead, and begins to set. This has been
used by some as a way to determine whether a late-
night party or a bout of TV watching will be a satisfying
experience. In general, you can plan on building tension
(and attention) while the Full Moon is rising and an
easing of that state just after the Moon crests overhead.
After the Moon crests and begins to set is a good time
to bring activities to a close. Sleep often will come with
ease at this point.
Learning to get in step with and to make use of the
Moon cycle is part of astrological basic training. There
has been general agreement among astrologers for
thousands of years as to how the lunar cycle functions
and the uses to which it can be put.
1061
About Michael Erlewine
1062
The Retrograde Phenomenon
Burn Rate
Perhaps no astrological factor has more different
opinions and less agreement among astrologers than
the phenomenon of retrograde motion, the fact that from
the earth's view, all planets appear to move backward in
reverse motion through the zodiac, one or more times a
year. Expert's opinions range from there being no effect
whatsoever when a planet is retrograde, to their being a
very dramatic effect. But then, even if an effect is
indicated, there is a wide range of declarations as to it
might be. The interpretations are all over the board. In
this section, we will examine the physical astronomy
behind the retrograde phenomenon, and based on that,
go on to discuss how this might be interpreted.
For starters, among those who do credit retrograde
planets with an interpretation at all, it is generally
agreed that when a planet is retrograde, its nature and
1063
effect is somehow retarded, delayed, or obscured. For

the most part, and with a few exceptions, it is not
considered a good or helpful thing to have a planet
retrograde.
The most well known example of a retrograde planet
and what it portends is that of Mercury. Most of us have
heard things like "Don't sign that contract! Mercury is
retrograde," and there is a whole astrological sub
culture built up around what you should and should not
do when Mercury goes retrograde. When Mercury is
retrograde, so it is claimed, communications of all kind
cannot be trusted, and may go haywire. The advice is
usually "Wait until Mercury goes direct." With that in
mind, let's examine the retrograde phenomenon.
If we want to understand what most astrologers agree
retrograde indicates, it would be something to the effect
that when a planet is moving backward in the zodiac, it
is not moving forward doing its thing. As obvious as that
statement is, it makes sense. If we have been
progressing forward in one direction or another, and
then find ourselves backtracking over the same ground,
we are not going forward. That seems to be the
essence of the traditional interpretation of what
retrograde motion is all about.
1064
Psychometrists
Astrologers are not unlike their more psychic cousins,
the psychometrists who use objects to get in touch with
various types of information. Instead on handling some
object belonging to the person in question, we
astrologers tend to use the available astronomical facts
as a touchstone or pointer to whatever meaning we are
searching for.
Much of modern astrology is concerned with our paying
close attention to the observed facts as determined by
the science of astronomy and astrophysics. Perhaps
early in this century astrologers were a little fuzzy as
regards science, but nowadays most astrologers are
interested in learning all they can about the hard facts of
deep space, the planets, and what not. My point here is
that it seems that the more we understand the actual
facts, the better directed we are to any inner meanings
they may indicate, or point to. The real facts of any
1065
situation are the ultimate talisman, or key to the

meaning or directionality that may be involved. With this
in mind, let us take a look at the very important
phenomenon of planetary motion, in particular the fact
that the planets appear to go forward and backward thru
the zodiac -- the retrograde phenomenon.
Outer Planets Retrograde

First, a brief review. The planets orbit the Sun in large,
almost circular, orbits. Considered from a heliocentric,
or Sun centered standpoint there is no retrograde, or
backward motion, only the steady forward travel thru the
zodiac--cycle after cycle, round after round. Retrograde,
or backward motion only exists from the Earth centered,
or geocentric perspective. As the earth moves thru its
orbit around the Sun, the other planets at times appear
to move backward (retrograde) in the zodiac much like a
slower train seems to move backward when seen from
within a faster moving train. Thus the position of a
1066
planet like Mars (as seen from Earth) appears to slow

down in the sky, come to a complete halt (reaches its
station or stopping point), and begins to move
backward, or retrograde thru the zodiac. After a time of
retrograde motion, it once again comes to a halt and
starts again in a direct, or forward motion.
In the diagram shown here, Earth is the green orbit, and
Mars is shown as the red orbit. A number sequence
shows how Earth sees Mars as both of their orbits
progress. Here are the details, as seen from Earth:
(1) Mars appears direct in motion, moving along it its
orbit in the normal direction of the signs of the zodiac.
(2) Mars is Stationary Retrograde, motionless in the sky,
and about to begin moving backward against the flow of
the zodiac.
(3) Mars is Retrograde, now going over a part of the
zodiac it has recently passed through.
(4) Mars is conjunct Earth in both heliocentric and
geocentric charts.
(5) Mars is again motionless in the sky as it reaches its
farthest point backward in the zodiac, what is called
Stationary Direct. It is about to go over a section of the
zodiac for the 3rd time during this orbit.
(6, 7, 8) Mars is proceeding on in direct motion along
the zodiac.
1067
Inner Planets Retrograde

Each major planet appears to move thru the zodiac with
one major zig-zag or retrograde loop per year, as the
earth completes its annual cycle. The inner planets,
Mercury and Venus, have a more complicated schedule.
Astrologers note where this loop, or zig-zag occurs in
the zodiac each year. In particular, it is considered
significant if the retrograde loop occurs at a sensitive
point in one's horoscope, such as the position of a natal
planet. In such a case, the retrograding planet may pass
over this sensitive point up to three separate times --
forward, backward, and forward again. What follows is
an introduction to retrogrades.
This technique requires some understanding of the
heliocentric workings of the planets. After all, the entire
retrograde phenomenon is little more than a reflection of
the Earth's motion around the Sun in relation to the
planet in question -- "thru a glass darkly," so to speak. In
1068
all of the following, the steady advance of the planet

from the helio perspective should be understood and
kept in mind. The planets only move forward, in reality,
in a counter-clockwise motion around the Sun.
Here are the details for an inner planet retrograde:
(1) Mercury is moving in Direct Motion, in the direction
of the zodiac.
(2) Mercury and Earth are at what is called their Inferior
Conjuction, still in direct motion.
(3) Mercury is motionless in the sky, at the point where it
is Stationary Retrograde, about to go backward through
the zodiac. It will pass over an area of the zodiac it just
went through.
(4) Mercury is motionless in the sky, at the point called
Stationary Direct, where it turns direct in motion and
passes over an area of the zodiac for the third time.
1069
Background
Except at the two moments when the Earth is conjunct
or in opposition to a particular planet, the geocentric
position always differs from the heliocentric position.
The helio position is a kind of midpoint about which the
geocentric position ebbs and flows, at least for those
planets beyond the orbit of the Earth. The same thing is
indicated for the inner planets (Mercury and Venus) by
what is called their points of "greatest elongation"
(geocentrically).
This difference between the helio and geo planet
positions is based upon what we can call here the
maximum phase angle possible between the Earth and
the planet in question. Here is a list of the maximum
phase angles for the outer planets using circular orbits
(average distance from Sun). The fact of a non-circular
orbit produces values that may, at times, be greater
than those listed below.
1070
Planet Phase Angle

Mercury 22º46'
Venus 46º19'
Mars 41º01'
Jupiter 11º 05'
Saturn 06º01'
Uranus 02º59'
Neptune 01º54'
Pluto 01º27'
Geocentric and Heliocentric: Interface

Most astrologers who have investigated the difference
between a birth or event as seen from geocentric and
heliocentric perspectives find that the geo chart refers
more to our personality, or the outer circumstances and
appearances in which we find ourselves, while the helio
1071
chart points to our inner self, the part of us (who we are)

that is living in these personal circumstances.
The position of Mars in the standard geocentric natal
chart and the actual position of Mars in the zodiac in its
circle around the Sun (heliocentric) can differ by some
41 degrees or more. For example, my geocentric Mars
is at 9 degrees of Aries, but my heliocentric Mars is in
24 degrees of the sign Aquarius -- a big difference. How
might we interpret this?
Using standard astrological interpretation methods, we
could say that, although my Mars appears to be in Aries
(geo), that it, in essence, has an Aquarian tone.
Perhaps my rash Aries Mars always manages to
accomplish some group or Aquarian goal. This type of
geo/helio comparison is worth thinking about. With this
approach in mind, some interesting thoughts can be
forthcoming when we examine our geo and helio charts
side by side. Another, even more interesting, technique
is to compare the overall chart patterns in the geo chart
against the overall chart patterns in the helio chart. This
is covered elsewhere in this course.
1072
Before and Behind

What is interesting here is the fact that if we consider
the helio position of a planet as where that planet in fact
is in its journey thru the zodiac around the Sun (which is
a fact), then the geo position (except at
conjunction/opposition) is ALWAYS either ahead of this
helio position or behind it. In other words, the geocentric
position for any planet runs for a time ahead of the helio
position, stops in the sky, pauses, turns retrograde, and
begins to move backward through the zodiac, over the
ground it just covered. It continues backward until it
crosses the helio position, still moving back (and now
behind the helio position), comes to another slow stop,
and begins to go forward again, finally catching up to
and passing the helio position. This is what is called the
retrograde loop.
The heliocentric motion of the planet is always forward
and never stops or wavers. It is the geocentric planet
1073
position that shows this forward and backward

movement we call the retrograde loop. And keep in
mind that the geo position is nothing other than a
snapshot of the helio planet's position. In other words,
the geo position is how the given helio planet position
"appears" from the earth's view, not how it is as an
integral part of the solar system. I am not saying here
that appearances are not valid or worth considering. We
must consider them, for there they are.
What I am pointing out here, and you may want to think
it through like I have had to, is that the geo position for a
planet results from how the planet appears to move as
seen from earth (as we all know). It is the earth's
attempt to see where that planet is, and it is a moving
target, not because it ever moves any other way than
forward, but because WE do. The earth is moving and
this affects what we see, and that effect or appearance
results in the retrograde loop. And what thoughts do
these differences between the geo and helio positions
at any moment suggest?
Here are some obvious ones: The simple fact that there
can exist a considerable difference between the geo
and helio positions is noteworthy. In some individuals
there may be little or no difference between the geo and
helio positions for a given planet. Perhaps this might
indicate something along the lines of "what you see is
what you get." In these cases, the outer (geo) position is
identical to the inner (helio) position. Someone with little
or no difference may be a natural when it comes to that
planet. Its function works smoothly. They are born with it
in clear focus, no variation between these two positions.
1074
The Burn Rate

On the other hand, there may be a great difference
between the geo and the helio position for a given
planet, and an inner need or drive to reconcile these two
positions, and to make them one. The amount of
different between the helio and geo position for any
planet has been termed the "burn rate," and we can
speak of someone have a high burn rate for Mars (great
difference) or a low burn rate (little or no difference).
The name "burn rate" comes from charts of individuals
with a great difference between the geo and helio
positions for a planet, and that fact that they may have
to struggle to bring these two together, to make them
one in their life. Perhaps this is an indication that they
will undergo many experiences (much change) as
regards the particular planet over the course of the life.
Perhaps each of us undergoes an initiation for each
planet based upon the amount of difference between
1075
the geo and helio positions in our natal chart. We have

different rates of change in life. Out burn rates differ --
what it takes to pull any given area of our life (planet)
together.
To make it easier to work with, we can even create a
little index by dividing the difference between the geo
and helio position for each planet by the maximum
indicated in the table above. The result is an index from
0 to 99 percent (or higher), the higher the index
indicating more difference between the geo and helio
positions and a high burn rate.
For example, the maximum difference for Mars is 41º
01' (from the table) and the difference between my helio
Mars at 24º Aquarius and my geo Mars at 9º Aries is
some 45 degrees, actually greater than the average
extreme for that planet. 45 divided by 41º 01' divided by
45 equals 1.097. In this case, the total is rather large,
indicating an extreme amount of change, or difference
between the geo and helio positions -- a high burn rate.
Therefore I can expect a lot initiation or change as
regards the Mars principle in my life, whatever we could
agree that might mean. In fact, I have had a lot of
emotional experience, including being a performing
musician for a good number of years. This should give
you some idea as to how to use this technique.
Moreover, we can calculate this index for all the planets
(excepting the Sun and Moon, of course) and get a total
index for the chart or birth in question. A high total index
might point to a lot of change within a single lifetime for
that person, with that planet. The individual may have to
go through a lot of changes to bring these two positions
into alignment. On the other hand, a low index, a low
Burn Rate, might indicate a relatively stable and
smoothly operating life.
1076
The Past, Present, and Future

There is another measurement relating to the retrograde
phenomenon that can be made that is, to me, even
more interesting. This has to do with the fact that, as
mentioned, the geo position (at any given moment) may
be either ahead or behind of the helio position for a
given planet. If we grant that the helio position
(somehow) represents the mean position of the planet
in the zodiac (the inner, or essential position), which it
does in fact, then the geo position may either lead or
trail this helio position by a lesser or greater amount.
How are we to interpret this?
First, let's refresh ourselves on the difference in
interpretation between the geo and helio position of any
planet, keeping in mind that the geo planet position is
the earth's view of that planet as it moves always
forward in the zodiac in the sun-centered solar system,
and the helio planet position is the position of the same
1077
planet in the actual solar system, with the Sun as

center.
Astrologers who use helio positions, like Dane Rudhyar,
Robert Hand, and myself, for example, find that while
the geo position charts the outward personality,
circumstances, and how they appear in our lives (as
traditional astrology states), the helio position, with its
steady advance through the zodiac, marks the inner or
true position (and meaning) of the planet.
Retrograde and Direct

Then what are we to make of the fact that the geo
position, throughout the course of any year, alternately
moves ahead of the Sun for a time, goes retrograde,
retraces its steps, for awhile, and again turns direct.
This geo position runs ahead of or behind the actual
position of the planet in the solar system, considered
heliocentrically. At any given time, the geocentric
position of any planet (when not conjunct or opposed) is
1078
either ahead or behind the helio position. In fact, in the

course of going retrograde and direct, a planet passes
over certain degrees of the zodiac three different times,
two while going forward, and one while going backward
- the retrograde loop. That is a lot of going over the
same ground.
This retrograde loop is actually very fascinating, when
we consider how to interpret it. What that loop points out
is that, for any planet (and its meaning), there are times
when the outer function and nature of that planet
(geocentric) runs ahead, like into the future, of its true
position, and other times when it lags or falls behind that
true (helio) position. It is like our circumstances
(appearances0 are seldom exactly at one with our true
inner meaning.
Sometimes things are future oriented, even
hypothetical, like we are trying something out, or
experimenting. Things get ahead of themselves. At
other times, when the planet falls behind its helio
position, we are working with areas well traveled,
perhaps something from our past, and we may be much
more deliberate and conservative.
1079
Inner and Outer

Try looking at retrogrades this way, and you will quickly
find this technique very helpful in understanding where,
in the scheme of things, a particular planet is. And,
using this view, the fact of a planet being direct or
retrograde (while important) may not be AS important as
determining whether it is running ahead or behind its
helio position. Is it in the future or the past, and how
close to either? Are we going over a piece of ground
(the zodiac) the first, second, or for the third time?
These are questions worth considering.
Perhaps at times, the external world of appearances or
circumstances (geo) runs before, or ahead of the real
essence (helio) of the planet. At other times, events may
trail behind the essence or inner activity and bring up
the rear. Perhaps at some points in a year, we are
more far seeing or future-oriented (geo position ranging
ahead of the helio), while at other times we are
1080
concerned with what has happened (the past = geo

position falling behind the helio). At times, our mind may
run before what is possible, while at others we seem to
be doing detective work, figuring out what has already
happened. Sometimes we are speculating at the future,
while at other times we are more conservative, hanging
onto our past.
The Retrograde Loop: Conjunct
Next is a detailed presentation of what happens during

the retrograde phase of the outer planets. Give it a look.
I don't know how many diagrams I have seen over the
years presenting the retrograde phenomenon, but they
all fail to point out the relationship between the
geocentric and the heliocentric positions as described
below.
1081
Please keep in mind that we cannot examine the

problem of retrogradation in detail without reference to
both helio and geo positions. They go together. The fact
is that the helio moves ever forward in its circle through
the zodiac, while our perspective (the geocentric view)
ebbs and flows... now ranging ahead of the helio and
now behind. Here are some of the details.
Sun Conjunct Planet

At the moment of conjunction, the helio and geo
positions are perfectly aligned, and following this marks
the beginning of a period (extending from the
conjunction until the planet goes retrograde) during
which the geocentric position of the planet ranges
ahead of the heliocentric position into new ground for
this cycle.
What you see is what you get. The geo position is
neither in the future or the past, but squarely in the
present. After this point, our appearances (geo) are
1082
venturing into a section of the zodiac that is fresh or

new, one that has not yet been experienced by the helio
planet, since the last complete cycle. We are in new
territory, ahead of the game, so to speak, speculating.
The difference between reality (helio) and appearances
is growing, as the geo position moves out ahead of the
helio. We have the lowest burn rate here.
As the conjunction passes, the geo position of the
planet moves ahead of helio positions and into
uncharted territory, degrees of the zodiac that the helio
has not yet seen, since the last cycle. In some sense,
we as appear to be moving into our own future, ranging
ahead of reality.
Planet Retrogrades
This marks a period where the geocentric position of the
planet stops its forward motion and begins to move back
over the new area it has just traversed, making a
second pass over this particular area of the zodiac. This
1083
always takes place during the waning "square" of the

Earth to the outer planet in question.
Planet Retrograde Interpretation

Appearances (geo) are still ahead of reality (helio), but
we have stopped forging into new zodiac territory and
are going back over the new ground we just covered.
Things are not progressing farther into the future, but
they are still ahead of the game, which is measured by
the actual helio position for the planet. We are getting
more realistic, but there is still a discrepancy between
appearances and reality, although that discrepancy is
narrowing, day by day.
1084
Sun Opposition Planet

Once again, this is a point where there is no difference
between the geo and helio positions. They are perfectly
aligned and clear.
The time following this marks a period when the
geocentric position moves behind the heliocentric
position, still covering area gone over before.
Meanwhile, the helio position is covering area just
covered by the geocentric foray ahead into the zodiac.
1085
Sun Opposition Planet Interpretation

The geo position is no longer speculating, but has
moved firmly into familiar territory, that just covered by
the helio. We are in the past, as far as the zodiac goes,
going backward into the past. We could say, that if we
were speculative and future-oriented before, then we
are conservative or past-oriented now. We are on
familiar turf, and may be consolidating our position. Still,
we are building an ever larger discrepancy between the
geo and helio positions, only this time we are digging in
history of where we have just been.
1086
Planet Goes Direct in Motion

At this point the planet, slows to a stop, and changes
direction once again, from retrograde to direct and
begins to cover the same zodiac territory for the 3rd and
final time for this loop.
This marks a period when the geocentric position moves
from behind to catch up to the helio position at the next
conjunction. Also, the helio position has now reached
the limit reached by the geo position during its previous
sweep and is forging ahead into new ground NOT
scanned by the geo. This always takes place during the
waxing "square" of the Earth to the outer planet in
question.
1087
Planet Direct Interpretation

If we want to look for our most conservative position,
then here it is. We are moving forward, but over ground
that we have repeatedly crossed. This is our third pass
over the same zodiac degrees, so we should know it by
now. We are coming from behind, perhaps informed by
the familiarity and history of our repetition. We may be
reactionary and conservative, but our own history
informs us.
1088
Sun Conjunct Planet (again

Sun Conjunct Planet (again). This marks the point
where the geocentric position of the planet has caught
up with the helio and they are one. >From this point, the
geo positions proceeds to forge ahead.
1089
Sun Conjunct Planet Interpretation

Again, what you see is what you get. The geo position is
neither in the future or the past, but squarely in the
present. After this point, our appearances (geo) are
venturing into a section of the zodiac that is fresh or
new, one that has not yet been experienced by the helio
planet, since the last complete cycle. We are in new
territory, ahead of the game, so to speak, speculating.
The difference between reality (helio) and appearances
is growing, as the geo position moves out ahead of the
helio. We have the lowest burn rate here.
As the conjunction passes, the geo position of the
planet moves ahead of helio positions and into
uncharted territory, degrees of the zodiac that the helio
has not yet seen, since the last cycle. In some sense,
we as appear to be moving into our own future, ranging
ahead of reality.
Event Geo Helio Date
1090
Sun Conjunct Jupiter Geo=07ºTa27' Helio=07ºTa27'

Apr. 27, 1976
Jupiter Retrogrades Geo=01ºGe12' Helio=21ºTa42'
Sep. 19, 1976
Sun Opposition Jupiter Geo=26ºTa10' Helio=26ºTa10'
Nov. 18, 1976
Jupiter Direct Motion Geo=21ºTa10' Helio=01ºGe24'
Jan. 15, 1977
Sun Conjunct Jupiter Geo=13ºGe33' Helio=13ºGe33'
Jun. 04, 1977
Notes: The geocentric position in the zodiac where the
planet went retrograde is about where the heliocentric
position will be when that planet goes direct. In a similar
vein, the heliocentric position of the planet at retrograde
becomes the geocentric position upon that planet going
direct.
1091
Summary
Thus both geocentric and heliocentric positions have a
time within the cycle during which they lead or are
sampling new degrees of the zodiac, that is: going over
fresh zodiac area. In fact, the helio position is the
midpoint or focus about which the geo position loops,
which is what we have been pointing out all along.
The stations or points in the zodiac where the planet
goes retrograde or direct are the two points where this
maximum phase angle takes place. This may amount to
an alternate form of the square aspect where, instead of
90-degrees being the limit, the limit becomes the
maximum phase angle, in effect, the stations. In other
words, this technique measures the point of maximum
phase angle between the Earth and any other planet --
perhaps another approach to the concept of the
"square" aspect. Only here we have a measure of the
amount of change required for the two planets to
become one -- an index of change.
The technique is one of a number of techniques that are
very useful for charts where there is no exact birth time.
For each planet we can determine the percentage of
difference between the geo and helio position. In
addition, we can calculate a total for the entire chart
using all the planets but leaving aside the Sun and
Moon. And then for each planet we can determine
where in the retrograde cycle it is. Is the geo position
ahead of the helio? Is it ahead and direct in motion or
ahead and retrograde in motion? Or, is the geo position
behind the helio position? Again, is it behind and direct
or behind and retrograde in motion?
1092
Astrologer Michael Erlewine

Entrepreneur Michael Erlewine, an internationally-
known astrologer, has studied and practiced astrology
for over 40 years, as an author, teacher, lecturer,
personal consultant, programmer, and conference
producer.
Erlewine pioneered computerized astrology, the first
astrologer to program astrology on microcomputers and
make those programs available to his fellow astrologers.
This was in 1977. He founded the first astrology
software company, Matrix Software, in 1978, and that
company, along with Microsoft, are the two oldest
software companies still on the Internet.
Michael, joined by his astrologer-brother Stephen
Erlewine, went on to revolutionize astrology by
producing microcomputer software for the first written
astrological reports, first research system, first high-
1093
resolution chart wheels, geographic and star maps, and

on and on.
Erlewine has a least two other careers. In the 1960s, he
was a musician. He hitchhiked with Bob Dylan, was the
lead singer for the Prime Movers Blues Band (Iggy Pop
was his drummer), and opened for bands like Cream at
the Fillmore in San Francisco, during the Summer of
Love.
An expert in blues music, Erlewine interviewed and
documented dozens of blues musicians. He went on to
found and develop the All-Music Guide, All-Movie
Guide, and other major entertainment sites. He has
developed astrological content under contract with
MSN, AOL, and his companies have received scores of
awards. Michael himself has received major awards
from the American Federation of Astrologers, UAC
(United Astrology Congress), and Professional
Astrologers, Incorporated.
Erlewine has written many articles and books on
astrology, and is the curator of the Heart Center
Astrological Library, perhaps the largest astrological
library available to researchers. Michael has made two
pilgrimages to Tibet, and is a practicing Buddhist. He
has been married 35 years, has four children, and lives
with his wife, Margaret, in Big Rapids, Michigan. He can
be reached at: [email protected].
1094
Michael Erlewine
Internationally known
astrologer and author
Noel Tyl (author of 34
books on astrology) has
this to say about Michael
Erlewine:
“Michael Erlewine is the

giant influence whose
creativity is forever
imprinted on all
astrologers’ work since
the beginning of the Computer era! He is the man who
single-handedly applied computer technology to
astrological measurement, research, and interpretation,
and has been the formative and leading light of
astrology’s modern growth. Erlewine humanized it all,
adding perception and incisive practical analyses to
modern, computerized astrology. Now, for a second
generation of astrologers and their public, Erlewine’s
genius continues with StarTypes … and it’s simply
amazing!”
A Brief Bio of Michael Erlewine

Michael Erlewine has studied and practiced astrology
for over 40 years, as an author, teacher, lecturer,
personal consultant, programmer, and conference
producer.
1095
Erlewine was the first astrologer to program astrology,

on microcomputers and make those programs available
to his fellow astrologers. This was in 1977. He founded
Matrix Astrology in 1978, and his company, along with
Microsoft, are the two oldest software companies still on
the Internet.
Michael, soon joined by his astrologer-brother Stephen
Erlewine, went on to revolutionize astrology by
producing, for the new microcomputers, the first written
astrological reports, first research system, first high
resolution chart wheels, geographic and star maps, and
on and on.
Along the way Matrix produced programs that spoke
astrology (audio), personal astrological videos,
infomercials, and many other pioneering feats.
Michael Erlewine has received major awards from UAC
(United Astrological Conferences), AFA (American
Federation of Astrologers), and the PIA (Professional
Astrologers Incorporated), and scores of online awards.
Michael and Stephen Erlewine have published a yearly
calendar for almost 30 years, since 1969. Michael
Erlewine has produced and put on more than 36
conferences in the areas of astrology and Buddhism.
1096
Example Astro*Image Card

Aside from his current work as a consultant for NBC’s
iVillage and Astrology.com, Erlewine has personally
designed over 6,000 tarot-like astrology cards, making
authentic astrology available to people with little or no
experience in the topic. These Astro*Image™ cards are
available through a variety of small astrological
programs and in eBooks. Some examples can be found
at WWW.StarTypes.com, where there is also a link to
his astrological software.
1097
Personal Astrology Readings

Michael Erlewine has been doing personal astrology
readings for almost forty years and enjoys sharing his
knowledge with others. However, his busy schedule
makes it difficult to honor all requests. However, feel
free to email ([email protected]) him if you wish a
personal chart reading. He will let you know if his
current schedule will allow him to work with you.
The sections that follow will give you more details about
Michael Erlewine and his very active center.
The Heart Center House

In 1972, Michael and Margaret Erlewine
established the Heart Center, a center for
community studies. Today, the Heart Center
continues to be a center for astrological and
spiritual work. Over the years, hundreds of
invited guests have stayed at the Heart
Center, some for just a night, others for many
years. Astrologers, authors, musicians,
Sanskrit scholars, swamis - you name it, the
Heart Center has been a home for a wide group
of individuals, all united by their interest
in spiritual or cultural ideas.
1098
Heart Center Library

Erlewine also founded and directs The Heart Center
Astrological Library, the largest astrological library in the
United States, and probably the world, that is open to
researchers. Meticulously catalogued, the current library
project is the scanning of the Table of Contents for all
major books and periodicals on astrology.
The library does not have regular hours, so
contact ahead of time if you wish to visit.
[email protected].
1099
The All-Music Guide / All-Movie Guide

Michael Erlewine's devotion to studying and playing the
music of Black Americans, in particular blues, led to his
traveling to small blues clubs of Chicago and hearing
live, blues greats like Little Walter, Magic Sam, Big
Walter Horton, and many others. He went on to
interview many dozens of performers. Much of this
interviewing took place at the Ann Arbor Blues Festivals,
in 1969 and 1970, the first electric blues festivals of any
size ever held in North America, and than later at the
Ann Arbor Blues & Jazz Festivals.
With their extensive knowledge of the blues music,
Erlewine and his brother Daniel were asked to play host
to the score or so of professional blues musicians and
their bands. They were in charge of serving them food
and (of course) drink. Michael went on to interview most
of the performers in these early festivals, with an audio
recorder, and later on with video.
The interviewing led to more study and ultimately
resulted in Michael founding and developing AMG, the
1100
All-Music Guide, today the largest single database of

music reviews and documentation on the planet.
Erlewine started from a one-room office, and the
reviewers and music aficionados of the time laughed at
his attempt to cover all music. But he persisted, and the
all-Music Guide appeared as a Gopher Site, before the
World Wide Web even existed-a database of popular
music for all music lovers.
Over the years AMG grew, and the All-Movie Guide
and All Game Guide were born, and also flourished.
Later, Erlewine would create ClassicPosters.com,
devoted to the history and documentation of rock n' roll
posters, some 35,000 of them.
These guides changed the way music was reviewed
and rated. Previous to AMG, review guides like the
"Rolling Stones Record Guide" were run by a few
sophisticated reviewers, and the emphasis was on the
expertise of the reviewer, and their point of view.
Erlewine insisted on treating all artists equally, and not
comparing artist to artist, what can be important,
Michael points out, is to find the best music any artist
has produced, not if the artist is better or worse than
Jimmie Hendrix or Bob Dylan.
Erlewine sold AMG in 1996, at which time he had 150
fulltime employees, and 500 free-lance writers. He had
edited and published any number of books and CD-
ROMs on music and film. During the time he owned and
ran AMG, there were no advertisements on the site and
nothing for sale. As Erlewine writes, "All of us deserve
to have access to our own popular culture. That is what
AMG and ClassicPosters.com are all about.” Today,
AMG reviews can be found everywhere across the
Internet. Erlewine's music collection is housed in an
AMG warehouse, numbering almost 500,000 CDs.
1101
Heart Center Meditation Room

Michael Erlewine has been active in Buddhism
since the 1950s. Here are his own words:
“Back in the late 1950s, and early 1960,
Buddhism was one of many ideas we stayed up
late, smoked cigarettes, drank lots of coffee,
and talked about, along with existentialism,
poetry, and the like.
“It was not until I met the Tibetan lama,
Chogyam Trungpa Rinpoche, in 1974 that I
understood Buddhism as not just Philosophy,
but also as path, a way to get through life.
Having been raised Catholic, serving as an altar
boy, learning church Latin, and all that, I had
not been given any kind of a path, other than
the path of faith. I hung onto that faith as long
as I could, but it told me very little about how to
live and work in this world.,
1102
“I had been trying to learn the basics of Tibetan

Buddhism before I met Trungpa Rinpoche, but
the spark that welded all of that together was
missing. Trungpa provided that spark. I got to be his
chauffer for a weekend, and to design a poster for his
public talk.
“More important, only about an hour after we met,
Trungpa took me into a small room for a couple of hours
and taught me to meditate. I didn’t even understand
what I was learning. All that I know was that I was
learning about myself.
“After that meeting, I begin to understand a lot more of
what I had read, but it was almost ten years later that I
met my teacher, Khenpo Karthar, Rinpoche, the abbot
of Karma Triyana Dharmachakra Monstery, in the
mountains above Woodstock, NY. Meeting Rinpoche
was life-changing.
Heart Center Symbol

“It was not long after that we started the Heart Center
Meditation Center here in Big Rapids, which is still going
1103
today. My wife and I became more and more involved

with the monastery in New York, and we ended up
serving on several boards, and even as fundraisers for
the monastery. We helped to raise the funds to build a
3-year retreat in upstate New York, one for men and
one for women.
“We also established KTD Dharma Goods, a mail-order
dharma goods business that helped practitioners find
the meditation materials they might need. We published
many sadhanas, the traditional Buddhist practice texts,
plus other teachings, in print and on audio tape.
Years have gone by, and I am still working with Khenpo,
Rinpoche and the sangha at the Woodstock monastery.
Some years ago, Rinpoche surprised my wife and I by
telling us we should go to Tibet and meet His Holiness
the 17th Karmapa, and that we should go right away,
that summer, and I hate to leave the house!
That trip, and a second trip that followed some years
later, turned out to be pilgrimages that were also life
changing. Our center in Big Rapids has a separate
building as a shrine room and even a small Stupa;
pictures are shown below.
I can never repay the kindness that Khenpo Rinpoche
and the other rinpoches that I have taken teachings
from have shown me.
Music Career
1104
Michael Erlewine’s career in music started early on,

when he dropped out of high school and hitchhiked to
Venice West, in Santa Monica, California, in an attempt
to catch a ride on the tail end of the Beatnik era. This
was 1960, and he was a little late for that, but right on
time for the folk music revival that was just beginning to
bloom at that time. Like many other people his age,
Erlewine traveled from college center to center across
the nation: Ann Arbor, Berkeley, Cambridge, and
Greenwich Village. There was a well-beaten track on
which traveled the young folk musicians of the future.
Erlewine, who also played folk guitar, hitchhiked for a
stint with a young Bob Dylan, and then more extensively
with guitar virtuoso and instrumentalist Perry Lederman.
Erlewine helped to put on Dylan’s first concert in Ann
Arbor. He hung out with people like Ramblin’ Jack Elliot,
Joan Baez, The New Lost City Ramblers, and the
County Gentlemen.
In 1965, the same year that the Grateful Dead were
forming, Michael Erlewine, his brother Daniel, and a few
others formed the first new-style band in the Midwest,
1105
the Prime Movers Blues Band. Iggy Pop was their

drummer, and his stint in the band was how he got the
name Iggy. This was the beginning of the hippie era.
Michael was the band’s lead singer, and played
amplified Chicago-style blues harmonica. He still plays.
Erlewine was also the manager of the band, and
personally designed and silkscreened the band’s
posters, one of which is shown below.
The Prime Movers became a seminal band throughout
the Midwest, and even traveled as far as the West
Coast, where the band spent 1967, the “summer of
Love,” playing at all of the famous clubs, for example,
opening for Eric Clapton and Cream, at the Fillmore
Auditorium.
As the 60s wound down, and bands began to break up,
Erlewine was still studying the music of American
Blacks, in particular blues. Because of their knowledge
of blues and the players, Michael and his brother Dan
were invited to help host the first major electric blues
festival in the United States, the 1969 Ann Arbor Blues
Festival. They got to wine and dine the performers, and
generally look after them.
Michael interviewed (audio and video) most of the
players at the first two Ann Arbor Blues Festivals, they
included: Big Joe Turner, Luther Allison, Carey Bell,
Bobby Bland, Clifton Chenier, James Cotton, Pee Wee
Crayton, Arthur, Crudup, Jimmy Dawkins, Doctor Ross,
Sleepy John Estes, Lowell Fulson, Buddy Guy, John
Lee hooker, Howlin’ wolf, J.B. Hutto, Albert King, B.B
King, Freddie king, Sam Lay, Light-nin’ Hopkins, Manse
Lipscomb, Robert Lockwood, Magic Sam, Fred
Mcdowell, Muddy Waters, Charlie Musslewhite, Louis
Myers , Junior Parker, Brewer Phillips, Otis rush,
Johnnie Shines, George Smith, Son House, Victoria
1106
Spivey, Hubert Sumlin, Sunnyland Slim, Roosevelt

Sykes, Eddie Taylor, Hound Dog Taylor, Big mama
Thornton, Eddie Vinson, Sippie Wallace, Junior Wells,
Big Joe Williams, Robert Pete Williams, Johnny Young,
and Mighty Joe Young.
Email:
Michael Erlewine can be reached at
[email protected]
1107

How To Use Astrology Part.2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

How To Use Astrology Part.2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

How To Use Astrology Part.2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the book about?

What is the book about?

What does the author dedicate the book to?

What does the author dedicate the book to?

How to Learn Astrology: Part II

This book is dedicated to

Table of Contents .................................... 523

Trine (waning) - Conservation ....................... 573

Phase 08 ........................................................ 616

Saturn Sectors ............................................... 658

Basic Chart Factors ................................ 712

Dignities ................................................... 748

Green-Bordered Types................................... 790

Astrology Chart Forms ................................... 829

The Obliquity of the Ecliptic ............................ 866

Setting Up an Astrological Practice ................ 915

Your Computer Printout.................................. 962

New Moon .................................................... 1014

Burn Rate ..................................................... 1063

Phase 2 120 Waxing

Phase 3 135 Waxing

Phase 5 135 Waning

Phase 6 120 Waning

What is important to keep in mind is the particular phase

Moon, 1st Quarter, Full Moon, and 4th Quarter), but

Cycle of the Breath

Inward and Outward Points of a Cycle

On the other extreme, the point of greatest outward-

Cycles: Four Main Phases

learn a little about cycles than to spend years

Cycles Are Organic

understanding. Astrology is analytical. These organic

and on around. As you can see, aside from the

Cycle Keywords/ 0101

Trine (waning) - Conservation

Conjunction - New Idea

Semisextile (Waxing) - Making Plans

Semisquare (waxing) - Overcome Resistance

Sextile (waxing) - Paying the Dues

Square (waxing) - Positive Start

Trine (waxing) - Building

Sequiquadrate (waxing) - Push On

Inconjunct (waxing) - Connect Up

Opposition - Result or Experience

Inconjunct (waning) - Dawning

Sequiquadrate (waning) - Gather Things 1

Trine (waning) - Conservation

Square (waning) - Responsibility

Sextile (waning) - Analysis

Semisquare (waning) - Packing It In

SemiSextile (waning) - Encapsulation

The Study of Cycles

Therefore, a cycle is something that happens in our life

don't live through the 84-year Uranus cycle, much less

an awareness of how you do feel and begin to be aware

Investment and Returns

Anything that does not return or repeat itself is soon

This concept of bodies, how they are made and

any real understanding of astrology depends upon